GIFT

OF

lA

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in

2007 with funding from

IVIicrosoft

Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/elementsofsyriacOOwilsrich

ELEMENTS
OP

SYRIAC GRAMMAR
BY

AN^

INDUCTIVE METHOD

BT

EGBERT DICK WILSON,

Ph.D.

PROFESSOR OF OLD TESTAMENT LANGUAGES AND HISTORY IN THE WESTERN

THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, ALLEGHENY, PA.

NEW YORK

CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS

1891

Copyright,

1891,

by

ROBERT DICK WILSON.

W^

'

:
>

Presa of J. J. Little & Co.

Astor Place, New York

TO

PKOFESSOK EDUARD SACHAU,

WHO HAS

DOi^E SO

MUCH FOR THE PROMOTION

OF SEMITIC STUDIES,
THIS BOOK

IS

AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED

BY ONE OF HIS AMERICAN STUDENTS

PKEFACE.
This Syriac grammar was undertaken
suggestion of Professor

W.

ago at the

six years

E. Harper, Ph.D.

It is designed to

do in a measure for the Syriac language that which Professor

In the orthograHarper's text-books have done for the Hebrew.
phy and etymology the author has sought to draw his illustrative
examples, as far as possible, from the chrestomathy published in
These are denoted by the page and
his Makual of Syriac.
thus, 2. 2. after an example shows
line upon which they occur
References to
that it is found on page 2, line 2, of the Manual.
;

when not otherwise indicated.

In the syntax, the author has aimed to give two examples, at
least, on which to base every rule, statement, or remark.
It was
his object to adduce one of these examples from the Peshito verthe Bible are to the Peshito version

and the other from some native classical source. It will be

noted that Joshua the Stylite, in the edition of Professor W.
Wright, Addai the Apostle, by Professor George Phillips, D.D.,
and the Spicilegium Syriacum, by W. Cureton, have been more
frequently cited than any other original authorities. The reason

sion

for this

was that they are

students

who may make

all

accessible to

American or English

use of the grammar.

Indeed,

it

has been

the author^s hope that students, after they had mastered the

Man'ual, would secure Joshua the Stylite, Addai the Apostle,

and the Spicilegium Syriacum (the last of which was a text-book
at Berlin some years ago), and continue their studies by reading
these books in the unpointed text in which they have been published.

The

simplicity of the

first,

the intrinsic interest of the

second, which centres around Abgar^s letter to the Christ, and

the variety of style and literature of the third, give wings to the
student's zeal and further his rapid progress while

making him

unconscious of the labor of acquisition.

Thanks

for aid in preparing the manuscript of this

work

are

PEEFACE.

Vi

due to Mrs. Ella Wilson Stewart, A.B. (Vassar), and

W.

to the Rev.

0. Elterich, A.M.

The author

has received inestimable assistance in regard to rules

and examples from the grammars of Hoffmann, Hoffmann-Merx,

Uhlemann, Phillips, Martin, and Agrell, but especially from those
of Duval and J^oldeke, though he has throughout conscientiously
worked up his material according to his own plan, and has
enriched the store of illustrations by hundreds of new citations.
The rules have been based upon the examples given, and it is
hoped by the author that they are not merely more numerous, but
better classified and more clearly defined than has ever before been
accomplished in English.
The examples have been taken from accessible sources, denoted
by the page and line, or by section, so that they can be readily
In the syntax, when the examples could not be vericonfirmed.
fied, the grammar from which they have been taken has been
noted.

The hope

that this

grammar would be

a means of furthering

the study of Syriac by American students, and of throwing fresh

upon the Sacred Scriptures, has encouraged the author, and,

him in the publishing of this book.
The plates for the first sixty pages were made by Messrs. Tuttle,
Moorhouse & Taylor, of Xew Haven, Conn. those for the remainder
by the firm of W. Drugulin, of Leipsic, Germany.
For convenience of cross reference, the order and arrangement
of Professor Harper's "Elements" and '^Syntax" have been followed as closely as practicable. Those who wish to compare the
Syriac with the Hebrew can readily find where the two languages
agree and differ by following the index of this volume (upon which
much time and care have been expended in the effort to make it a
full and accurate guide to the contents), and by comparing it with
the indexes of Harper's or other Hebrew grammars.

light

as he thinks, justified

In the

citations, the following abbreviations

A. A. or Ad. Ap.
J. S. or Jos. Sty.

Spic. Syr.

= Addai the Apostle

= Joshua the Stylite

Spicilegium

Syriacum

occur

Aphr. = Aphraates, by Professor W. Wright

Overbeck = S. Ephraemi Syri aliorumque oi^era
;

selecta,

by

J. J.

Overbeck.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
1.

Part First Orthography.

The Alphabet.
Signs with two Sounds.

38. Relative

40.

37.

Demonstrative Pronouns.

and Possessive Pronouns.

3.

Pronunciation of Certain Signs.

4.

Peculiarities of

5.

Classification of Letters.

42.

6.

Vowel Signs.
Vowel Sounds.

43.

7.

8.

Diphthongs.

45.

9.

46.

13.

Unvowelled Consonants.
Rukhokh and Kushoy.
Linea Occultans.
Mehagyono and Marhetono.
Rebbuy.

14.

Accent.

51.

The Interrogative Pronouns.

The Strong Verb.
Verb Stems.
General View of the Verb Stems.
The P'al Perfect.
The Remaining Perfects.
The P'al Imperfect.
P'al Imperfects in A and E.
The Remaining Imperfects.
The Imperative.
The Infinitives.
The Participles.
The Verb with Suffixes.

15.

The Accents.

52.

Guttural Verbs.

16.

Syllables.

53.

Pe Nun Verbs.

17.

Kinds

54.

t^

18.

Assimilation.

19.

Occultation.

56.

20.

Addition.

57.

21. Transposition.

58.

2.

10.

11.
12.

Form

of Letters.

39.

41.

44.

of Syllables.

47.

48.
49.
50.

55.

Verbs.

Pe Olaph Verbs.
t Olaph Verbs.
Lomadh Olaph Guttural Verbs.
Pe Yudh Verbs.

Wau

22.

Permutation.

59.

fi

23.

Rejection.

60.

24. Otiose Letters.

61.

Lomadh Olaph Verbs.

Lomadh Olaph Verbs with

25.

Quiescence.

Verbs.
Suf-

fixes.

62.

Doubly Weak Verbs.

63.

Quadriliterals.

28.

64.

29.

65.

Anomalous and Defective Verbs.

'Ith and Layt.
Inflection and Classification of

26. Peculiarities of Gutturals.

27. Peculiarities of

Wau

and Yudh.

Quantity of Vowels.
Euphony of Vowels.
30. Loss of Vowels.
31. The Half-Vowel.
33. Shifting of Vowels.
33. New Vowels.

Part Second

Etymology.

34. Inseparable Particles.

35. Personal
36.

66.

Nouns.

70.

Nouns with one Short Vowel.

Nouns with two Short Vowels.
Nouns with one Short and one
Long Vowel.
Nouns with one Long and one

71.

Nouns with two Long Vowels.

67.
68.

69.

Pronouns.

Pronominal

Suffixes.

Short Vowel.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Nouns with the Second Radical

105.

Doubled.
73. Nouns with one or more Radicals
Doubled.

106.

72.

74.
75.

Nouns formed by Prefixes.

Nouns formed by Affixes.
Gender, Number, and State.
Nouns with SuflBxes.

107.

The Reflexive Pronoun.

The Possessive Pronoun.
The Indefinite Pronoun.

Uses of Kul.
Uses of Medhem.
110. Numerals.
108.
109.

117.

The
The
The
The
The
The
The

1 1 8.

Participles as Nouns.

119.

The Infinitive Absolute.

The Infinitive Construct.
The Subject of the Verb.

88.

Second Declension of Feminines.

Third Declension of Feminines.
Fourth Declension of Feminines.
Anomalies of Gender and Number.
Peculiar Anomalies of Nouns.
The Numerals.

89.

The

124.

76.
77.

111.
112.

78. Declension.

113.

79. First Declension of Masculines.

114.

80.
81.

Second Declension of Masculines.

Third Declension of Masculines.

82. First
83.
84.

85.
86.
87.

Declension of Feminines.

Particles.

Syntax.

115.

116.

120.

121.

The

92.

Noun.
Gender of Noun.
Number of Noun.

93.

Determination.

91.

Collective

94. Apposition.
95.

96.
97.
98.

99.

100.
101.
102.
103.

104.

The Nominative Absolute.

The Genitive.
The Genitive with d.
The Genitive with Prepositions.
The Adjective.
Comparative and Superlative.
The Personal Pronoun.
The Demonstrative Pronoun.
The Interrogative Pronoun.
The Relative Pronoun.

Perfect.

Imperfect.

Imperfect Cojitinued.
Imperative.
Participle Active.

Passive Participle.

122. Impersonal Verbs.

123.

125.

Part Third
90.

Verb.

The Object of.the Verb.

The Verb with Indirect Object.
The Verb with two or more Ob
jects.

126. Passives, etc.,

127.

with Objects.

Uses of h'wo.

128. Usesof'/i'A.
129. 'Hhidh

130. Verbal

and other Auxiliaries.

and Nominal Sentencea

131.

Simple Sentences.

132.

The Interrogative Sentence.

Compound Sentences, Conjunc-

133.

tive.

134. Alternative

and Adversative Sen-

tences.

135.

Complex Sentences.

136. Adjectival or Relative Sentences.

137. Adverbial Clauses or Sentences.

138. Conditional Sentences.

(..ALtVvHi--^

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
ALPHABET.
Jacobite.

Names

of the Signs.

1^

Remarks

t
G

a>

1^

11
6__ Jl

English Equivalent
of the sound.

1
r<

Spiritus lenis, h in "hour.

h, bh.

ff,ffh.

.1

d,dh.

CO

hf

w, as in

Zain

^ ^
r


a

-\

z.

mth

oM

WUlk

J^

^^

O)

chj as in loch.

TBth

w^

Emphatic

Yudh

10

y, as in your.

Koph

vy^

20

k or kh, as in workhouse.

Lomadh

^.

i^

>o

>a

la

A
>>

30

Mim

40

m.

Olaph

Beth

WS

wl

Gomal
Dolath

m
Wau

Mn

Si

-x

(71

01.

O
\

always as in home.

wowwow.

t.

.^

50

n.

Semhath

sJS

wa

tt

00

60

s.

!^

J^

70

Peculiar guttural.

Pg

wS

wA

80

P,f'

90

Like

^odhe

Koph
Risch

vi

5r

^^

wA.

Shin

y^M>

Tau

u^
u

88 in hiss.

_sr
ja

100

Guttural

200

r.

300

Always

400

f,

th.

k.

sh as in show.


EI^ME^^S:

'.'%'

The.SiirJatG'il^!^aJb^t'{s$eim^^l] Ras twenty-two consonantal signs

2 1.

The

or letters.

name, "h"

is

of the 'name

first letter

name

e.g. ^--o "beth" is the

^U)

(R.
I

>

M Wo'

sound

earth

(1:1).

joi
;

sound

its

"he"

is

the

>") "^U
;

(1

Cor. 10:26)

>c|i

sho-yel (Matt. 5:42)

"^t^ 'o-yel (Matt. 15:11) (R. '^).

(1:1)

^\

\^^^^ heshshukho'

'ap-pay

(1:2)

oi^o <no^

(1:2).

more sounds.

signs stand for two or

(Olaph)

(1) (a).

lU^ mio-yo'

(R.

13:1)

b'rishith (1:1);

tuh w'bhuh

Cor. 9:26)

ko-yem (Matt.

Some

is its

the sound.

(c) 5]|3? d'lo'yor (1

^>

each sign represents

See last syllable in examples under

(b)

(2)

o*f

of the sign, "b"

1^^ 'aloho' God (1:1)

? 2. (1) (a)

(1)

SYRIAC.

CjF

generally

is

in "hour," or

(a)

a soft breathing, like

(b)

quiescent in a preceding vowel

(c)

pronounced as Yudh,

Ji

e. g.

but sometimes

when preceded

it is

or followed

by another

Olaph, and in the active participle of verbs which have the

Wau, Olaph,

middle radical
(2)

^^

point above

*-s

them they

or doubled.

with a point under them are aspirated

See

are unaspirated.

U^

3. o^ hu (21:5); ^c^i-J^ Phun (21:5);

ru-heh (1:2);
It

;"

\ ^^

be noted that

is to

^* (h), like

"show

Y^

oi

ch in " loch," or

and that

'^ is

mash-lem

with a

9.

(21:2);

pes-ho'.(21:8)

ovlo5

]Lh\ 'ar-'o' (1:1).

always pronounced like h in "home;"

is

German

ch in

"Rache

;"

^^

(sh), like

sh in

"produced by a smart compression of the upper

part of the windpipe and forcible emission of the breath."

4. 1.

01^ kulleh
U^^^
men

(5:9)

t-[

akh

'al

>cu^ Vim

sh'mayo' (1:1);

(1:8)

(2:18)

(1:2)

1^^ 'aloho' (1:1)

(5:9);

'^^? didha'

]e<^ nehwe'

(5:14).

'al (1:2);

(1:3);

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
2.

3.

li?

(2)

1^(1:1);

(3)

^U

(1)

N1

(2)

^l

i-^N^ lagh'lilo'

(14:4).

(23:12); ^'1(3:5).

(23:1)

(23:7);

(4)

anijo

(24:2)

(5)

'^ai- (23:8)

(6)

\il

(24:16)

^all. (23:2).

cA

^1^(30:1).
;

oil

-oio-Z^]

al^o

(24:1).

(24:16)

^ll (24:17)

(1:6);

1^

-^^ (24:9).

(1:1);" ^coi (1:1);

^^^^

]>-o(l:3); 1^^(1:13); 1^1(1:5);

M(l:l); ^(1:1);
The

(24:12).

i-^?(l:4); ji

(1:1);

(1:2);

1.

(24:5).

a^ (23:14).

(3)

4.

d'lo' (5:9)

(1)

1^(1:1);

<JioZ (1:1).

Koph, Lomadli, Mim, Nun, and

five letters,

(1:6)

oiaic

'L,

have peculiar

forms at the end of words.

2.

Lomadh

before Olaph

Olaph follows the

perpendicular, like the latter,

is

slant of a succeeding

remains perpendicular,

(3).

medial

Lomadh,

Lomadh

(2)

(1).

Initial

but medial Olaph

before a final

Lomadh

is

written as in 'Ci^ (Matt. 9:33).

3.

To be

carefully distinguished are,

(1)

Olaph,

(2)

Beth,

(3)

Dolath,

(4)

Wau,

and Zain,

^
?

and Rish,

4.

(6)

Lomadh,

^
;

(Wau can be
but Koph to a letter

and Shin, ^^

and Koph,

which precedes,

Yudh, ^

and Koph,

(5)

and

*E,

joined only to a letter

preceding or following);

and
*^

since they differ as to size only.

Olaph, Dolath, He, "VYau, Zain, Sodhe, Rish, and Tau

may be

connected with the letter which precedes, but not with the letter which

The forms of Dolath

follows.

somewhat dissimilar
5.

^ and
,

01

^^

in the

(?

or

r),

Rish

two cases.

o are called vowel letters.

and

'^

are called gutturals.

('

or

r),

and Tau (^ or ^) are

'

ELE3IEJsTS OF SYRIAC.

5.

[il 5,

(i.

Classification of Letters.
1.

wc

Labials,

Dentals or
Sibilants,

""

w^

^'^

Linguals,

Palatals,

w^

Gutturals,

ws

>c

"^
^i

s*

oi

>--.

Linguo-dental,

^
wo

ws

'^

'

2.

Vowel
1.

letters,

According to their organic formation, consonants are

classified

as (1) Labials, (2) Dentals or Sibilants, (3) Linguals, (4) Palatals,

Gutturals,
2.

(6)

The

(5)

Linguo-dentals.
letters

and

were often used

express the long vowel sounds and diphthongs

b}'

the Syrians to

and hence, they are

trailed vowel-letters.

6. A'owel Signs.
1.

The vowel

Syrians, are

signs in use

Greek

the

letters

Upsilon, turned half over.

among the

Jacobites, or Occidental

Alpha, Epsilon, Eta, Omikron, and

They were introduced about 700 A. D., and

They are y (a)

represent the pronunciation of the Syriac at that time.

Pethoho,

(o)

Zekofo,

(e)

Rebhoso,

- (i)

Hebhoso,

* (u) 'Esoso.

[iVb^e. The Nestorians used a different system of vowel points.

(a)

Pethaha,

e. g.

^(a)Zekafa,>aiy

(e, i)

The

(Ps. 1:2).

(Ps. 1:1).

arriha, >f^oi (Ps. 1:1).

(e)

Rebhasa karya, ^3-

(i)

Hebhasa,

(Ps. 1:3).

|i-? (Ps. 1:5).

(u, u)

'Esasa

(o, 6)

'Esasa rewiha jijilai (Ps. 1:2).

later Jacobites

Among

Rebhasa

^^o

allisa,

U'

(Ps. 1:4).

combined the points with the Greek

the Nestorians,

(Zekafa) was

letter system.
;"

pronounced like a ia "father

"

ELE]ytENTS OF SYRIAC.

6,]

among the Jacobites, its equivalent was pronounced like o in " note."
The Jacobite Rebhoso and 'Esoso were separated into two signs and
sounds among the Nestorians.]
The names

2.

of the vowels are of Syriac origin, and are derived

from the position taken by the

lips

and teeth in their pronunciation.

Pethoho means opening, the mouth being wide open when

nounced

it is

pro-

Zekofo means raising; 'Esoso, narrowing; Rebhoso, com-

pression; and Hebhoso, depression.

3.

U^ sh^mayo

(1)

1^ 'aloho

(2)

|Iq-^ heshshukho

^^^

(23:19);

(24:4)

(3)

(1:1)

]^i^

'arV

r^ Ser

(1:1).

^ men

U*^^ pesho (23:8);

(l:2)j

hoyden (24:2);

]^

(24:3);

'one

'erbe (24:4).

L^l^

b^rishith

(23:18);

oi^l^? d^bhidheh (23:13);

^CL^ kulPkhun
(1)

(1:1)

--^

(1:1);

(23:2);

li

i^^?

oi--*o?

diyathiki

ruheh (1:2);

(23:18).

Pethoho was pronounced

like

a in "hat;"

Zekofo, like o in "note."

(2)

like e in " met."

Rebhoso was pronounced

by Yudh,

it

was pronounced

When

like ey in " they

followed

"

as, also

when followed by Olaph.

(3)

like i in "

Hebhoso was pronounced

machine

'Esoso, like oo in "foot" or " fool."

4.

r^?
A

(23:8)

vL.o

ji^r:^ (24:4)

o^

(1)

MZ
en

(2)

U^

(23:1)

^W^?

U^

(23:7)

>al2ui^
*

la

(Rom.

8:2)

ain^[(23:2); <^o^

(23:5).

All the vowels except 'Esoso

5.

(23:17)

(23:13);

(1:2);

may be written

(Acts 23:20);

\^

either above or below the line.

(23:3);

^?

^^

(23:2);

V-l-.:^

(17:4);

(23:5);

(23:5).

jll:^ (1:5);

lIcuL: (1:2);

jj^oi

(17:14)

ail^o^j^
J

V^

(2:11);

(J. S. 11:19)

1^

(1:1).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

Vowels may be written,

(1) fully,

i.

e.

[| 6,

with a homogeneous consonant,

or (2) defectively.

'Esoso

is

always written fully, except in

'^

and

all

'^^^^-^iso

on account

of; and sometimes it is written fully even in these instances.

Remark.
]

o
(1)

is

and

The
>*

homogeneous consonants, or

Olaph was written for a

among the Nestorians)

the Jacobites
(2)

vcrwel-letters [I 4. 5), are

final 6

(coming from a

or e (also for

final a,

derived from

which

e, e. g.

it still

among

is ni).

Olaph was written

also for a medial a (or

6),

e (or

f), e.

Peran

g. ^\-^

rr^i^ sonin (Jacobite, sanin) (J. S. 18:5).

Olapli was written for a final a, and sometimes for a medial

(Jacobite, Piran),
(3)

Greek words,
(4)

Yudh was

bish, ^?
(5)

a,

in

e. g. l-^i^a^? Soynara.

written for

i,

and sometimes for*medial

e, e. g.

>

**

= den.

Yudh was

(6) "VVau

written for the diphthong

a%

e. g. ]^---s baito.

was written everywhere for u (except

'^

in

and

^^^i>-^)

and

also for Nestorian o.

(7)

Wau was

i^^A
(9)

also written for the

was found

(8) ^1

Ethh'niu

for

i (e)

(J. S. 3:11),

w>gi n

diphthong au [aw)^

for iu or eu,

NSn

i 1

e. g.

n'shamleu

stands for long o in the exclamation

(J. S. 2:10)

6.

= o]

e. g.

lau.

^--I^ == kin (Mt. 1:19),

(J. S. 30:1).

10/

but

(J! S. 20:17),

c]

or.

= U^

= \^^^^ counsel;
c<^ (J. S. 8:16) = o^
Ji-, (J. s. 6:4) = ^-?
1^1 = ]^f
oax (J. S. 9:5) = c^
?^ (J. S, 23:20) = ?^ r-^=-^ (J. S.
23:21) = r^
^^ (J. S. 4:11) = |ii^ ^r-^ (J. S.
3:19) = ^r^
Ir^ (J. S. 9:19) = 1^ ("r^ (J. S. 2:11) = <^l^ Ir^
(S. S. 28:16) = 1^
=
(or ^)
(or ^) =
^^ (J. S. 8:3) = ^^
(J. S. 6:5) =
l^-a^ (J. S. 9:4) = \^c1d
\^aj^ (J. S. 6:11) = \^eu^
^
^01 (J. S. 3:22) = ^oi
(J. S. 6:9) = -^

(1) l-ai:^ (J. S. 7:11)

king; l^^-^^
;

(2)

^ ^

^o-Jcr,

^ajfji

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

^ 7.]

(3)

crijA (J.

= oiyA

S. 2:11)

= L^JaJ^L-^]

i:.fll.i^] (J. S. 10:2)

^-^^

thou art willing; ^^-^^^ (J.

L^^(cf.^}^
(J. 8.1:1)

In

(1)

by a

^^-=

J.S.2:17); .^r^

^-.^^

S. 1:9)

(S. S. 1:15)

= ^^^^^

(J. S.l:2)

^^

(J. S. 4:18)

:<ir^

^^^^^

=
=

^^

= ^^^^^^.

many manuscripts and books

vowels and forms are denoted

tlie

Joshua

See, for example,

syst^em of diacritical points.

the Stylite,

and the Spicilegium Syriacum.

In general,

(2)

[a) for a as

may

it

be said that the point above a letter stands

distinguished from

(5) for 6 (a) as distinguished

Sometimes words have two

(3)

form
line

e. g.

e, i, u,

from

all

or the half-vowel

other vowels.

points, both serving to diflFerentiate the

the 1st sing, has a point above, the 2d sing, a point below the

but the 3d fem. sing, has a point above and one below.

Remark.

Many manuscripts vary their pointings

we have

Stylite (18:9, ct al.),

marked

in this

way

>a^

y=^

whereas, elsewhere, the point

e. g.

in Joshua the

because the Pe'al

is

is

denote the same form.

Vowel Sounds.

7. Classification of
1.

(1)^1(1:2); ^1(1:2);

^(1:8);
],'oiQj

(2)

jiil^al

(1:5);

^(1:1);

2^

'^^^Vi (1:13).

-i=oi(l:l);

(1:7)

2uL^,' (1:1)

iILlm.

(2:6).

1h= (1:11).

^^4 (1:9)

(2:11)

|Ia-Lu(l:2); a^ch {1:2)

(3)

1.

lU

b'ro' (1:1)

U^
;

(22:1).

W
c^

U^ sh'mayo

(2:16).

(22:5).

(1:1).

As

to quantity

(1)

Short,

(2)

Long,

(3)

Half, not written, but pronounced like e in " below."

vowels are
.

^^ .^

usually

placed above, to

o^
o.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

Vi^Lj

(2)

'M^ (M^);

(3)

^^-^ (1:7)
(^aiff

or

As

\^ icing;

r^

b,

w^Oy-0 JioUness; ^a-*' heloved.

f?/e

{1^^

(U-*^)

Nestorian) end

1:2).

1^? judgment ; l^oh

(Isaic)

>oa-QJ

l^

-^1 (24:14);

/^e

(24:5);

(1:1)

^/la?? s^cr^itZ (>coij3J).

^H

(6:11);

Pure,

Obscured,

(3)

Contracted,

(4)

Heightened,

The

[a],

(i),

i,

(a),

e,

e,

i,

(a)

e,

i.

letter in brackets is

u.

ii,

(o).

(6) u.

no longer found

the letters in paren-

theses are found in the Nestorian, but not in the Jacobite, or

The Nestorians pronounced -^ (Rebhasa

sometimes as

3. (1)

s^

|I^ king; V^^

but

but

P7
(2) [a] ^*^1

{h)

wsar

(c)

''^^'\

b-

l-*'?3-o

holiness; b'^^n

l--sl

(1)

West

sometimes as

e,

P
,

^^^ she killed;

hut ^^a!i^ queen.

7 P

pure ; >a^ he stood,

X

l^aio eiid;

t-^

p
,

^*iiax)

she stood,

U-^

eye.

pure ; h^^^ wasp.

Pi
{d) I'U*

he killed, but

P0 7
,

As

arriha)

i.

^^Cr

3.

Pl^

to origin, vowels are

(2)

Syriac.

vjsoo

sare; wcoi-. (Ps. 1:3).

JJl-i^is

(1)

Note.

^^ thousand;

(4)

2.

V^^

2. (1)

[g 7.

from her TO free; \^]^ from

happo

violence.

to yalue in inflection, vowels are

Changeahle, to wit

all

half-vowels and

all

short vowels not in

sharpened syllables, and heightened vowels.

(2)

Unchangeahle, to wit
(a)

Vowels long by nature or contraction, except

(6),

those

derived from diphthongs.

(c)

Short vowels in sharpened syllables, with a few exceptions

{d).


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

12 8, 9.]

8.

Diphthongs.

]LqL

1. (1)

(1:6)

v^oioL^I

(3)

^cno-J^.^^ (Mt. 21:38)

"Waw and Yudh

Waw after a,

(2)

c-

(3)

<=-*

like

like the

like

^-^
J_

ew

in "

^''-

end of a

pronounced

pronounced

-^

14

^oiallcf

(26:7).

cJlosJo (25:10).

^1|?(25:9).

-t^ (25:9).

syllable, after a

heterogeneous vowel,

We have

(1)

(2)

^axzli^] (24:1)

of plural.

at the

form diphthongs.

(1)

^o^LL::! (25:1)

(1:2);

(3) sAor:? s/^7i

2.

(6:13)

^jLii^(6:5); ^J-c^ (25:12);

(2)

(3)

^cnc^.^.Q^.i (23:7).

(2)

2. (1) vJL^f

1.

like

ow

in

"how."

eu in "eufonia."

e-oo, or like Italian

mew."

English adverb "ay.''

owiin "owing."

like

uoy in " buoy," when you give the o the sound of

o in

'do.'

9.

Unvowelled Consonants.
1.

I^'f 'ar-'o' (1:1)

2. B-'rishith b-'rc'

h^=^ nuh-ro'

sh^mnyo' w^yoth

(1:3)

In Syriac there

is

or that it is to be

vowel.
3.

We have

i-^? ram-sho'

(1:7).

\^'^i^:>^=^

wisdom ; l^i^ God.

no sign to show that a consonant

is

pronounced with a quickly uttered

the facts, however, without the sign.

The phenomena denoted

in

(1:5).

(1:1).

^^o (1:4); H^o (1:7); I^W,

]^^^^^^ ways
Note. \^'^r** joy
3.

without a vowel,
e

sound, or half-

See

1, 2.

Hebrew by medial Sh^wa occurred

Syriac also.

Note.

Consonants sometimes take a helping vowel.

See

32.

in


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

10
?

;
,

Rukhokh

10. Orthographic Signs.

1. (1)

(3)

and Kushoj-.

Iu.l-i(l:l); 2l(l:l); |Iall(l:2);

(2)oiaio(l:2); ji^^o

H^I?

(1:7)

]?<nal:^(l:4);

ovii:^

i^^^:^

(2)

^]

c^

(1:2)

]U^

|i-.-c9

Rukhokh

|I-*^

(1:2).

(1:6).

^olli^

(1:10)

m S

(2:13).

^sloL

(5:15)

|ii4^

(3:12)

(24:17)

|^m(2:6);

^2^2^

(5:15)

to

show that they are

ever one of these letters

under the

o-.^o

letters "-^

to be aspirated.

preceded either

is

ouL^* -i[(3:5).

|Li^?(24:l);

{softening) is a point placed

and ^

(1:6).

(25:6).

(4) fi^l (24:10)

1.

1^^

\Ij^ (1:10) ovl^

(3) >^f (2:18)

^ ^

(2:12)

r^

(1:13)

2.(1)1^^(1:1); oioZ(l:l); l!^?(l:2);

(1:12)

10, 11.

[2

(1)

by a

(24:2).

^,

It occurs

when-

full vowel, or (2)

by a

half-vowel.

be noted,

(3) It is to

also, that

the word immediately preceding

2.

and

Kushoy {hardening)
-^ ,

to

(2)
(3)

After
Note.

Yudh

is

(4)

letters.

11.

may be

aspirated

when

in a vowel.

a point above the letters ^^

show that they are unaspirated.

When
When

(1)

is

these letters

them ends

-^,

? ,

^^

It occurs

the aspirates are not preceded by a vowel or half -vowel.

they are preceded by a full vowel and are doubled.

diphthongs, except in

all

^1

1^-*-

(3:8)

doubled, and

We have

and similar words are no exception, since the

we read hay-y'tho'.

no sign to denote the doubling in any but the aspirate

In many

from them

texts, it is omitted

also.

The Linea Occultans

1.

^Tulo

2.

|1j| (2:17);

(2:6);

PI

U^|
(6:5);

(5:10)

M?

^siolo^

(22:2);

pH*i

(2:17)

(26:15);

1^^^(11:2).

iVl

(26:19).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

12.]

c^]o

^>^o? (21:7);

3.

(22:9);

>^^

11

(22:11);

-^oial^ (23:13);

a^ (23:16).
4 ?^o
^'^

5.

(Lk. 1:72)
(1

^0901^2 (John 15:4)

Tim. 6:11)

o^^^

i?.V^^l (Acts 23:11)

A line, called
1.

It occurs

2.

Olaph

3.

Waw
In

the linea occultans,

is

(Mt. 21:5).

ol^Li.] (Heb. 13:17).

put under certain letters to show

to be pronounced.

most commonly with an assimilated Nun or a

silent

He.

when not preceded or followed by a vowel.

and Yudh are never marked by the linea occultans, even when

'''^-^

to

word and not preceded by a vowel.

remember^ 'E receives the linea occultans to show that

it

be pronounced like Olaph.

Y

5.

^r^

occult

is

at the end of a

is to

rr-r-f^ (1 ^or. 11:2).

VdLi.] (Mt.21:21)

though written, they are not

that,

4.

(1 Cor. 14:1)

In ^'o

Remarh.

rwTi,

and ^'t^ daughter

of^ rish

has the linea occultans.

In the Ethpe'el Imperative, a line occurs under the second

among the Jacobites and over

among the

Nestorians.

This line

has the force of Marhetono rather than of the Linea Occultans

(cf. 12.2).

radical

X2.

Mehagyono
1.

.alL.^[ (6:9)

they shall ash

2.

(1)

l^i-

(2) ~rl>

rr*'*"-!^ (2:3)

(=

(2:15)

= U-i^

Mehagyono

jL:^ wisdom (= \h:^^)

^clI^UJ

^aX|-iJ).

-^^

tliey

have divided; 1^^^ six; ^ua.

(Kirsch, " Chrest.," p. 134)

o] (J. S. 1:1)

1.

Marhetono.

and
;

it

c|

^ My

sixty.

(J. S. 21:20);

(Kirsch, " Chrest.," p. 64:7).

isa sign placed under a letter to show that

it is to

be

pronounced with a short vowel.

2. (1)

Marhetono

is

a line placed above a letter to

show that

it is to

be pronounced without a vowel.

(2)

number.

diacritical line is

On

Greek Omega,

Remark.

used also to denote an abbreviation or a

the of the interjection c]

to distinguish it

from

we

find either a line or the

c| or.

For Marhetono with the Imv. Ethpe'el, see

1 11.

Rem,

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

12
5

[ 13.-15.

13, Sign of the plural.

2. l5li (1:13)

3.

1.

^o^^iJLo

Two

1^

(24:11)

One

(2:2)

^VZ?
;

]^p^

(24:4).

(1:9).

Rebbuy, are placed horizontally over a word

points, called

indicate that
2.

to

it is plural.

of these points

may

coincide with the diacritical point of the

Rish.
3.

Rebbuy may stand with the dual

also.

14, Accent.

In modern Syriac, the accent

accent in ancient Syriac

is still in

on the penult

is

the place of the

There follows a summary

dispute.

based on Duval
1.

The accent

is

2.

The ultima

receives

When
When

{!))

(c)

15,

it is

the

a closed syllable with a long vowel,

first

of two vowels

The antepenult never

ond vowel

it,

In monosyllables.

(a)

3.

generally on the penult.

is

is

a helping vowel.

receives the accent, except

when the

sec-

a helping vowel.

The Accents.

An

involved system of accents was used, especially for exegetical

purposes, in commentaries on the Scriptures.

were used,

(1) to

According

to

Ewald, they

denote the relation of the parts of a chapter,

denote the divisions of the sentences,

(2) to

(3) to denote the grammatical rela-

tions between words, (4) to denote the sentiment, or rhetorical characteristics of

the sentence.

According to Bar Hebraeus, the number of the accents was

In many manuscripts we have but two

short sentences, and four dots for longer.

glott,

forty.

a single dot, like our period, for

In the text of Walton's Poly-

four dots are used for paragraphs, and one for shorter periods

while two are used to separate protasis and apodosis, dependent from
principal sentences, and often the minor parts of subordinate sentences.

Three dots are used to

l:5,7j

call special attention to w-hat precedes.

and Matt. 24:30,38,43,47.

See Gen.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

i^ 16, 17..]

13

16. Syllables.
7
1.

0^.*

jau:^ 'a-lo-lio'(l:l); 1-^''^ sliina-yo'(l:l);

i-aa--i.o

-w^hesli-shu-

klio' (1:2).

2.

'ar-'o' (1:1)

Remarh

1.

^c^i h-'woth (1:1)

1^^^ six;

oulo^o

(1:2).

^*^^

^-i^^ sixty ; ]^^^ covered ;

three;

^^

here; '^^-^ they were foolish,

Remarh
1.

A word

2 ]L[\^:^)',

lias as

many

wAiJ(l5:8); 1^^1(17:15); ^oL^i]

syllables as it has full vowels.

(17:11).

A balf-vowel

does not constitute a syllable.

2.

Every

syllable

must begin with a consonant.

two consonants, in which case the

Remarh
there

is

1.

In 1^^^ and

no half -vowel

Remarh
this rule.

2.

and

1^^

e. g.

Words

-<'^^-^

first

in later

may

begin with

times in some other words,

shto'.

beginning with

v^

quiescing in

are exceptions to

According to some, they are to be pronounced, as they are

sometimes written, with an Olaph before them.

Hebrasus, j^^r*
tha' "

It

takes a half-vowel.

is

According to Bar

pronounced "ida'tho"' by the Jacobites, and "yida'-

by the Nestorians.
3.

iL-azI (15:7);

-^

(15:5);

v>i[ (16:11);

r^ji

(16:15);

z:-.!^.? (1:7).

3.

At

the end of a syllable, two consonants

may be pronounced, though

more may be written.

17. Syllables.

1.

llir(l:l); |Ii.4.(l:l); ]Lo^Z{l:2).

2.

3.

llall

(1:1)

7
4.

^coi (1:1)

(1:2)

^1

r-a-^o

(1:7)

you;

'^

>

7
7
"'"^'^

(1:6).

r^

(1:4).
7

i^i^?

hL^

(1:2)
7

U^

hilled

(1:7)

^-^r^^ she made thee;

7

^K

*^

^o^i-iJ^^
P

he
m

your hings ; ]^'r^leper; l^ot^gold; V^ls

ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.

14

vying; \^
P

'^
l>

!>

goodness ; \^'r^^ gospel ;

]^*isfl-*J

breath;

18.

]^-*t-^

bird ; ]^-^t-^ tribes.

which end in a vowel are called open.

1.

S3^11ables

2.

Syllables ending in a consonant are called closed.

A closed syllable whose last consonant is doubled is called sharpened.

A syllable ending in a short vowel followed by a consonant with a

3.

4.

half-vowel
Note.

called half-open.

is

The

syllable is half-open, (a) in the

suffixes, (b) in the syllable before ^a^

diphthong,

18,

many

(c) in

Euphony

|^:|) (24:1)

^f(l:2);

jli^

o^

(3:17)

2.

\^\

3.

]^^ church;

(5:5);

r^

sing. Perf. before

when

does not end in a

it

nouns, especially before the feminine ending.

of Consonants.

lLL^(R.

1.

and

3d fem.

it

Assimilation.

l^^ brick (11:3).

shone

{'L\si.^'ll)\

J^* let shine

(6:10)

new ;

\^'^f^^

(Mt. 5:16).

1^-^

-^ he shall keep [1,^.11:21)

(15:9).

|^

"^

simj^le; ^^^

A Jie assented

7 7
'

he prepared.

^ ^1

7 7.

Remark.

umS

4.

1.

At

r^^A

it

(Mt. 13:2)

was

broJcen; ]^^90

-^1

the end of a syllable,

and

that which

was

like.

(Mt. 17:1).

Nun

is

assimilated to the following conso-

nant, which is then doubled.

Note.
2.

final, it
3.

Before

The Nun

is

this assimilation does not take place.

sometimes written, though not pronounced.

When

not

then receives linea occultans.

"When Taw

gual

ai

is

is

preceded or followed by Dolath or Teth, the

first lin-

assimilated to the second, and written with or without the linea

occultans.

i?.When one
4.

In the verb

Lomadh
g

65.

8.

Taw
'"''^^
^

or Dolath precedes another, both are unaspirated.

to ascend^

begins another, the

where Semkath ends one syllable and

Lomadh

is

assimilated to the

Semkath

see

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

19.]

19. Occultation.

1.

(1)

UJ[

(2:17)

PI (14:5 22:14)
;

'my enemy ;

(2) va|J^

^oijJLi:

2. (1) a. Icoi v-aluo (3:17)

a priest

(2)

(14:1).

>cu j-L. (5:9)

]coi

j^oi on

Ae was

(Gren. 14:18).

ucail (25:7);

5. ]oai

PVI

your enemy.

|coi

15

h^^ (6:7)

^^

(3) ^010-1.1 (8:2); '^gi

(28:7)
7

h.

oNn

h.7

ji] (27:6).

]ooi

oc^rilo (29:14).

t.

^oia

(11:8);

\i

y
i

(22:3);

^oiclL. (22:13).

3.

(4)

^aiil^ (22:12);

(5)

jleo^j i?ome; l-^oi^s (Eph. 3:12).

Viiial (1:12)

4. r^i-^

,^ *

|Z^

6.

Iu-jf(6:10);

o-^\Z

1.

With Olaph,

2.

(2) in

U^

(1) at

v^-^i^ (11:16).

1%-^

(10:15)

^'t-^l

letter is written

linea occultans.

i^j^:-

(12:9);

^tf> (Acts 7:21)

a^?o

when a
tlie

(^t. 9:17);

i^^ll(5:9);

(10:12)

Occultation occurs

(17:13)

are hilling.

(Lk. 12:16)

generally denoted hy

vowel

t(je

(Mt. 18:17);

|L<^
7.

liail

^^X)

5.

ocn|j| (22:15).

(Mk.

16:17).

^al.{UJ, (32:14).

a^'^

-^^

(1 Cor. 9:24).

(32:12).

but not pronounced.

It is

It occurs,

when not followed by a

when not preceded by a vowel.

the beginning of a word

the middle of a word

With He, (1) In jc^ [a) after a

[h) when an auxiliary verb.

predicate adjective, participle or

noun, and

^^ov-. to give.

(2)

In parts of

(3)

In the 3d sing. masc.

(4)

In

(5)

In Grreek words beginning with Rho^ the h being written after

the

'^^

r,

and

^oi

suffix.

when they

as in Latin.

are used for the verb to

he.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

16

TThen a

3.

show the derivation

letter is written twice to

the linea occultans being placed under the

when employed
? before ^

4.

With

5.

Sometimes with

in

^^i-

20, 21,

of the word,

first.

for the verb to be.

6.

Often with Nun, sometimes with Lomadh and Rish.

7.

Occult o and

are never

>*

marked by the

occiilt whenever not

end of words they are

[U

At

linea occultans.

the

preceded by a vowel.

20. Addition.

]L^h]

1.

(1:8)

fliZ^f (Mk. 13:19).

I 7

Rem. l.cLj.]
Rem.

An

(23:18);

j^. lioi-l (1:5);

T^r^l stadium; ]i^] foundation.

^oL^I

Olaph with a short vowel

is

(18:19).

sometimes put before an unvoweled

consonant (Olaph prosthetic).

Rem.

1.

Revi. S.

Before "-^ and foreign words beginning with the vowel

Before the prosthetic Olaph takes in which the ^ qui^-^

>*

is>^

esces.

2.

Vfal^(6:4)
(5:7)

i^r^Vn (from ^^^o-)

^^U^

(R.

]^)

3.

^Iz]

(Mk. 15:47)

2.

A letter

is

same way
3.

(1

Tim. 4:16)

.^^r^

he changed;

iWll

ola^i] (Ex.

18:11 Hexaplar).

(r inserted)

{^ inserted) (1 Cor. 7:29).

sometimes inserted in a word and strengthens

it in

the

as the doubling of a radical.

Taw was added

In later times a

to the Ethpe'el of

e-Waw

verbs,

both being unaspirated.

21. Transposition.

1.

-ChySo

(1:13)

(Heb. 10:23)

^??l]

(Mt. 11:19)

^^] (Lk.

2.

^]A (Mt. 26:8

3.

^'

(1 Cor. 14:1).

9:36).

Spic. Syr. 40:14).

oI^^L-isf (Mt. 16:12)

U^^J

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

22.]

17

Transposition occurs,
1.

In the passives of the simple and intensive species when the

first

Before

radical is a sibilant.
I

the

changed into

is

before ^ into

22. 4.
2.

In the Ethpe'el of 1^ verbs.

3.

In the Imperative of ^'^^

to

run.

22. Permutation.

1.

r-f oUMt.

(1)

22:7)

0-^=^ (23:8);

make unclean ;
(2)

(Mt. 23:23)

(Mt. 24:15)

oJilz] (Ex.

r^o (32:21)

(Ps. 5:3).

^c|-.4i^ they struck

^ip

(Mt. 5:42)

^[U

2:23).

koyem

^cjl^

i?^,,,._ill(J.S.3:20); >al^

3.

^^W^l

(R. ]]^) ^o

>cuJ8ZZ](Mk. 15:47); r-^^l (Mt.25:10); ^o^^joiz (Did. 41:19).

^^^ (Did. 3:3)

2. iJo

IM(5:4); |-I^

r-^o[(5:3);

me (Sym. Job
S.66:2)

(J.

(John 11:23)

(Mt. 6:27)

16:10).

>cll (J.S.70:4;77:12).

^'JLi^ (1

\^

Cor. 15:50)

^1^

(Eccl. 9:4).

'C^?>i(l:13); -h4

4.

J (Mt. 9:17)

.-tjIL^

J (Lk. 24:7)

^??l] (Mt.

11:19).

1.

In the causative of most verbs 1^ the

(1)

"Waw

in

to

Olaph

also, the
(2)

l-^l

come^
is

it is

changed to Yudh.

radical is changed to

In some cases in verbs P*

changed to Yudh.

In the Ettaph'al of

pa'al of a

first

'El

Waw verbs,

few Pe Olaph verbs, the Olaph

is

and in the Ethpe'el and Ethchanged to Taw.

a^ verbs, except P and r^ the Waw is changed into Yudh.

In the Part, active of "^ verbs the Waw is changed to Yudh in pronun2.

In

ciation,

all

though in the masc.

verbs an Olaph

is

i?emorr/j. Four times in

of an

'fi

sing, it is written

with Olaph.

sometimes written where we generally have

Waw verb

is

of the second radical.

Joshua the

written with a

In some

Waw.

Stylite, the Part. act. masc. sing.

Yudh instead

of an Olaph, in place

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

16

Yudh

3.

^*^

verbs

after

and sometimes

having
}

and to

He

is

nouns of verbs *^

in the verbal

first

taken place, according to

after

changed to

21. 1,

-with

Taw

or ^

is

transpo-

changed to

Yudh

for caicoi (24:8; 1 Tim. 1:17)

a-*coi

in

perhaps 'E to Olaph in H^l lustful ("Acta Martyrum,"

23.

changed to Olaph in the Pe'al Imperfect and Infinitive of

In the passive conjugations of verbs beginning

4.

sition

5.

is

[|

ii.

and

361).

23, Rejection.

1. (1)

(11:1);

Ujl(26:3); 1^1 (Lk.

10:39).

(Mt. 28:19);

Q::^i

(2) ^^9

(Prov. 3:6)

(3)

Zal(30:3); r^ (Mt.

(4)

U^ausLk.

.^-^1^

(Mt. 5:42)

^^2

(32:8);

r-^ (23:9);

(Mt. 22:44).

19:17).

(Rom. 1:30);

U^^^^^i^::-

president.

may take place at the beginning of a word,

With Olaph in the Imperative of Pe Olaph verbs, and often
where when the Olaph is occult.
(2) With Yudh, in the Imperative of Pe Yudh verbs.
(3) With Nun, in the Imperative of Pe Nun verbs.
(4) With Mim, in certain nouns formed from Pa'el Participles.
1.

Rejection
(1)

2.

(1)

ii4(=r^U])
r-^l

(Ps. 45:1)

(Gen. 31:22); ]2UMt.8:7);

wa-1^

(25:17)

else-

.^(Mt.5:19);

^-*-^ (for
z

-^U)
z

(16:14)

.4^ (= s^U^) (Judges 11:25).

^oL^iJ

(2)

>al(26:7);

(3)

iV^ (^or i^)

3:13);

]^

uia? (for

(4)

Ur^

for

(25:15); >cIia::I(Mt.6:5);

(James 3:6)

Ur^(for Ut-^r^)

^r^) (Ps.45:3); ]iL-L^(for ]lli^)

wnl^) (Rev.

(for

Ui(Jn.5:21).

U4^)

(Sym. Job 41:4)

(Rom.
(24:1);

4:1).

(24:1)

r,^^^ (Hex. Ruth

M^^ (Judges

6:18),

1:13)

>a^^^

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

23.]

2.

19

Rejection takes place in the middle of a word,

With Olaph,

(1)

in the 1st sing. Imperfect Pe'al

and

often, in the

Imperfect and Participle of the Pa'el, and sometimes in the Ethpe'el, of

Pe Olaph

Olaph

verbs.

is

sometimes rejected also from 'E Olaph deriv-

atives.

With

(2)

Waw and

Yudh, when they stand between two vowels, or

between a half-vowel and a vowel

and sometimes elsewhere.

(3)

In isolated instances, with Lomadh, Rish and Nun.

(4)

With Taw,

together

in the Ethpe'el,

whenever three Taws would come

and in a few nouns when two Taws would come together.

3. (1)

^
(J.

1^) (28:14) -^'^[o (= o-I^^o) (6:3) ,L^

V-i^4
S. 26:13); ^Lizjo (= ,-.-^LIz]o) (6:1)
(=

(J. S. 15:10).

(2)

^1A (1:2);

"^

'(1:12); 1?!^ (1:15);

cilii5(Mt. 12:25);

U^:^

^^

0^^(23:7);
'

q:^|(23:2); >^i-o

(23:1);

(3)

(32:12).

queen; ^?o^ (Ephr. 3:427)

house (Mt. 12:25).

3.

Rejection takes place at the end of a word,

(1)

Sometimes with Waw,

the 3d fem. plur. of verbs.

(2)

The

nouns plural
(3)

nouns

final
is

4. (1)

Olaph

is

3d masc.

plur.;

and with Yudh, in

sometimes rejected from l-^ much.

of verbs is generally rejected.

The

final

Nun

of

always rejected in the emphatic and construct states.

A final
and

Nun

in the

Taw

is

rejected from the feminine singular absolute of

from

in Mt. 12:25,

1^^^*^

^f (= J wsf) (24:5)
(=

bl]

^)

(24:4)

house,

^^'r^ (= -^1 r-^) (Mt.

,-Lx.

(18:12)

^)(lThess.3:3); f?^ (Lk.4:36);

qJl^

(6:9)

o^. (==

(=^01^01) (Judith

o^

1:5).

^n

oJct

P) (Mt. 13:27)

>

12:12)

(= ^

(= o |J)

(23:19)

9^
Vi

(23:17)

-^oi

ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.

20

jaS^

?JLl.^D

(2)

m p

4. (1)

more

Many compound

It.

>

imSn ^^

/owntoiTi ;

(3) H^^i^']

24,

[^

seventeen;

^^ ^-^

nineteen.

words, or words whicli coalesce, drop one or

letters.
(2)

ciples

The

enclitic

forms jof the personal pronouns coalesce with Parti-

and adjectives, forming as

(3)

When

new

it were, a

number ending

tense.

in 'E combines with t^^^ ten, one 'E is

dropped.

S 24.

Otiose Letters.
1.

11?^ (1:12)

ll'rfi?

2.

\\^ (Mt. 19:29)

11^

(Mk. 1:23)

11^? {3

John

6)

(14:15).

Qi^o

3. vljl]

(6:2);

._-^

^r^o

(32:12);

^.^oLl^o

(6:15);

(6:14)

^.aiJlai^

(6:9);

(6:1);

oxijo

-^1 (John
;

(6:1).

20:17)

>^M(Mt.2:6);

(22:5);

^^

(13:3);

^^r^?

'

Vi

-^^

(6:9);

6:8);

-^^\

(19:9).

Otiose letters are those which are neither qui escent in a previous vowel

nor marked

b^^

the linea occultans. but yet are unpron ounced.

1.

Olaph

2.

Wawat the

3.

Yudh,

final

when

when preceded by
ends in Yudh.

are,

end of verbs, when not preceded by a vowel.

in the 3d f em. plur. of verbs

and pronouns; and

it

They

prec eded by another Olaph.

in the

in the

2d

fern. sing, of

verbs

pronominal suffixes of th e 1st sing, (except

a vowel), 2d fem. sing., and of the 3d masc. sing,

when

;;

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

J 25.]
'^

21

25. Quiescence.

1.

(1)

oL^^U (28:3)

(2)

^UJ

(James 1:6)

^ziii

(5:10)

Mace.

(2

(Heb. 10:6)

i^^i-^^

^1^

^U

5:24).

(1

Sam. 25:36)

(Ezek. 16:27).

i^lii (32:2);

(3)

.=^1^

oJ^l^l

(James 5:2);

|jilli

r^l-^l? (28:1);

(Hex. Jer. 10:19).

(4) l?^ (18:17)

(1:1)

jii

1^0^ (Rom.

i?em.i.r^'^f?
(1:6);

(Rev. 5:9);

1.

(1)

At

16:1)

f^^i^? (18:17)

^r^

(18:10);

l^-o

^l:al'^ (Rom. 16:3).

(18:13);

f^jJ

(18:15)

^]o(l:13); U^^P

i?cwi.^.l^Mod:!);

(18:19)

ri|o(l:3);

^^oj?

(Lk.

ftji (18:11); r^jo

(1:8).

lU (1:1);

1?!^ (1:13)

T^cfo

2:1).

the end of a syllable Olaph loses

its

consonantal force and

quiesces in the preceding vowel.

(2)

vowel

is

quiesces
(3)
it

When Olaph

with a vowel follows an unvoweled consonant, the

usually thrown back on the preceding consonant, and the Olaph

(cf. I

32. 3).

In the middle of a word, when Olaph should receive a half- vowel,

quiesces in a short full vowel given to the preceding consonant.

(4)

When

Rem.

1.

a vowel-letter,

The

Olaph always quiesces.

inseparable particles ^^

^ and

<=>

draw back the

vowel of the Olaph.

Rem. 2.

2. (1)

Olaph may quiesce in any one of the vowels.

]iloal(2Pet.3:9); |i?cil (2Pet.l:2)

\^}o:i^inflammatwn (Thes. Syr.

jZo^

l^oll (Heb.

(3)

oioZ(l:l); ciai(l:2); lldli (1:2).

C?oal (Acts

13:32)

697).

(2)

12:20) ]^o-J

(15:1);

Uc|f (2Cor.

6:5).

ZLBMENTS OF SYBIAa

22

"Waw quiesces

2. (1)

at the

end of a

[2

25.

homogeneous

syllable after the

vowel

In the middle of a word, when

(2)

would have a half-TOwel,

it

it

frequently quiesces in a -^ given to the preceding consonant.

When a vowel-letter it always quiesces.

(3)

3. (1)

^^1

(5:2);

,^4-^

(18:19);

U*^ (5:6); 4^ (11:10);

^^^

(23:2).

(2)

r^4

(23:14)

wSoi_-4

(32 23)
:

^okJ^L

their hre<ut{Thes.

Syr. 1201).

(3)

cs&_-

1?o^

(26:3);

(18:13);

l^ -^

(18:7);

]L

(15:8);

w^(15:9).

(4)

3. (1)

i?ew.

i.-lla^j

Bern.

^.M?

(1:5)

(14:3)

i-^ (1:4) ^
;

At the end

^cZUo

(1:7)

of a syllable,

oi^-l (25:11)

1^]

(17:15).

(14:13)

rf^i^-i^?

t^^^A (1:9)

]Lk^ (1:10).

Yudh

(17:1).

quiesces after the homogeneous

vowel

(2)

In the middle of a word, when

frequently quiesces in a
(3)

At

it

would receive a half-vowel,

it

given to the preceding consonant.

the beginning of a word,

when

it

would have a half-vowel,

it

quiesces in

Hem.
Olaph

1.

This at the beginning of a word often takes prosthetic

( 20. 1).

Rein.

2.

Prefixes draw the vowel to themselves, the Olaph pros-

thetic even being

(4)

When

sometimes retained and quiescing.

a vowel-letter,

oiqJso

w'bhuh

oiJaa^gensoh

4.

He

Yudh

(1:2);

(2:12).

never quiesces in Syriac.

quiesces in

<s\loh

or

ru^eh

(1:2);

oicZ

tuh

(1:1);

;;;;

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

2G, 27.]

23

26. Peculiarities of Grutturals.

1-Li

(1)

1.

(Acts 20:1)

'^iuiJ

(Lk. 12:3)

^?(Heb.

(2)

Medial gutturals are treated like other

tlie

VJ.^

vowel

letters.

(2)

Vj-L (Mt. 22:41)

(3)

1-1-^ (Acts 20:2); .jli^ (Gen.

5:29)

11^^

10:14)

(1:1);

p]

(12:17)

c^

(Judith 1:16)
its full

-^?]

(13:6).

(23:8)

-1^4

l^^o (Acts

(Is. 16:6).

1^=-^ (Acts

Uo]^

4:36)

(Rev. 17:4).

consonantal force,

when accompanied by

At

(2)

In the Pa'el and Ethpa'al of ^1-^

the beginning of a word,

it is

(2 Cor. 10:9);

]^

(1)

(3)

(1)

'E-Olaph

(Acts 7:41)

11:34).

Final gutturals and Rish prefer

Olaph preserves

^?

(1)

2.

2.

8:11)

r^ (Mt. 19:5) r^ (Mt. 19:6).

w^^jJ (Rom. 14:19); rf^ (Lk. 1:8)

(2)

1.

oi-Io4 (Acts

changed to Yudh.

Cf.

to

a vowel.

ask; though in most verbs

22. 1. (1).

In a few verbs whose third radical

Olaph, as also in their

is

derivatives.

Ecm.Ct also

U 19. 1;

20. 1; 22. 1; 23. 1. (1)

23. 2. (1)

23. 3. (1)

23.4.(1); 24.1; 25.1.

3.

In '^J^

to

rememher, 'E

is

treated by the

West

Syrians as

if it

were

Olaph.
4.

(2)

'i

For the

peculiarities of

He

cf.

19. 2,

22. 5

23. 4. (1),

Waw and Yudh.

27. Peculiarities of
1.

]1^ n'bhiyo

(28:1); -ciilrJ? (Lk. 1:70)

1.

Yudh sometimes

2.

For a connected view of the

23. 2. (2), 3. (1)

3.

and Heth,

25. 4.

24.

3; 25.

3.

jl^?

(25:18).

stands at once for a vowel-letter and a consonant.

peculiarities of

Waw,

H 19. 7; 22. 1,2

see

25. 2.

For the peculiarities of Yudh, see 09. 7

3.(1); 24.

22. 1, 2,

23. 1. (2), 2. (2),


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

24

28.

28, Quantity of Vowels.

1.

(1)

^)Lj^

(2)

jk^^

ai:^ol^

blessed;

jkiuZo (Mt. 9:4)

1.

^I^^^ (John 15:16);

(1 Cor. 15:1);

(1 Cor. 7:36)

1^^^^= (Mt.

In closed syllables the vowel

is

,^-^ZU

(29:17)

24:15).

generally short

but

(1)

Where

the long vowel has arisen by contraction.

(2)

Where

the vowel

is

^oka^ZZ]

it is

long,

naturally long, and the syllable has

become

closed by the dropping of a short vowel.

2.

r^](27:6);

(2)

l^r^ (Lk. 11:12)

(3)

Ui^

(4)

|l<n5(4:8);

2.

\^]^

(32:2);

l-ll^o

^M (Acts
]^i (Prov.26:7); pl^ (lTim.6:15).

^^lea^ew;

(1)

>aJ5f (Lk. 1:59)

(Lk. 14:21);

C^r^{22:6)

UU^

(Ps. 25:19).

(1:7)

r-f-^^

10:13).

il^I:^?

(1:10)

(1:11).

In open syllables the vowel

is

generally long

but a short vowel may

stand in open syllables,

(1)

When

necessary for the retention and pronunciation of an

it is

Olaph.
(2)

Sometimes,

like

compound Sh'wa

in

Hebrew,

to facilitate the

pronunciation of a letter, especially of a guttural.

(3)

In syllables which were originally closed.

(4)

In half-open

3. (1)

wai^

syllables.

(2 Pet. 3:8)

--I

(8:4)

U^

(24:4)

hll

(7:11)

]^

(3:1); fr-ls(3:3).

(2) V-A.J-S

(1:4)

from parasha;

7
^93iJi:!fi (2:3)

^a^L^^

(2:18)

V^*^''>

(1:6)

from rak:i'o';

i-

from

manharin

from neshlatun.

I's^l (2:5)

from za'uro

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

29.J

lalsLj (Mk. 3:27)

(3)

^rJ (Mt. 9:30)

^\^

Vr^ (Mt.

^-^^ (John

-^i (1:12)

^jL^^l^

25

(Gen. 27:2)

^^ (Mt. 13:2)

3.

; ;;

^f

19:24)

(1:14)

'"

she sliowed

me ;

|l:r-^ 6;19)

V_^^(3:15);

1:18).

In other cases, where we would have a short vowel in an open

syllable,
(1) It is

occasionally lengthened, especially after the fall of a guttural

and in the feminine ending

from

(2) It is generally dropped, except

injury to the form.

Pe'al,

So o

and in a few nouns

Remark.

The in

where

this cannot be

done without

always dropped, except in the Imperative

is

like '^'\^^

fawn.

such forms as

and

^^^'^^^^'-^^

\f r^^ is

anomalous.

(3) It is retained, the following radical being doubled,

[a]

Nun

Regularly after preformatives in 'E doubled and Pe

verbs.

{h)

In a few 'L Olaph verbs.

(c)

In the Pe'al Imperfect and Infinitive of

>^

29.

[d)

In the 3d fem.

(c)

In some compound words.

(1)

sing.

(5)

ll^M

(1:1);

(1:8);

]^
c(7i

(1:1)

sHi^

]\ V

vl

i*.L^?(l:10);

the

(17:8)

o >(l:l);

coi

(1:2);

^[(1:2); iLiliil

No

|I:oi?(4:8);

(1:11);

r^l

^oc?

(Mt. 3:3).

(17:9)

,^ll

|ii(l:3); 1^1-^(2:3);

go ye

l^i^

Arabia; M?! Adana ; Ul

(32:10).

(Rev. 6:15)

1:21).

l^^l Asia; l-^^'l

(1:10).

(4:2).

ill (28:19)

|Zo-^ (Eph.
(6)

Perfect before suffixes,

jk^ milk; ]h:^

(4^

v-cZu*

of Vowels.

(2) jii^^o (1:7);

(3)

and

being dropped.

Euphony
1.

''*>r*

apa.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

26
1.

Short

a, or

Pethoho,

is

29.

found,

(1)

In closed syllables.

(2)

In half-open syllables, mostly after the inseparable prefixes.

(3)

In an open syllable caused by euphonic changes in the word.

(4)

In an open syllable caused by the coalescing of two words by the

addition of a syllable.
(5)

In nominal plurals ending in

(6)

In an open syllable in

2. (1)

CiaJL-I

many

(1:2);

^^^ she killed;

2.

or

r^l (23:5);

(3)

yozll

(4)

\llL (Mt. 4:5)

(5)

01-0^(1:2);

Short

e is

{= >ccLJ)
;

foreign words.

2^^(1:6);

|lia(l:14); ^^?>i(l:14);

"^a^^

Jcill ;

^1 (6:1);

(2)

or l-^o

l-*

he will

1^'

Ni

^'r^l (17:15);

^^2^

(3

xO^

]^ (Mt.

moisture;

^1

d.

(24:16).

(32:8).

7: 16).

^^(1:6); ^i(l:12); i^^l

generally obscured from an original

*f

(24:17).

pi. Pa'el)

f.

(6:8).

It is found,

(1)

In closed syllables.

(2)

In an open

(3)

In an open syllable, arising from changes in the body of the word

syllable,

when

there

is

preservation of initial Olaph.

from sufformatives.

with

(4)

Sometimes in half-open

(5)

The

syllables.

of the ultimate of such forms as are given in

in East Syriac, perhaps because this syllable

accent.

See Noldeke, Syrische Grammatiky

3. (1)

^(1:4);

jcoO (1:6)

^'v^

(2) ]')-N^(from

3. (1)
(2)

position.

Long

e is

gevvo) arrow ;

i-

had

are written

originally the

I 47.

(1:9)

|i:jil(l:12); ]5^s (1:13).

/IS

^ l"'' relaxation;

formed by contraction, and

(5)

is

In East Syriac, we have a few cases of

IT.

p|Las

snare.

represented by ^ or
e

long by compensation or

;;

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

29.]

4. (1)

^hoL^

(2)

\LAj\

(3)

I'V

(2:3)

(2:5);

P^J

^^

J-il^

(3:6);

(14:16)

4. - is
(1)
(2)
(3)

(2:2)

many

formative in

\^o

Ml^

(11:1);

o^'f

(1:11)

lj>^? (23:18).

(14:15);

^^lOr1^

r-^P

(24:16);

in an

open

(11:11)

-^^M

(14:3).

^'

(11:10);

(16:7)

-^
*

*=

(Rom.

(14:16)

6:10).

^^ 1
,

or

^]

It is found,

nouns.

the vowel in which a

Heightened

(26:3)

It is written

always long.

As
As

l^^-^

Pl^ s;iare.

(4) 2w-2^-.] (24:19)

|I^i^

(1:6)

27

word quiesces.

at the beginning of a

syllable, especially before

an Olaph which

has become quiescent.

(4)

Contracted from

5. (1)

a?/, ^l/, yi,

U^

r^l (16:2);

^^^ thousand;

-^l^

(2:5).

(24:14);

^1 my brother;

^L^9

bl^

1^(18:18); U^

(7:11);

(5) {haizl

U^(24:4);

(1:3);

|I^

(1:6);

jL^'il

oiil^

(2:16)

(16:2).

iio (m''nawath)por^/o?i; ^(23:10);

(26:7);

(4)

(1:1);

M-l^a-^

v^jl(6:ll); U:^(24:5);
(3)

wL

1^

(16:4);

(2:3); o^^^^Lli (2:4);

(2)

iw, and

^^^^(25:3); >al

(6:5).

1^ (3^); ]l^

(1:2);

U^^

(1:5);

(3:3);

1^^

fr^l (26:19).
(1:5);

il-^'

(1:6).
5. (1)

(2)

When

not

final, "

generally represents an originally long a.

In a few nouns, before certain

(when the vowel was most

sufiixes

probably heightened by the original accent

see Buval,

perhaps in the 3d sing. masc. Perf. of "P verbs,

heightened from an originally short
(3)

it

157),

and

seems to have beeen

a.

In verbal forms and nouns derived from

often represents a contraction from awa.

"13

and "a^ verbs,

"

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

28

7 7

(4)

In a few

feminine singular,
(5)

was contracted from

cases, it
it

In the emphatic

Reniarh.

In

or

state, the final

foreign words,

naturally long, being derived

is

See Duval,

^ is

259. a.

frequently followed by

>

S youth [ioxm fu'ail); Poi-*^

mse

\^^4-^ (form nektulun); but r^o^-

(2)

ji^Vai (17:10)

wsal-l
(3)

6. (1)

See

Waw,

e. g.

(1 Pet. 1:1).

6. (1)

falls

In the absolute

was heightened in compensation for the elided Taw.

from the demonstrative particle \^

080^

29.

(12:7)

ilc^ (11:5)

p^^ol

(18:2)

l^oL

(12:15).

>cai (11:1)

Except in the Imperative

away

UH

Pe'al,

^oL^l

y^y^^ftncn.

z^jnie ;

(18:8)

^oLjJ (14:1)

(form fu'ul);

oi^?ai (18:14)

(14:1).

and a few nouns, short u always

in an open syllable.

(2)

In closed syllables, short u remains.

(3)

When

preceded or followed by

Waw,

short u becomes long u.

7. (1).

7. (1)

>ci> (11:1)

jlo*^ (11:5)

(2) >cc^.li^ (25:17)

^oLJ

(14:1)

^aj end (emph. \^^)

^^r^

(14:1).

]29oZ cow; \^^^^

(13:4).

pal^^ (Spic. Syr. 33:20)

(3) MoliflJ (24:17);

(4)

vic^Z(l:2);

l^ ^

mzL^ (24:2)
7. (1)
(2)

Syriac

H (1:2);

]Lj^Q^|.i

West

Syriac,

In a few cases,

(4)

In

many

forms,

it

or uw.

comes through 6 from

it is

(3:8)

cct (4:18);

See

6. (3).

by contraction from aw (East

c).

(3)

^ai (Neh.ll:24).

^ol^^i^^ (2:18).

Long u comes by contraction from wu^

In a few cases, in

long by nature.

^^.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

30, 31.]

29

30, Loss of Yowels.

1.

LsL^

kathabhath)

(from

^iasZ]

'be

written; <"^ i

she wrote; v-si^-^l

I awaked him ;
\^^^>^

]^*^-^^had; U^'r^leprous ;

})ear;

2. (1) wr:ZLs

kathabha)

(from

^^^

\fr-^P

^^^^

^Aei/ s7ia?Z

l^^ sleeping.

writing ;

was written

it

Q^i^^

^^iws
;

(2)

^ul^AjsZ

v^oiuaJ

o^oA^

-^

(4)

7^^^

(5)

^1

(John

j>.

VroAj

^-sZ)^

thousand;

(24:12)

writing ;

^oiali^f

>

(24:1)

.>

N I

^^-^ (Lk. 2:13)

6ac?.

^^o''^^:^Z

4:52).

a word.

In

all

forms of the Perfect, except the 3d

(2)

In

all

forms of the Imperfect.

(3)

In

all

forms of the Imperative, except the 2d masc.

(4)

In the absolute of

(5)

Final

Yudh

is

all

and

sing. fern.

sing.

nouns, adjectives, and participles.

written but not pronounced, in the sufex 1st sing,

Rem.

after consonants (but see I 31.

31.

-^f (Mt. 24:3) ^^^1

(1)

>

-^r^(6:9); ^al^f(6:9); ^a^j^(6:14); ..al^

A vowel is frequently lost in tbe middle of

A vowel is lost at the end of a. word,

the 2d fem. sing.

^aSioLs

v-a!^

(24:14)

(6:15);

2.

>acA^

*>

*.

Icing

(24:15);

1.

^waJ
j

b-

t,.

(3) y.AcA^

^A^

in a

1)

in the suffix 3d sing. masc.

in

few other cases.

The Half-vowel.
1.

1^

(1:1);

jlii.

^c^iU

v-^i^o (1:4);

But

1^^-^

six

(1:1);

^o

(1:10);

Ti^-^ sixty.

lIeo^Z(l:2); |1**^ (1:2);

(1:1);

^h^-^

(1;13).


KLEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

30
7

2.

(but

'

n 4iZ| meditate

^ ^-<^]

32.

[
7

Z>e

accounted]

'.*coij ijj^/

^oZc^;

^oiCsa ^/ieiV anger.

]^ (4:2)

3.

(but f^t^^^

1.

Except

1^^?

(4:9)

tf^?

Ihave made

>ff

r-^

s/^e

maJe

thee

few words, a

in a

thee),

lialf-vowel occurs with every

consonant which begins a syllable.

a separate syllable.
2.

(3:12)

It

unvoweled

This half-vowel does not constitute

equivalent to vocal Sh'wa in Hebrew.

is

In the Ethpa'al Imperative, and in certain other

cases, it is

found

at

the end of a syllable.

3.

The half-vowel

a consonant which,

found after a consonant which

is

is

medial,

i.

e.

though not doubled, apparently closes one syllable

and begins another.

Remark

man and
Rem,.

1.

A short

^*^?1

2.

See Duval,

right.

to crucify,

aspiration of

30. 1

end of such words as

98.

'-^

>-n^

and

and see Duval,

*
^

and w^

^r^^my

to

make^ ^^S^

e.g.

s^

^o hind,

q to divide, preserve the half -vowel

'

i^^

and the

All other Participles lose

it

127).

32. Shifting of Yowels.

1.

>-^0|

e \)-at (-^93-0

^^ but Ir

^^^

cislr:a^ (3:3)

P
2. I^^-^^^ for
V

3.

cls for
7
'"
'^

7
c|j5

holiness;

^ man;

qi

\-^n"n\

p
)^^^^

it ;

Pet. 5:9).

l^-i^-a-s

Pi.
plain; |i^c-i^ measure.
7

^1^

he grieved; wSJja-J for

I'ii he shall grieve.

The vowel which follows

In order to

(1

hlamed ; ^^1^ for

1.

3.

written;

asOiCu-s write, but oia-cZs-s write

heifer;

2.

sonant

^^^^ from ^^^^^ Ihave

they

a consonant sometimes passes before

facilitate its pronunciation, a

tracts to itself the vowel

at the

The Participles of the four verbs r^^

^il^,

(cf.

my

was heard

it.

consonant frequently

at-

which precedes.

vowel which follows an Olaph preceded by an unvoweled conis

shifted to that consonant, the Olaph

25. 1. (2).

becoming quiescent.

See

'i

</

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

33.]
33.

New
1.

Vowels.

^ ^

^^1 (11:12); ^V

f^^I (18:7)

(17:5);

t/

w^^o

(1:4);

3.

^Z]

(23:14); r^l^l (Mt. 27:9);

An

^Ll.?

(Lk. 6:48)

jLl^

unvoweled Olaph

to aid in its pronunciation

(1:7);

r^^^o

in the

pl^ll

(25:11).

(16:10).

]l:::^ ear of

corn.

word takes a short a or

same circumstances, Yudh quiesces in t

a, is

at the beginning of a

given to the

Often in the middle of a word, a helping vowel

is

f X

(1:7).

"When three consonants would come together

This

^-*-^ (15:9); '>A

Nlw (24:10); ^UX

at the beginning of a
;

(12:17);

(Syr. Tlies. 2504)

word, a helping vowel, generally short

3.

PI
w

2.

4. IU:i

2.

(12:13);

r^l (23:5);

1.

']

31

regularly the case in the Ethpe'el of

is

first.

added to a

letter.

Pe-Yudh and Pe-Olaph

verbs.
4.

A vowel

is

frequently added in order to preserve the doubling of the

preceding radical.

PART SECOND-ETYMOLOGY.

34. Inseparable Particles.

1.

L^\

(1:1)

2. li'lo (1:1)

wcL-o
3.

2^o

1^^?

(1:1)

(1:2)

boiol^

r^jo

(1:4)

(1:6)

r^?

]L^h\^

(1:4).

(2:2)

ji^jP

(5:4);

(13:15).

]c<no(l:3); 1>-.c(l:3)j |Ii^?(2:2);

U-I^o

(2:3)

r^f^

(2:19).

i?cmarA; i.-]i^? (3:9)

Remark 2.]\^o

4 ^ilXo
5.

(1:5)

The Inseparable
,

|J^?

(2:2).

^1^?

(24:7)

^^-.l:i (25:3)

(John

21:18).

o^i^^lZLiil^o (24:11).

(r-^ (Mt.3:16)

Particles are the prepositions

and the

relative

They

*-s

1^

and J^

(Jn. 19:18).

the con-

are always prefixed.

1.

Before voweled consonants, they take a half-vowel.

2.

When before

Olaph, they draw the vowel of the Olaph to themselves,

the Olaph quiescing.

(Mt. 9:30)

>ccWi(24:7);

junction o

jl-^^jl

They

are prefixed directly to words beginning with

3.

Before unvoweled consonants, they receive

Remark

1.

Before words which take a prosthetic Olaph, they take the

vowel of the Olaph, the Olaph being either retained or dropped.

Remark

2.

When a vowel has been thrown back upon the

first radical,

the particle generally takes a vowel.

4.

When more

than one inseparable particle occur, every second one

takes a vowel.
5.

In a few compound words the

ilated.

Nun

of the preposition

,--io is

assim-

35.]

35.

ELE3IENTS OF SYRIAC.

S3

The Personal Pronoun.

The following

1.

are the forms of the Personal

Pronoun where

used independently

He

OCT

They

(m.) ^aJoi

She

-oi

They

(f.)

Thou

Thou

(m.) f^\

Ye

-^1

Ye

PI

We

(f.)

I
2.

2l3]

lam Jdlling.

V^ or

^.^^4-0

Thou

(m.) art Jdlling,

Thou

(f.)

s^i^i^^

or

>^1

ju We

^-i^ii-JuD
p

Note.

We
or^f^^--^^'^

^-1^

The

Ye

^i^:i4^ Ye

or

RcmarJc
^ciw.i-i.a-4^

RemarJc
11:14

1.

^>

>^

Thou

coicci

Judith 1:5

(f.)

h. .

These

(m.) are Jdlling.

v^T

are Jdlling.

(f.)

^ s^ We
^

reveal.

(m.) reveal,

revealest.

pronouns are used with adjectives

and

verbs are,

"IJ

^f^-'-^ Ye

(m.) revealest.

ye are heautiful
2.

are Jdlling.

(f.)

contracted forms from the participles of

^^--^ Thou
>* ^

are hilling.

]^^^^--^I reveal.
,

art Idlling,

^^

^J-i. ,^Iik^*

r^L2]

where

^70

^iS\ IL^j or

^U]

nl^

U^*-?^

7x0
70
N
^ \^J
7

^*^l

or

^700
^1^

(f.)

enclitic subject

Vjuo

|j|

^ohJ^\

(m.)

are the forms of the Personal Pronoun,

The following
used as an

^^

also,

e.

g.

^-^? tJiou art pure.

>*cn^<Ji
^cn^<Ji

often become
1

but see also Col. 3:5

-"

and

^^'^

See Mt.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

84

3G, 37,

36. Pronominal Suffixes.

Tabular View.
1.

Possessive.
Ck)nsonant.

'Sm

After a Vowel.

^01

^3u-

V.401

3f

or ^CIC

01

CI
p

2m

V
s

Objective.

2.

After a
Consonant.

After a
Vowel.

After a

2f
Ic

'3m
3f
ft.

2m
2f
7

let.....

1.

The

possessive suffixes are used with nouns

ive suffixes are used with verbs

2.

see

see

The

\ 77.

pronouns

r^^l

and ^J] are used

The inseparable preposition uc and

see

2.

2.

12

Lk. 24:11.

"^ are prefixed to the form of

possessive pronominal suffixes which are used after consonants

first

column

37.

Before the

in the table).

form-.^,-^;

object-

51.

Instead of a suffixed pronoun for the 3d plural after verbs, the

enclitic
3.

1.

^91

2. coi

pci this (m.)

that (m.)
7

3.

^j.^

(see Tlies. Syr., p. 1023).

p p
J

(/. e.

]?5i

this

^oi that (f.)

(f.)

cJoi this is

,^^ffi these (m. or f .).

fJoi those (m.)

^ci

those

P P

my

body (23:18)

the

person singular they take the

e.^.,2.12; 16.9; 16.15; 19.9; 17.11; 23.2.

The Demonstrative Pronoun

p

first

^^^h^i

(John 2:11).

(f.).

U 38,

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

39.]

1.

5^

2.

The forms

is

found instead i)f

>f0^cfi

and f^ci instead of

This

is is

38.

1.

g^

7 P

(contracted from cci J-Jci

]?oi

23. 4.

(1)), ^cijici

It has the

same form

see

The Relative Pronoun

2. ?

is

wAo, whichj

numbers, and cases.

pointed according to

that.

It is an inseparable particle,

and

is

34.

has been shortened from an original

possessive

'^? compounded of

'>*?

^? which and

which
to.

is

yet found in the

It

is

used with the

pronominal suffixes to express the independent possessive pronoun

^*^? mine; ^t-^ thine; ci^^?

39.

The Helative and Possessive Pronouns.

in all genders,

^fiJn

s^-J<^

(hodoy) from ^^

v^

found occasionally instead of

[>

3.

I?*''

^aJci are

35

his

e. g.

fOaC::^ ours.

The Interrogative Pronouns.

1.

2.

^
W

li

u'lio f

\A

(m.),

(f.),

jio
,

^2^ what

^ 4 (m. or

f.

plural)

who

which ? what

Remark

1.

r~

is

used as an adjective.

Remark

2.

V^a

Remark 3.

1-1-]

Remark
7

e. g.^

4.

103.

'^
*

lH^i^-*l which
*>

Who

t-

cJ^ from coi^

is f

is

It is not used as an adjective.

IT.

lr-1 and ^^
7
7

It is not

1.

used for things.

7

Adjectives,

See

is

P r

the Indefinite Interrogative for persons.

are generally used as Interrogative

man ? But
*>

see
7

103. 2.

(1).

eJ^ (from 001^)^^-01^.

What

is ? is


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

86

40.

1.

]U

2.

^U

(1:1)

r^l (1:3)

(1:4)

9^

^i^

^^9?}^ (1:13)

^^ (4:2); ^^

(3)

VL (26:3) ^^

(4)

]h= (1:1); 1h (1:4); 1}- (1:3);

(Lk. 22:17)

(3:16)

^^

(4:2).

jJ (Gal. 4:14).

The

(3:11); >ci

'^'r- (7:4).

third person singular masculine of the Perfect of the

is

always given as the root, though in some

radicals has disappeared from this form.

weak verbs one of the

Verbs are called strong when the root contains no consonant which

will cause a

A verb

change in the vowels usually employed in a given

is

called

weak when

it

(1)

Those whose

one of whose radicals

Such verbs

last radical is a guttural or

Rish

are,

and those any

an Olaph.

is

Nun.

(2)

Those whose

(3)

Those whose second and third radicals are

(4)

Those any one of whose radicals was a

41.

inflection.

contains a radical which modifies the

vowels usually employed in a given inflection.

wJ

(2:22);

All words are derived from roots most of wliicli have three letters

simple form (called P*'al)

(3:3).

oi^^^U (28:3).

waL

(1:14);

r^ (1:7).

(2:12)

(2)

or radicals.

3.

-^'r^ (1:4)

-^^ (2:7)

(4:7)

(4:3);

2.

40,41,

The Strong Verb.

3. (1)

1.

[2

first

radical is

alike.

Yudh

or "Waw.

Verb Stems.

1.

(1)

^U

(2)

>a<^

(3)

jalo (Ps. 119:120)

(1:4);

r^ (1:7); r^ (14:14).

(3:10); -^alio (3:17);

2.

>qS^

3.

>-*i^ (7:3)

(3:10)

^l^

r^4

^co^l

C3:12)

(5:3)

(11:4);

(Nahum

^-*^

li^l (13:12).

^l^

(11:9).

2:10).

(24:2)

r^

(4:12).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

41.]

4.

VlsIU

v-aijii (7:6);

cc^4 (25:10)
5.

usklJL

Eem. i.

(Rev. 1:15)

1.

2.

In

to breathe, ^^j'^] id.

we have

a half-vowel after the

and a short vowel after the second.

The

(2) in

This short vowel

stative verbs, usually e

intensive verb-stem, called Pa'el,

id,

e,

derived from

first

is, (1)

two verbs,

(3) in

in
u.

formed by doubling the

is

second radical, the vowel a being used with the

before gutturals and Rish,

7 7

^^r- to approach^ v-Sj-o^l

called P*'al, has, for consonants, the three

strong verbs

all

active verbs, usually a

2.

10:3).

The simple verb-stem,

radical

(6:15);

r^i (Acts 14:20) "^^^^ (Mt. 1:23).

>-^\

radical letters.

^LJ

(12:5);

Syr., p. 120).

r^L*.] (Rom.

Rem.

^Isij

(24:5);

r^oZZ] [Thes.

37

and, except

first radical,

a, after

the second.
7

3.

The

causative verb-stem, called 'Aph'el,

the radical letters

having
4.

e,

the

derived from

From each

prefixing

the

formed by prefixing

radical being without a vowel,

to

and the second

a.

of these active stems a Reflexive or Passive is formed by

wit,from

to

first radical

after the first

first

is

and

e after

P^'al,

the Ethp'^el, with a half-vowel after

the second

and second radicals

from

from

Pa'el, the Ethpa'al,

with a

by

'Aph'el, the Ettaph'al,

changing the prefixed Olaph into Taw, and using a before the

first

and

after the second radical.

5.

Another form of the causative,

prefixing sha instead of

inflected like the Pa'el (see

Eem.

1.

63.).

Shaph'el,

forms in Hebrew see Olshausen's Lehrhuch,

Rem.

2.

The signification of the stems

of the corresponding stems in

is

are sporadic cases of another stem,

Merx-Hoffmann, Gram. Syr.,

56.

1.

of these are really denominative quadriliteral verbs (see

ilar

formed by

is

Its reflexive is Eshtaph'al.

According to some, there

called Taph'el (see

called

Like other quadriliterals, the Shaph'el

^a.

Hebrew.

is,

It

A.

end).

63.).

Most

For sim-

p. 56.

in general, the

may be

same

as that

noted, however, that

the Ethp^'el of some intransitive verbs, and the Ethpa'al of some verbs

whose Pa'el has a causative

sense as the P^'al.

signification,

have come to have the same

ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.

38
I

Original

Form.
y V

42. General

Force.

P-^ul.

w^'LaZ]

None.

ing.

Passive or Reflexive of Simple Stem.

Etbp''el.

^i

Second Radical
doubled, and

Intensive Active.

Pa'el.

3.

Characteristic.

Simple Root Mean

1.

2.

of the Yerb-Stems.

Name.

First Form.

View

42, 43.

always

pre-

ceded by
V. V

y. y

Passive or Reflex-

Ethpa'al.

4.

and
Second Rad-

Z\ prefixed,
*

ive Intensive.

ical

5.

wrTi^i

G.

^L^zl] ^LzJli]

a.

doubled.

Causative Active.

Aph'el.

Ettaph'al.

Passive or Reflexive Causative.

Remarlcs.

The

1.

original penultimate

^ is

changed to a half-vowel in the

P^'al

and

Etli-

and Ethp''el.

The

2.

original ultimate

^ is

changed to

'^

in the Pa'el, Aph'el

p^'el.

43.

The

P''al Perfect.

TABLE
y

A.

\^h^

= the

She wrote

L^h^

= <..si^ with

TJiou{m.) didst write

^^ =

1.

He

2.

3.

wrote

simple verb-stem

vjc^.s

with

(? 41. 1).

^^

the usual fem. sign.

a fragment of the pro-

*
.

noun ^1
4.

Thou [f.) didst write

tJiou (m.).

^i^^ = wC^ with ^^^ a fragment

*

*
,

of the pro-

noun ^^]

tJiou

(f.).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

43.]

39

5.

/ ^vrote

2uc^

= w^^-a with

^^ (compare

6.

They

o^L^

= ^^Ls with

(m.) wrote

(not spoken) from ear-

Una.

lier
7

7.

They

(f.)

^*s^

icro^c

= wsAj with

^H)-

^^

(not spoken)

from

ear-

lier tna.

8.

ye

^h^h^

(m.) wrote

= ^^Z)o with

a fragment of the pro-

^c^:^-

noun

>

*.

9.

Ye

(f.)

^iLd^

i^ro^e

\cZL]l

*.

= ^-c2^ with^-^ a fragment of the pro*

noun <^^l

10.

We

^2^3

wrote

= usiwa with

^-

a fragment of the pro-

noun

TABLE

B.

Masculine

Feminine

Masculine

Peminine

Singular.

Singular.

Plural.

Plural.

Third Person,

Zw

2^

iL

5*

sli

Q.

Second Person,

^^l-

IK

Pirst Person,

..

^-

2^*r

Remarks.
1.

Z^f (6:9); ^r^(6:9);

2.

^^

(5:17)

3.

I-LaJ

(5:17)

4.

^U

5.

^if (32:10)

(1:4)

w.l^Zl

(for

ii^f(6:9);

-ri] (Lk. 24:24)

{= liiaJ

= i^.^)

-ir^
;

^r^ (6:10).
(6:9)

z3i^| (6:8)

r^'"^^ (Gen.

(=

Z^f = i^[).

o^^ (6:2) ^1,^ (6:9) ^c\i^ (26:13)

;

[-]r^M

(Jos. Styl. 2:7)

^liz]) (Legends

r^ll we should go

(Lk. 9:13).

of St.

Mary

ri[

31:6).

^^

(32:12).

(for oji]) (J. S. 4:10)

26:20)

^o*o|^ (Acts 28:2)

;
;

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

40
1.

43.

The pronominal fragments used in the inflection of the Perfect are

To distinguish them from the pronominal

always suffixed to the stem.

suffixes (? 36.) they
2.

We

may be

called svfformatives.

have distinct forms for both genders and both numbers in the

second and third persons.

3.

The vowel

of the second radical is dropped in the 3d fem. and in the

1st com. sing., while the

4.

The

a of the

first

radical is obscured to

e.

sufformatives for person, gender and number, with the exception

of the 3d fem. sing, and the 1st com. sing., are affixed directly and without

causing any change in vocalization to the 3d m. sing., which

of

verbs,

all
5.

The

weak as well

as strong, except the

sometimes ends in

\0

and the
7

7 7

^^^1 from
,

^1

written, instead of

is

is

Lomadh Olaph verbs

third feminine plural sometimes ends in

line plural

may therefore,

This rule

for convenience, be called the Jtrst foi'm of the Perfect.

first

^^

true

(? 60.).

the third mascu-

plural in t^J (in Lk. 9:13

^^n^ l

to avoid the three

Nuns

Sometimes, on the contrary, the third plural feminine, as

cf. IJin^).
- T

well as masculine,

was written just

According to HoflPmann (Merx,

50.

like the third masculine singular.

N. B., and

59. 1. (5))

sometimes added to the third feminine singular,

^2^^^

e. g.

Yudh was
This

is

only a " signum graphicum fem. indicans," just as in the third feminine

Imperfect (see
N^ote

1.

45.).

The

Syriac and

summary

following

Hebrew may be

of the endings of the Perfect in

useful

PLURAL.

SINGULAR.
p

3f.

m.

2f.

Ic.

m.

3f.

m.

Ic.

2f.

CO

Syr.

^M

2L_

Heb.

JVo^e;^.

vor^J

on

^((1)

r^

(Mt.8:2);

(1 Cor. 11:17)

^ci^5

-^r^

-r^

(Mt. 20:20)
(32:13)

i^?

o^^^

(Mt. 25:25)

(32:22)

^^^^

(Acts 27:2)

(John 16:27).

Verbs which have

e in

the forms derived from

the first
it

same as verbs which have a

form

(see

? 43.

Rem.

but in the 3d fem. and 1st

in the first form.

4.)

retain

eing.

it

in all

they are the

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

44.]

44.

Ethp^'el.

The Remaining

pi.

h2i^

tlhl^Z]
*

^2^Z|(12:5);

^ N

'

j (Rev. 11:18);
r^

(4:12)

iJkh^Z]

'

:^iixaJ^] (6:19)

(Gal. 4:12);

'

(Col. 4:10)

^H^

I^U]

(12:17)

^l-^A

w-lLzf

(6:1)

number and person

in

it.

like

it)

^"^

-(7:3);

.clj^l

'CL:]

form

all

(Lk. 20:23).

of their inflections

the sufformativcs for gender,

3d singular masculine, without causing

the only change in the last four stems

its

The

vowel and the

Ethp*'el

first

is

sing.,

the second or third radical

is

which

that the vowel

in the Ethp*'el the

receives a.

3d feminine singular and 1st common

singular can be distinguished from those of the Ethpa'al only

are marked.

^r^'

(Heb.9:20); ^oZj-lizj

In the 3d singular feminine (and the 1st

second radical loses

1.

1.1:^^(32:18);

Oj.Ii (Acts 4:15)

of the second radical is changed to a half-vowel

RemarJc

hlih^ZZ]

are in all cases, except the 3d fem. and 1st person

singular, affixed directly to the

any change

i. e.

h^hJ\

'

(Acts 23:30)

7.

It will be noticed that all of these Perfects

[k 10.)

QL^h^ZZ]

'

oaJ:?!? (29:18)

on the analogy of the Perfect P^'al

formed

7.

Cl^hJ]

^.i^ali^^l (Rev. 13:12)

(Acts 15:24); c^il^l (25:10)

is

QJDi^i^il

1 sing.

h^L^A
7 7

3 m.

7.

^^}

sing.

f.

Ettaplial.

Apli'cl.

s'ln^.

Perfects.

Ethpa'al.

Pa'el.
7

3 m.

41

when

an aspirate and Kushoy and Rukhokh

It will be noted that in Ethp^'el the second radical

has Rukhokh, and the third, Kushoy

whereas in Ethpa'al the opposite

is true.

Remark

2.

Notice

the transposition of the

and Ethpa'al of verbs whose

mutations of the
(cf.

l\ 21. 1; 22. 4).

Taw

first

in those

Taw

in the Ethp^'el

radical is a sibilant, and the per-

whose

first radical

is

Zain or Sodhe

ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.

j42 -

45.

The

P*'al Imperfect.

TABLE
1.

He

s^ciuaJ

will write

45.

[i

A.

= >-^c2w -with

J a

pronom. prefix used to

denote the 3d person.

2.

s^sci^Z

She will write

= y-scLia with

^ the

usual fern, sign pre-

and

fixed,

2d masc.

Rem.
3.

T7iou{m.) wilt write ^-^oh^Z

= w^cAjs ^ith

-^

suffixed to

'<*

distinguish

from the

it

sing.

Cf.

43.

5.

a fragment of ^^1 ihou,

prefixed.

4.

Thou

(f.)

wilt write

v^^^/-

= ^oLs with

-i

prefixed, .^-- suffixed,

and c shortened and

obscured

the

to

half-

Yowel.
5.

/ shall

woo^ = woio with

write

a fragment of PI

/ pre-

fixed.

6.

They

(m.) will write ^orj^-aJ

= wcciwo with

J prefixed for

the 3d per-

son, ^s suffixed for the

m. plural, and the vowel

changed
7.

They

(f.) toill

write.

.^^=^

= wcci^ as in the 3d

m.

to a half- vowel
pi.,

the ending
of

8.

Ye

(m.) will write.,

t^^^ = wCoAj as

except that

is

^^ instead

fl

in the 3d m.

pi.,

we have ^

except that
prefixed in-

stead of J
9.

Ye

(f.)

will write...

.^^^ = yjzcLs as in the

3d

f.

pi.,

we have ^

except that
instead of J

prefixed.
10.

We

shall write

%-co^.j

= s.^cL^ with

J a

fragment of

prefixed.

^''

- we

43

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

45.]

TABLE

B.

Masculine

Feminine

Masculine

Feminine

Sing'ular.

Singular.

Plural.

Plural.

Third Person,

<^cL^

Second Person,

^oLs Z

^olLzi

^ Sih^

2.

^s^ Z

s^oLs

First Person,

wcoka

siLa 1

Remarks.
1.

The

vowel
i.

stem

original

{i. e.

is

^-^c^^

the

is

changed to a half-

which begin with a vowel

^-

e.

T^:.

2.

The pronominal fragments employed

of which

volatilized) before sufformatives

,

in the inflection of the Imper-

fect are,

i,

Freezes,

Affixes,

^,

_,^,

3.

The

4.

The preformatives and

* of

for all stems,

^o,

and for weak verbs

Except the

is

sometimes other than

silent suffix

^ which
,

is

.4^o^-sZ

oL.=J

^.^oLsZ

always suffer the same changes in the root,

exhibeant

^3.Vj

i.

original forms of the Imperfect run,

naktuluna, naktulana.
u

"M.

ct

"^

merely in the consonant of the preformative

iterum

sometimes used with the 3d f em.

differ

vocales primitivas

^,_

^o,

^,
^

as well as strong, except that tlie vowel

the five forms,

The

sufformatives of the Imperfect are the same

sing.,

6.

i,

the preformative comes from an original

of the preformative
5.

"De

usciwa] and

wCoAaJ

the other five forms

LsZ

e.

naktulu,

^o^LsZ
^

taktulu,

imperfect! formis notandum est

in o et ^ esse elatas,

quorum

loco serior aetas

H pronunciavit, ita ut antiqui scribae et Nestoriani formas

^a-^^ et ^N^ n1 recentiores vero Ja'kobitae et Maronitae

et

et ^c^^-^nJ

."-Merx-Hoffmann, Gr.

Syr., 50.

D.

;;

ELEaiENTS OF SYRIAC.

44

46. P'al Imperfects in

[?4G.

A and E.

TABULAR VIEW.
m.

Imperfect with u.

Imperfect with

i,

Imperfect with

a,

1.

f^

(2:17);

^^^

(for

>a-JflJ

2.

>cLii

3.

rfr^

vii.i

nSnN

r^

^hJl

= niS)

(from

^ol^i^i (Rom. 15:30)

-^^^

(Mt. 20:31)

lie

25:9)

.^^s^
(2:18)

(2:10).

v^o^aJ (Mk. 8:22)

12:32).

.=4:^^

^J^)

will err;

r^) (John

oaLaS (Mt.

(Lk. 21:24);

(from

^'t^

t^^

to

maize and
*

^1

to

Perfects in
as

e,

huy are the only strong verbs which have

but some weak verbs, mostly intransitives, form

Yudh, and a few Pe Nun

(from t-^

^^

?Q^ (1 Cor. 4:25) rf^^ (J- 4:23) ^^ (30:5).

the Imperfect in

2.

their Imperfect P''al in this

in a

r-^

^oll-a^ (Mt. 13:15)

V
1.

(Mt. 24:29);

D^tT) (Mt. 19:13);

(Lk. 7:6)

wco'LiJ (Mk. 10:48)

rf^^

(Mt. 20:21)

(Mt. 18:17)

(Mt. 14:36)

(Mt.7:12); r::^^ (Lk. 22:36); roi^p (Mt. 14:15)

(Mt. 5:29);

(Lk. 21:22);

((

((

(from >ai

(Lk. 3:14)

^'^^

wSZLJ

v^iJ

pi.

^ZLaJ

uOoiLaJ

VkJ)

(Mt. 13:2)

3 m.

sg.

manner

e.

one

g.

E E,

one

Yudh, one Pe

verbs.

which are

intransitive,

have also most intransitives

have as a rule their Imperfect

in a,

and most verbs whose second

or third radical is a guttural.

3.

A few verbs having the Perfect in e have the Imperfect in

Note.

There were three Perfect stems, ^^^

I 41. 1.)

and three Imperfect stems, ^^^aJ

and u in each case being

original, while the e

^^I^

^i.

and wso^^-o

^h-:^ and

w^cZ^-sJ

has come from t

(see

the a

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

47.]

^5

The Remaining Imperfects.

47.

Ethp-'el.

Pa'el.

s^LL2

wS^-aJ

Aph'el.

Ethpa'al.

Ettaph'al.

V .7

3 m. sing.

7.

f.

3 m.

7.

^io^

^Li2

pi.

^oiZ(6:ll); w^2L^(6:15);

(29:1);

(5:13);

^o^^i^

^ol-^rJ (2:9);

7?em. i.-^cLlliJ (1:10)

<>

It will be

^a^a.s2^ (1:10);

^orsj^ZZ

(5:13)

^f

r^^ ^^ Pet. 2:3).

noticed that the preformatives and sufformatives of the

derived stems are the same as those of the simple, or P^'al, stem

What

7*

(Mt. 25:29).

v^i^-^^

7. .

^qIzLsZLJ

1 sing.

waxjp

^L^Zl

sing.

^iLsl

is said in 45.

Rem.

also of the derived stems,

5,

(cf.

of the internal changes of the P*'al,

i. e.

is

^45).

true

the 3d fern, sing., the 2d masc. and the 1st

com. sing, and plur. are the same, preformatives (and sufforniative in the
case of the 3d fem. sing.) excepted, as the 3d masc. sing, or Jlist

the Imperfect

and

all

form

of

other forms are the same, preformatives and suf-.

formatives excepted, as the 3d masc. plural.

Rem.

1.

The 3d masc.

plur.,

and the forms

like

Ethpa'al, can only be distinguished in writing

of the Ethp^'el and

the second or third

In the Ethp*'el the second radical takes Rukhokh

radical is an aspirate.

and the third Kushoy

it,

when

and the third Rukhokh

whereas, in the Ethp*'el the second takes

;

when neither the second nor the

Kushoy

third radical is

an aspirate the usus loquendi and the connection can alone determine

whether the form be intensive or

Rem.

2.

the other

Rem.

In the Ettaph'al
Taws

<?. Notice the transposition

(2)

a Taw,

and permutation before

sibilants,

4.

Rem. 4. The following

ent stems,

is

are written as one, to avoid the occurrence of three Taws.

according to ?? 21. 1; 22.

radical

not.

stem, whenever the preformative

table gives, (1) the preformatives of the differ-

the vowel of the

first radical, (3)

the vowel of the second

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

46

[U8,

P^'al.

Etlip^'el.

Pa'el.

Ethpa'al.

1.

Li

2.

Aph'el.

Ettaph'al.

-.V

3.

'2

'^(or^cl)

Rem. 5.

The various elements used as preformatives and sufformatives

appear in the following table, the asterisks representing radicals:

He

will.

She

will.

(^) * * *

Tliou (m.) wilt,

TJiou

(f.)

wilt.,

^fr

4t

r:^ *

^t

I shall

* * *

Imperfect.

48.

(m.) will.. ^^ * * *

They{t)

Ye

{m.)u'ill

-^

Ye

(f.)

We

will..
<='

will.

shall.

VT"

* * *

* *

4&

The Imperatives.

Imperative Imperative Imperative

m. sg-.
2 f sg.
m. pi.
:i

P^'al.

They

* * "

}i

^oLsJ

^A^C^O

Imperative
a f . pi.

(f)^^

* 7

The endings

Pa'el.

fo r gender

and num-

her are the same for

^M

Aph'el.

Ethp'^el.

^"i^^

^I^Z]

Ethpa'al.

s^LJ>L2

y^lLdZ] or

Ettaph'al.

^LZL2

V,

'

stems.

all

the

U 49,

ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.

60.]

1.

5ias (31:13)

2.

ci:^

3.

05C151I (31:17)

(33:3)

The stem

o^:-^

(3:3)

o^il^l (33:2)

cltcl-ia, (30:13)

^^r^^^l

47

r^ (2 Tim. 4:5).

(Col. 3:18).

ai^i^^] (Col. 3:20).

of the Imperative

without the preformative

the same as that of the Imperfect

is

except in the Ethp^'el and in one form of the

Ethpa'al, where the original short a of the

the vowel of the second radical

is

radical is retained

first

dropped,

and

absence being often

its

denoted by the linea occultans (see 3 above).

N^ote

1.

The

Olaph of the Aph'el and

absorbed in the Imperfect,

Note

2.

is

of the passive stems,

which

is

retained in the Imperative.

The Imperative has no preformatives

the gender and

by sufformatives, which are, ^ for the fcm.

^ or ^ or ^^ for the f em. plural.
the masc. plur.
are denoted

sing.

number

o or r for

Note

3.

None

of the sufformatives except

and r^ are pronounced.

Infinitives.

Aph'el.

E.hpa'al.

Pa'cl.

Ethp^'el.

P^'al.

The

49.

^,o

b.

>.

Ettaph'al.

^^hlh:^

^r^^

u^l:;^^(2:6);

r^^^

(2:2);

(3:13);

q^h^

cj^uL^o (2:4);

(27:4);

Q!.,%i^(l Cor. 11:32).

y

>r.

= ^^ -r ^

1.

The

Infinitive of the P^'al is ^-^^^-ai^

2.

The

Infinitives of the derived stems are all

found by prefixing

>= to

the form used in the Imperfect, except that the vowel of the second radical is

always

"

and that the abstract ending o

o becomes -^o before pronominal suffixes.

P^'al.

Ethp^'el.

The

50.

Pa'el.

See

is

always suffixed.

^ 85.

Kem.

Participles.

Ethpaal.

Aph'el.

y y

This

2.

Ettaph'al.
y

ELEMENTS OF

48

1.

U^t^ (Mk.
2.

w^r^(l:6); -^'(3:7);

U^l^

(1:2);

P*'al

/r^

The Active
>c to

the

>al^

Active Participle

Biblical Aramaic, the

2.

v^V^ (Mt. 21:9);

r^H^

(3:17);

is

same form

of the
is

of the

as the

Hebrew *?pp

form katil, just as

in

half-vowel.

Participles of the derived species are formed

first

^ai^:^

(14:4).

The Passive

d becoming a

ti^

(16:9);

(Lk. 1:42); '^"'jp^ (1:13); jls^^j^ (7:8);

from an original katil.

ing

V^

^^^nJii (2:3);

(Mk. 9:20); ^aii(14:4);

The

?(16:9);

(3:4)

51.

11:10).

(Lk. 24:51);

1.

SYRIAC,

form of the Imperfect, the

Nun

by

prefix-

having been elided.

Pa'el and Aph'el differ from the Active in the

The Passive forms of

absolute masc. sing., "where they have a instead of e

(cf.

the Arabic,

where the Passive Participles are distinguished from the Active in

like

manner).
3.

It will be noticed, in the above

examples, that Participles are

inflected like nouns.

51.

The Verb with

Suffixes.

A. The following table gives a comparison between the Perfect

P^'al

with and without suffixes

Form

without

Suffixes.

Form with Suf- Form with "Tier." Form with "/lim."

fixes.

P 7

7^

3 m. singular,

^l

lJl^

2 m. singular,

LLs

L:Ljd

f.

(S\h^hJ>

f.

singular.

>-zL=ii!

c.

singular,

Ljzb2

singular,

0,7
IL^L^

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

51.]

49

Form with Suf- Form with "fter." Form with '*him."

fixes.

Form without
Suffixes.

..

Q^LS

3 m. plural,

*_

3 m. plural,
7

f.

plural,
4

* 7

f.

"^

f.

>. ,

Jc^Ai

2 m. plural.

m^

iJi^o

plural,

ir^Lr:^^

plural,

lAs

-^^

1 c. plural.

B. The Perfect with Suffixes.

1.

[V4u3 and

oilT^
17:25);

=2^ for M-o and ol^] ^oh^^ (Overbeck 137: 9 (Nol.))

(Nol., Gr.,

>*

ln\v

186.)

ovkii^ (4:11)

(Pg. 16:7)

^^^^^

^oial-al (25:19)

(25:12)

^oio^l

^^ (John

(25:10)

^ai?^

(Ps.23:6); ^^liiz] (Lk. 24:22).

i?em.

?. v>gv i 3^ n ^ P
>

^/ie?/ c?zc?

^^^c't- ^Ae?/

no. find

surrounded

Mm (Anal.

Syr. 87:15 (Duv.)).

me (Overbeck

137:9 (Nol.)).

Pi.
7
tJo-^^^l they entrusted to thee (Julianus 90:25
P

^ 7

oiX^^

Rem. 2.

they

made

it (Nol.,

Gr., I 186.).

\^,5^ they oppressed you (Judges 10:12).

^'^

they troubled

you (Acts

15:24).

(Nol.)).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

50

2.

[^\

^3^]

or ^-^^-0 for

CT^ S"' ^]

(22:7)

>.*l-^r-^i^

JlaLji. (Lk.

^^ioit /irt.s^

10:40)

Z/orwe

7)ie

^^^^

(Jer. 2:27

61.

(Ps. 69:2)

sec also Jer.

15:10)

^^l-^-^i^^J

thou hast deceived

me

(?) (1

Sam. 19:17

see also

Song

of Songs 4:9).

Remark.^^-:^^

^l^L^
3.

(Ps. 51:5)

Nol., Gr.,

[i^^^4^ for i-^^:^^

fern. plur.

17: 25)

ye

(f.)

^A-J^-^

but

186.),

Jkii^

^ii^^LD for ^^li^^

^I^o^^

unchanged]

(Is. 51.

other reading for

(Lk. 10:40).

2 masc. sing, and plur. and 2d

(Ps.22:l)

-f^r^

(10:6)

^i^r- (John

^^^^ (John 17:4) t^r^ (6:7) ^oZ^J (25:18) oiLl:^

7iave Jcilled her,

"When the object

of a verb is a

pronoun other than the 3d plural

it is

suffixed directly to the verbal form, occasioning certain changes of ter-

are used,

g.

e.

^]

wc^il (2:6)
7

1.

wSius

The forms

Rem.

1.

The

\=J|

For them the independent pronouns

mination and stem.

^1 olLa-^

and r^l

(Lk. 24:11).

1^

and s^^^ occur

in the

older and longer forms

3d masc. singular and

Ja^i^ and J-*^i^

plural.

occasionally

are found.

Rem.

The

S.

ending of the masculine plural

is

sometimes omitted

before suffixes.
7

2.

and

3.

The

The

old form

^^i^

The other
first

v*^^^

for

7 7 7

^^^

(for

in the

an older i^^^^s) appears in the 3d fem. sing,

3d fem.

forms, except the

first

sing.

person singular, remain unchanged.

person singular takes the same form before suffixes as the 2d

masc. sing., and

is to

be distinguished from

it

with the pronominal

suffix

for the 3d sing. masc. only

"

killed

him

= ^ai^h!^:L^
.

e. g.

I have hilled him

= oii^^^^
*

thou hast

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

51.]
4'ypro

dl

forms ending in a vowel the suffixes are appended directly and

without any change except in the case of the 3'm.

5.

To forms ending

below).

sg. suffix (see 6.

in a consonant the suffixes are

appended by means

of a union vowel or half-vowel, without any variation in the suffix except

in the

3d

always the half-vowel, except in the form

killed

you; before ^^

tliee (f.)

^ me, and
f
and f em. before ^ and
6.

The 3 m.

with the 3

the 1

sg.

form

>^3i-*

C.

sg. suffix

\^

always

where we have

"

^^

^'^iN^

the union vowel

r^ us, it is

thee (m.),

t^

Before

sing. masc. (see 6. below).

pi.

m.

it

always

is

sg.

>

nl\^j
;

y^Q ]iave

before
sing.

ff"

Aer,

masc.

where

m. and

sg.

f.

and elsewhere

and with
has the

it

it is ^i

Table giving the principal forms of the Imperfect with suffixes

FORM WITHOUT SUFFIXES.

u^O^
^a.r:^.::J

FORM WITH SUFFIXES.-SINGULAR.

2d masc.

1st.

^hjz^

2d

3d masc.

fern.

3d fem.

^i^
(

or

oi^i-aJ

Pi..

Ph.

t^

FORM WITH SUFFIXES,PLURAL.

Ph.

2d fem.

2d masc.

1st.

b.

h.

IS

h.

yr.

is

has the form ^<n

f.

^^

except in the 3d

has the form o* with the 3

except with the 2

the union vowel

*>

,TS

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

52

D. The Imperfect with

>^;^

(8:10)

^U^

w^n^iii^

The only changes

1.

^^=^1 where
,

With

2.

fixes

wit

-a-^\J

(Ps. 16:1)

>-3i-^iL^j

v^qin* jjN'^'i (4:11);

^o^]z (25:17).

^^oh^Z

are,

^^^

and union vowels

' 1 t

The 2d masc.
:

(23:12)

stem are in the forms v^ciuaJ

in the

^^

sing,

f'^

and ^--^^^

the suf-

or

has sometimes a second form before

^h^z

^'

^h^A

^Qjc^Z
,

arc,

4.

Suffixes.

the becomes a half -vowel.

With rCLs:^

3.

(31:14)

51,

^si^aJ (from ^^oi^aJ) and like forms, the suffixes and their

union vowels
7

.oi^

oi-iJ^]I: (6:17)

wOTi^l.i;.-iJ (23:3);

(22:5);

(23:14)

suffixes, to

E. The Imperative with Suffixes.

The following

are the forms of the Imperative with Suffixes

2d masc. sin?.

2d fem.

singr.

1 Sg. suff

sg.

m.

^C2b2

>^oiaAc^o

soi^

3sg.f.

L.^=rs (Ps. 22:11);

1.

^=^c^^

<.*!:! cua

;c^ws

Ni*oi3.r:Za2

cnasZsjs

:o2o

,ii;Z=.a

ouco^^

2d fem. plur.

2CA.S

Ipl.

(Ps. 22:23)

2d masc. plur.

c^a-a-.aa

-^c^c]

The 2d masc.

(id.)

(3:3);
^oJ]

sing, inserts

^^i-Jo^cj

j^? (Ps. 28:9).

before

all suffixes.

(Ps. 2:11)

;clyj

^oi=-*^

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

52.]

The

2.

full

53.

of the 2d fern. sing, and the o of the 2d masc. plur. become;

w4

vowels before

suffixes.

3.

The

4.

The long forms

of the 2d fern. plur. is dropped.

>-

^asoio and r:^^^=)

same way as the short form of the femin-

of the Imperative plural

are joined to the suffixes in the

(t. e.

ine plural.

The

F.

The

1.

and Participles with

Infinitives

Infinitive P^'al takes the suffixes of

nouns without any change

except the dropping of the second vowel before

See

1st sing.

fern. sing, suffixes

Sn ^ Sn

y^qi n ^

3.

The

to

by a Yudh

take

Mm^

joined to the 3d masc. and 3d

See Noldeke,

to free Tier.

Infinitives of all the derived stems

See

suffixes.

e.

g,

191.

change the ending Q to -^Q

85.

Participles take the nominal suffixes.

("^

(32:1)

(Ps.l9:8);

r^

9r-(4:7);

he shall hreah;

(Ps.29:9)

Verbs whose

Verbs whose second

When
1.

w..^i^^] (5:1)

^%>i

=>cJii^

(Mk.

the third radical

is

'^vli

'^hl iov

h^hl

(1:13)

12:17).

a guttural, or Rish, are regular.

radical is a guttural, or Rish,

a where we would expect

In the

'^ [= ^'0\1) to want

6:12)

first radical is

II 57, 60), or Rish, it

Note

oCJ (Luke

1.

Syriac take

Guttural Verbs.

52.

curil (24:2)

2.

3.

is

after the analogy of the Imperfect

qi r\'=^\o

and take the usual nominal

4.

save the suffix of the

all

81.

Occasionally the Infinitive P*'al

2.

Suffixes.

e, e.

g.

sometimes

^^^ (West

Syriac

in

East

^^)

to

a guttural (for verbs tertiae Olaph^ see

changes an immediately preceding

into a.

Pa'el and Aph'el, this change of e into

a causes the

Participles Active and Passive to coincide.

Note

2.

In

which would
4.

accordance with this rule,

naturallj^

have

e,

In a few cases, when the third radical

the Imperfect and Imperative

5.

many

intransitives, like

r^>fl^
,

take a in the P*'al Perfect.

is

Verbs whose third radical

is

changed into

is oi

a guttural, or Rish,
a.

always receive a before

it.

of

;;

ELEIVIENTS OF SYRIAC.

54

1.

t^ (Mt. 19:7)

c^

(Mt. 21:21);
2.

i^ (=

r4-J-J)

'^ (Mt. 5:29)

Pe Nun verbs
P*'al

(Mk.

^Q^

'^'"^
;

(Acts 10:13)

^^ (Mk.

9:21)

<^

16:11).

(Lk. 11:21)

r?^^

wfii:^ (Lk. 14:5)

(23:18)

53, 54,

Pe Nun Verbs.

53.

[U

-dqIj (Mt. 2:6)

(Mt. 24:29)
(Mt. 5:31)

^^^^

^-*-J|

r^l (Acts 16:18)

(Mt. 1:20)

(Heb. 4:8)

^1 (Mt. 17:1)
^^

(Jer. 6:8).

are regular in the Ethp'^el, Pa'el and Ethpa'al stems.

they are regular in the Perfect and in the Participles.

Imperative the

Nun

In

But

1.

In the

2.

In the P*'al Imperfect and Infinitive and in the Aph'el and Ettaph'al

P''al

stems throughout, the

Nun

Nun

is

generally dropped.

is generally assimilated.

verbs which are also 'E 'E or 'E

Waw,

the

Nun

See

is firm.

In Pe

18.

See

62. 2.

54, 'E'E Verbs.

TABULAR VIEW.
Aph'el.

P'al.

Ethtaph'al.

Palpel.

* 7

V.

7^

Perfect,
7.7'

*.

Imperfect,
*

Part.

;'

7.7'

^i

Imperative,

p.

P.7'

b.

^.

P^

Act,
7,y.

/IS,

7.

Part. Act.,

Part. Pass.,

Remarh.

The

first

The 3d masculine

three forms of the P*'al Perfect are,

singular and plural of the Imperfect are.

;;;

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

g 54.]

1.

(Acts 1:3)

^^=1 (Mt. 6:6)

2.

"^dS (John
14:11)

il'j

^=1

^^ (Mt. 16:21)

l^^ (Gal. 5:17);

^] (Mt. 9:31)

^^

"

4.

n ^n

(2

(Rev. 9:1)

(1

-^U

Cor. 10:6)

|li^

>^Vu]

w^vl (Rom.

but

(Mt. 23:12)

Pet. 2:23)

(1

^oZ^

(Gal. 4:14)

ucii

^2^^

froift

In the

^nxiai]

Cor. 12:26)

(1

^A

^l^^^l

-a^

(Rom.

(Mt. 23:12)

(Mt. 13:17)

11:10).

"i-lz]

r^r^i^io

(Phil. 1:20).

In verbs -whose 2d and 3d radicals are identical the Ethp^'el

1.

(Rom.

[^ from t^].

.^:^

(1 Cor. 4:4);

7:7)

^i:^ (Mt. 10:12) ^I^Heb.

(1 Tlies. 2:7)

^-s^^a^ (Mt. 12:20)

Tim. 2:5);

(Acts 17:16)

(John 19:42); v-i-^

yU

(Lk. 24:5)

(Mt. 7:13).

[for ^^^] (Acts 16:29)

11:16);

(John 19:24) [-ssi2* from wsol^Z

rj^f (Lk. 1:35)

3.

^? (Acts 20:33)

10:9)

vjo^Li

'85

P*'al Perfect

is regular.

and Imperative the second and third radicals are

contracted into one, the vowel of the second radical being thrown back

upon the

first.

When

a syllable follows, the second and third radicals are

written as one, but pronounced as two,

The
2.

P^'al Perfect is the

form given

e.

g.

reggath, nodd^thun.

in the dictionary.

In the P*'al Imperfect and Infinitive, and in the Aph'el and Et-

ph'al stems throughout, the vowel of the second radical is

upon the
3. a.

first,

The

and the

h.

first

is

pronounced

But when

form of the

The

i. e.

the 3d m.

sg., is

like

L-Waw verbs, the second radical is changed into Olaph,

like

Yudh

(-^1'

= royeth).

additions for state, gender or

Participle, the

primitive second radical

c.

thrown back

doubled and hardened.

Part. Act. of P^'al in the first form,

the same form in

which

first radical is

is

Olaph

is

See

2. c.

number

are

and

made

59. 4.

to the

generally dropped, and the

doubled.

Participle Passive of P^'al is regular.

4. In the intensive stem, though we have sometimes the regular forms,

we usually have the Palpel and Ethpalpal. The stem of Palpel is formed

by doubling the contracted

are inflected like Pa'el

P*'a], or

and Ethpa'al.

simple stem.

Palpel and Ethpalpal

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

56

55.

56. Pe Olaph Verbs.

1.

-^M

(23:17);

r^]
2.

^^]

i^l (27:6);

[Mi. 3:3)

^iU

(Lk. 17:23);

^U

"^1^

(4:13)

^1^

^"P

(5:10);

r^l^

^Q^l (Acts

(32:14);

10:13)

(Mt.2:20); al.] (23:6);

li-^l (Acts 2:16)

(4:13);

(32:11)

r^pc]

(32:9);

(23:10)

Sec

(32:8).

rA"!

(32:10);

64. 4.

t^U

(5:12);

^M

(26:9);

(Phil. 2:19)

^U

"^"1 (Mk.

14:14).

3.

r-^U^

(28:1)

^a^

20:20);

-^i)

o^^U] (James

4:9)

^^^1

(Mk. 5:26)

,^1:^

(Acts 4:18); r-^^l (Mt. 25:10);

thou hast hound thyself (Jos. Styl. 2:13)

-aAT (Acts

(Rev.

18:1.5)

r^^^l (Mk. 25:16);

ri]o(l:6).
4.

r^4

(Mt. 22:7)

(Acts 22:16);
1.

r^c] (Mt. 21:33)

(Thes. Syr. 126)

Kate

Note

1.

is

thrown back upon the

is *

2.

with

Note

In the Ethp''el this vowel

See 3 below.

In the P*'al Perfect this helping vowel

In the P''al Imperative, with in the

Olapli has

3.

in the Imperative with

the Olaph

is

dropped.

'^

second syllable, the

the Olaph has

in the Impera-

23. 1. (1).

In the P^'al Participle Passive the Olaph takes

''

In the P''al Imperfect and Infinitive of verbs which have Q in the

second syllable of the Imperf. the vowel of the pref ormative

which have
generallj^

Note.
3.

rlcLilc

In Pe Olapli verbs, the Olaph receives a helping vowel in the P^'al

preceding Taw.

2.

jloZ^

r^

and Ethp''el stems.

tive

"=

is *

in verbs

in the second syllable of the Imperf., the preformative has

In either case the Olaph quiesces in the preceding vowel.

In the P''al Imperfect 1st sing, one Olaph falls out.

In Ethp^'el, Ethpa'al,

23. 2. (1).

and in the Imperfect, Infinitive and Participles

of the Pa'el, the vowel of the

Olaph

is

thrown back upon the preceding

consonant, and the Olaph quiesces.

Note

1.

In

becomes ^ja^

the 1st sing. Pa'el one Olaph

(for ^a^]).

is

dropped and the form

;
;

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

56.]

waX

Note 2. hi

67

the Olaph of the Pa'el stem often falls away after

preformatives.

Note

the Ethp*'el of

S.lxs.

i-] to seize^

the Ethpa'al of t^l to trade, the Olaph

See

doubled.

Note

4.

is

and of some other verbs, and

Taw

dropped and the

in

generally

? 22. 1. (2).

In "West

when Olaph with

Syriae,

a vowel

preceded by an

is

inseparable particle, the particle takes the vowei and the Olaph quiesces.

See
4.

? 34. 2.

In Aph'el, Shaph'el and their passives, Pe Olaph verbs pass over

Pe Yudh.

into the formation of verbs

and

58. 3. Note. (2),

Remark.

^^^^

Olaph verb

g.

e.

remember

to

^?ai^o

1.

1^41

2.

^.U

(Lk. 1:40)

(31:6)

(3

John 15);

Styl. 3:15)

3.

^^ll

(1

^ciLUj (Mt. 18:19)

56.

^M

For

58. 3.

compare

Syriae as

o?^o

if it

were a Pe

(1 Pet. 5:8).

^1^

(Thes. Syr. 438).

r^U (1 John 5:15)

^UJ

(James 1:6)

,c^w^.U (John

^Iji

(Heb. 12:13)

(Acts 12:8); a:^]Liji (Lk. 14:18); ^^]i-ki (Jos.

(Acts 7:19)

West

Olaph Verbs.

(Heb. 3:10)

(Heb. 10:6)

-^W

treated in

is

Thes. 1:3)

2^)i? (John 21:18)

16:24);

"^U

^1^

See

64. 4.

.^i^J

--^\^A

(22:8).

(Acts 7:6)

^-J^I-i-L:

(Lk. 6:33)

>^oiaAl.Uj (Mt.7:9).
4.

<|l(Mt.5:42);

PU (Mt.20:20)

^U

(Mt.20:22);

<|1 (Mt.22:4);

<|I:^(Mt.2:4);^']L^] (Acts*25:26); ^ci^^(Rm.6:19); uiil^^UPs.5:3).

1.

In

Olaph verbs, when Olaph ends a

vowel preceding?
2.

When Olaph

and quiesces in
3.

When

syllable

helping vowel

latter quiesced.

quiesces in the

is

preceded by a consonant,

it

throws back

its

vowel

it.

neither Olaph nor the consonant preceding

-^

it

it.

was given

to the

it

had a vowel, the

consonant preceding Olaph, and the

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

58
Note.

This helping vowel was

first

[?57,

given to the Olaph and then thrown

back, as in 2 above.

The

4.

Participle Active P''al and the Intensive stem throughout are

regular.

Note.

For

Compare

^^H

to he

good^ the Intensive in use

is

>

^*

from

^^

I 59. 5.

^57. Lomadh Olaph Guttural Verbs.

11^

(Rev. 22:11)

consoled;

V^

(Acts 20:1)

^U-^I Jiave

lls^l to he adorned;
(2 Cor. 7:6)

o]1Llo

A^

consoled

\^4

(Tit. 1:9)

she has consoled;

^^^

]U

(Is. 2:12)

^jls thou hast

1'-^ to

(Job 18:3); c\lL (Acts 16:40);

;

is

Olaph, the Olaph

throughout as a guttural, and the second vowel of the Pa'el

of

e.

When

the consonant preceding Olaph

of this class have

itself,

come

unvoweled,

is

the Olaph quiescing.

to be treated as

58.

cjliz] (Acts 15:31).

In a few verbs whose third radical

vowel of the Olaph to

teach;

PeYudh

treated

is

a instead

is
it

draws the

Most verbs

originally

Lomadh Olaph

See

verbs.

60.

Verbs.

TABULAR VIEW.
P'al.

Ethp^'el.

Aph'el.

^f[

^ci

Eshtaph'al.
7 7

Perfect,

A-

7 7

Imperfect,

rf^

a:

7 7

Imperative,

^l

r^4

fie]
i^

Infinitive,

Part. Act.,

^i^

7
1

nnV>
7

Part. Pass.,

7 7


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

^58.]

Remark

1.

Remarh

2.

-^H means

The

first

t-^

to inherit ;

to he

59

horn;

hum;

r^- to

three forms of the Perfect P*'al are, ^'r*

1.

The 3d

J^

and 3d

sing,

r^A

(15:9);
0

21:14)

os^

r^o (32:21)

r^-^l

(Rev. 12:2)

^^^

19:29);

(Mt. 9:30)

^o inherit;

^^'1
;

/o ^i2;e;

to

know ; ^^^

hum;

'^r- ^o

si<; ^^oi

^^If (Lk. 1:31)

-^'zu (Mt. 13:2)

(Mk. 10:17)

'^l (Phil. 3:8).

asZs](lCor.6:8); Q^^H (Mt. 18:31)

;

r^

(Rev. 3:21);

a:=l*I (Lk. 23:39)

<72i;e;

(23:14).

I'>\^ (1 Cor. 15:50)

"'^J

(Lk.

heavy ; w^o^

rO- ^o 6e

^cZ^p

^H

^ j^V r^

(Acts 28:10);

*x

(24:10)

yl|i

^v^

(Mt. 2:1);
7

13 (25:15)

know ;

3.

-^-^r*

h.

plur. masc. of the Imperf. are, -^'P

2.

"^r* to

2Zi-

,;

al.^] (James

5:1)

^^P

'^^r^ (Mt. 13:11)

r^o] (Mt.l:l);
;

(Mt.

r^^ (Mt. 3:12)

'^jol (Rev. 1:1)

'^?c2La!|

(Acts

12:11).

4.

j^^ (John 4:44);

r^(Mt.l5:4);

^^

(Rev. 8:7)

Remark^]

^'^^1

(Is.

9^ (2Cor.9:8);

44:26).

(3:16).

Yerbs whose

1.

J^^^l (Rom.3:7);

Yudh, whenever

first

it

radical

was

would begin a

Waw into

originally

Waw, change

syllable.

The only exceptions

this

are P

* 7
it is

necessary,

and r^

to appoint.

Rem.

1.

Pe Waw verbs take

Rem.

2.

The Yudh, whenever

(1)

give.

* in
it

the P'^al Perfect.

would stand with a half-vowel

7

Quiesces in Hebhoso at the beginning of a word, except in ^^ow-

See

64. 7.

to

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

60

(2)

Is dropped in the Imperative P''al of

know^

''^r* to

cd^

58.

to sit,

and

to give.
(3)

In the middle of a word, quiesces in Hebhoso, which

back upon the preceding consonant

2.

is

then thrown

33. 3).

After the preformatives of the

P^'al,

the

Waw, changed

to

Yudh,

unites with the vowel of the preformative to form, in the East Syriac,

which in the "West Syriac

is

further changed to

Waw verbs

with an Olaph following, so that Pe

perfect, Imperative

and

Notes below) and

and Imperative in

Rem. 1.

In

the

give (see

wsb- to

first

sit

way

Nun

hence becoming like Pe

Rem. 2.

e,

written mostly

to have in the

Im-

have their Imperfect

? 64.)

a.

preformatives of the P*'al, and by

radical,

come

I is

same forms as Pe Olaph verbs

All Pe "Waw verbs except v-^^

( 55. 2).

>-S3i- to

know and

^^i-* to

This

Infinitive P''al the

which have a in the Imperfect

to sit (see

i.

lose their first radical after the

of compensation double the first

Verbs.

person singular of the Imperfect one Olaph

is

dropped,
3.

ical
etc.,

e.

The

g.

I shall inherit.

-^'1

Aph'el, Shaph'el and their reflexives, have

even in verbs whose

Pe Olaph verbs

of

Rem.

*-fi^^ to

first radical

such has in the Aph'el ^-o^l

"^1

to

Rem.

Pa'el

1.

Rem.

Yudh

2.

Yudh

ft^ for

e.

is

(see 55. 3).

though

"^

^-aJo| is also

not found in

from \A

to

come

found

P^'al) is

(see 1 64. 4).

g.

often take prosthetic Olaph in those forms

Pe Olaph verbs pass over

"

'^^

7m
t'^

form

quiesces in Hebhoso.

Some

class,

^M

"Waw as the first radYudh. The Aph^el,

and Ethpa'al are regular.

Pe Yudh verbs

where the

howl (from

the only other exception to the rule.

The

originally

coincides with these in

(see Thes. Sijr., p. 1608).

4.

was

to ^6 long.

to learn,

^^^

in certain forms into the

to teach,

>aii-

for >a| to be

Pe

Hack,

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

59.]

)Waw

?59.

61

Verbs.

TABULAR VIEW.
Ethp^'el or
P'al.

Aph'el.

Pa'el.

>a^

>QlaJ

Ettaph'al.

yoL^lz]

Perfect,

^CCLOJ

Imperfect,

m 7

>a^]

>cJ!Diz]

>ci=

Imperative,

S>

p 7

Infinitive,
a:

>n?v

Part. Act.,

7 y

Part. Pass.,

Remark.
^^^>aj

1.

^^

>^(32:7);

2. ^ccio

dil^

(Mt. 2:13)

>a^

(32:8)

three forms of the Pe'al Perfect are >=^

first

The 3d masc.

(19:12)

3.

The

^^

(25:4)

>=^-^ (25:14)

>cll (31:13);

,-.la^ (27:3);

5.

a^

(23:8);

ai4

(Uev. 3:4).

7
>us-.

(23:2);

"^o^j ^o

(23:5);

si'?t;

^o

^a:aca-cJ

12:1)

r^V-^^

^^

.^

(30:1)

(Mt. 22:25)

y^

^^-^-^^

iN^^Jbo (20:10).

'^Yl (18:4).

o.:^

^aX.

to

(Acts 15:32); >all^w^ (Col. 2:13)

join ;

'o-**

^o he

white;

|ooi ^o Z>e;

teach; l-^ ^o repent; l^^ ^o desire.

Remark^^-^^

(Phil. 2:26).

^cZalfiJ (25:13).

cj-^ZZ] (24:16);

4.

1-' to exult;

^i^ (17:16)

'^\ (John

^^^^]

wial^

^^

^^^^^^

a:^(29:8);

(Acts 24:20);

^^^^ (24:11)

(Mt. 12:11);

6.

^^

(Mt.9:25);

(Mt. 3:9}

plur. of the Imperf. are >c2-aJ

and

sing,

^^^^ (Rom.

7:10)

i^-Lie

(Mt. 2:20).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

62
1.

"Whenever in the regular verb the combinations wd, wo (from wd) or

(from awa) would

*ica

59.

they are contracted into 6 (from

arise,

(k'wam

takes place in the P''al Perfect

kom),

This

d).

in the P'^al Infinitive

(mekwam = m'k6m),in the Aph'cl and Ethp^'el and Ettaph'al Infin(makwomu = m'komu and methtakwomu = mett'komu),
and in the Aph'el Pass. Part, (makwak = m'kom). See 29.5. (3).
itives

Whenever

2.

into

ijcu^

'wu, or w' (from wu) would occur, they are changed

(k'wum = kum),
= n'kum, nekw^mun = n*ku-

This change takes place in the Tmperat. P*'al

(nekwum

and in the Imperfect P''al

mun).
Whenever we (from

3.

wi)^ 'we

w is changed to y and

the

(from awa) or *wi (from awi) would occur,

contraciion into

Throughout the

takes place.

Aph'el Perf., Imperf., Imperat. and Part. Act. we becomes

'akwem);

in the P'^al Part. Pass,

19.3).

before the

we

e.

g. >c|-o

JV a h

^^

>

Merx-Hoffmann,

in

in the first form,

the third radical

In Joshua the

t. e.

but elsewhere with

? 2. (1) c),

is

a guttural

Stylite, p. 3,

1.

we

20,

I QQ. vi.,

awwa

Waw

generally become ayye,

mentions nineteen verbs which some-

in the Pa'el or Ethpa'al.

For

>

^*

see

Note.

Some

verbs, mostly denominatives, are regularly conjugated.

verbs whose third letter

Rem.

kim);

written, instead of ^U*

times or always have

6.

Where

In the Pa'el and Ethpa'al atcwe and

'akim

H^

ayya.

I 56.

1. (1)).

5.

oye, the

being written with Olaph (see

find oya, as in ^ll (? 26.

find

first radical.)

sing.,

Yudh,

and the

t,

In the Part. Act. owe [dwe) becomes

masc.

(k'wim

Taw is doubled and hardened (see

Ett'kim,
(Ethk'wem becomes
a half-vowel being inserted

the Ethp''el 'we becomes

4.

becomes

'i^-i

is

The intransitive in

1.

All

Waw firm.

Olaph have the

from awi

is

found

in the P^'al Perfect

of

Elsewhere

^-fcio to die.

Rem.

2.

The

Waw verbs is

only

>fi^

it is

like >a^

E-Yudh verb which

which has

>'-*^

differs in

any respect from E-

in the P''al Imperative

and

>^

^'>

in

the P''al Imperfect.

Rem.

S.

The preformatives

short vowel,

e.

g.

^a-J (Rom.

of the P^'al and Aph'el sometimes take a

11:21).

See Noldeke,

177. C.

HLKMENTS OF SYEIAO.

60.]

Lomadh Olaph

^60.

iS3

Verbs.

TABULAE VIEW.

Pa el.

Pe'al.

Ethpel.

^'

-k^sC^ZJ

U^ji

1^9 wJ

iio^

i^V

Imperative 2m. sg..

^9

-^^'4

u^;

uiif

2f. sg..

>^h

^9^1

s.^9

Perfect,

Imperfect,

Aph'el.

^fclC^f

P7

.!>[

aL59Z[

2m.pl.,

^'if
* P7

^^9Z[

2f. pi..

.-^'f

I^r^

Infinitive,

^1

Part. Active.

il09^

V^^r^
7

r 7

Part. Passive,
I.

Remark.
3rd

The

sg. fern.

3rd fem.

l1^,

^9,

following forms

2nd

pi. s.lio9,

are the same,

]^

3rd

masc.

sg. fem. Ethp^^el

1st sg. in bSlic, 3rd. fem. pi. in

those of the P*al.

1.

sg.

are

e.

g.

to

Li.i^9, 1st sg.

and

^S^Oich,

be noted:

2^9,

P'al Perfect

3rd masc.

sg.

(1:1); Jooi (1:1);

fem.

L*^

^^9i,

all

3rd masc.

(Acts 22:15);

^o^' (30:19); ^iLJoi (Mk. 5:34);

0^9,

in all other stems ends in

other forms being like

In the Imperfect, the sufformatives of

2nd

pi.

^hl^is

all

pi. ^Q-ia jJ,

l^

the stems

3rd fem.

(6:5); cJoi

(18:8);

^V

pi.

(5:7);

^^*- 2=2);

.jC^^, (Lk. 23:56).

2.

-^(Lk.23:S); jj^(14:7);
Z^j,...

(Phil.

1:18);

^^

cl.^.*. (Acts. 11:18);

(2 Cor.

7:13);

L.^

w-:^i(Lk. 23:56);
(Eev. 2:2);

-0^4

(27:11); ^itf9f(ll:5);w-.:^I(12:13);cL>:^I(Mt.8:33);wJ?z| (Mt. 8:3);

ELEMENTS OF STEIAC.

04

dla?^

^^

4.

(lit.

(19:9); jocii (18:3);

^^

(11:10);

(6:14); ^ccoii (2:3);

^isZZ

^^'^^^

^I^^

(16:7);

(6:15); |iaJ M?e will build. (16:5).

^>^

(2:13);

-cZZ[ (Rev.

8:3);

U^f

ii^ji (11:11);

3. jooiJ (1:3);

^\ 1

^^^4

(Lk. 17:14); jlicjf (22:12); o^Icif (11:11);

(18:17); wi-^^[ (30:15); o^>-*4 (30:18).

^LaL

60.

alszj

(32:S);

|i?Z[

(20:6);

l^jf (Mt. 17:27); a^vf (John 21:6).

2:5);

|is^ (18:18);
]l (17:3);

5.

*n^v

^^^^ (20:19); jLI:^ (Mk. 14:17);

,^-jaL (20:19); ^^^ (20:19); \^^ (Lk. 23:2);

(29:3);

^^^jC;^ (Rom.
(Mt. 15:26);

16:18);

ol^l^i^

Lomadh Olaph

^I:i^

(19:10);

(Gal. 3:23);

]\^

als'^

(13:1).

verbs (not guttural, see 57) are those in which an

Olaph quiescent, or vowel

has taken the place in the 3rd sing.

letter,

masc. Perf. P**al of the original 3rd radical "Waw,

Awa, ay a or

1.

P*al; awi, ayi or

becomes

aio in

becomes

cCa^
a'i,

becomes

pers. throughout, ay

2.

The

a'

or Olaph.
fern.

Perf.

in the 1st pers. sing.; awUj ayu or d'u,

;

awy, ayy or

d'y,

becomes ay in the

becomes ay

in the

and

in the

1st plur.

remaining unchanged.

verbs have

all

Yudh

3rd sing. masc. and

P^'al Perf. of Intransitive verbs

derived stems of
all

o in the

the 3rd masc. plur.

3rd fem. plur.; and aw or

2nd

(19:13); ^1:^-^

and the Perfect of

the

all

and before

in the 3rd sing. masc.

endings for gender and number and person except the 3rd fem. sing.,

which

is

regular

Remark
Remark

(i.e.

2.

The

from the 3rd masc.

Remark

3.

45.

In

all

Rem.

sing,

its

l^l2).
plur. a* is the diphthong iu, see 8.

2nd

by Rebbuy

is

5),

end in

e.

is

aspirated,

e.

(3).

La^^

g.

y. l1si2 nassU.

from ay, the 2nd fem. sing, ends in

2nd and 3rd

13.

of the 1st pers. sing,

pers. is unaspirated,

distinguished

Imperfects, the 3rd sing. masc. and the forms like

ayin, the masc. plur.

with

like

3rd fem. plur. of the derived stems

The Taw

h^dhithj that of the

3.

^-^

In the 3rd masc.

it

(see

^ from

pers. ends in .o, the preceding radical

vowel being dropped; the fem. plur. 2nd and 3rd pers.

regular, the 3rd radical, however, being in every case

Yudh.

e.

is

g.

ELEMENTS OP SYKIAO.

61.]
4.

In the

form of the Imperative, the original a remains un-

first

changed in the Ethp^'el; in the

P^'al,

the other species the last radical

is

to

id).

The 2nd

The 2nd masc.

Remark

1.

The

to

Remark

is

changed to^

and in

all

Yudh

(2).

of the root having been

,-.*.*.

2nd masc.

P'al Imperat.

drinkJ ends in
2.

the

ends in

fern. plur.

The same form from

]Z. see 64. 2.

w^^l

plur. ends in o

ay

dropped and the vowel heightened

the stems ends in^, see 8. 2.

fern. sing, of all

The 2nd

dropped.

65

j-iw.

sing, of ]z]

|J^

to sprout,

to

to

come

is

swear j and

w.*..

In the 2nd masc.

plur., the

long forms

sometimes used in the 2nd fem. plur. a short form in 1

;

is

.o|ic7, .oai^i

are

sometimes found.

Remark 3. The form ^z| is used in Lk. 9:38, 22:32, instead

more usual Ethp*'el Imperative. According to Bar Hebraeus

of the
^|z|

was used

some editions
is

for v*aJZ|

of the

from

New

\^

to strike (see

Testament in Hev.

Duval

In

p. 194).

2:5, 15, 3:3, 19 jo^zj

used instead of ^oZZ|.

5.

All participles end in

which end

in

except the Pa' el and

ApKel

passive

>*

61. Lomadh Olaph Verbs with

Suffixes

Peal
Form
without

Form

Pa el
Form with

Form with

"Aer"

"Aim"

with "him".

with

suffixes. suffixes.

Perfect,

S.masc.sing.

fem. sing.

^^

S.mascoplur.,

3.

3.

fem. plur.

-^^

^_^^

"^

o,i:^

.,^:^;

oiiL^ (oi\)-oil.

>-qo|L^

s^oin.fc^.^

-^ -^

^;

-^

ou^

..

V^

Imperfect,
S.masc.sing.
8. masc. plur.

ii^

v^ v^

.^(mi>

..V

-^

Ji^ i^s^)^^ (-^)u^


ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO.

[ CI.

Peal

Form

Form

without

with

Pa'el

suffixes. suffixes.

Form with

Form with

"her".

''him''.

with

"/jer".

Imperative,

-K -K
-^ -Jk

Bing. masc.

sing. fern.

plur. masc.

plur. fern.

1.

.vN,
^*'
^'(i

-K
-K

-oia-U^

^01

oU^

^?>i\^

pm

^^

.ail.

(30:12);

.010.^

'K

oizL (26:19); -3^Ll>

ci^i*

"-^

0-^.

*_

vouwi^itf
^Lj^^^f (12:15); ^

(15:8);

(12:14);

s^axoVr^.

(12:9);

" ^\
(25:11);

^oj^jfo

(12:3);

^3c|jal (20:11).
2.

^oio^]^
(Rom.

(26:7); woia-.ioii (27:15); ^aial3 (2 Cor. 3:1); >>1.^^3

7:24);

^.CTuJ-}iia

^^oy^

^^3 (Mt. 6:13);

4.

w.Zal^^
1.

ai^o-^

(14:2);

^i>^3

(32:14);

(Rev. 1:7); olJc]^ (Rom. 15:21).

3.

The

(26:11);

^^ (John.

12:27); .*gic|]L..(Heb. 3:1).

(Mt. 8:2); oi-^-Jiae (Lk. 23:8).

The forms ending

suffixes are

in a consonant suffer

no change before

suffixes.

appended by means of the same union vowels as are

employed with the same forms in the regular verb, see 51. Of forms
ending in a vowel,
(1).

The 3rd

it

may be remarked

sing.

masc.

P'al

drops Olaph

and appends the

suffixes directly.
(2).
(t

The 3rd

to *y)

sing. masc. of the derived stems

and appends the

changes

final

to

Yudh

being

suffixes directly to the

forms

suffixes as in the regular verb,

treated as a radical.
(3).

The 3rd masc.

(4).

The 3rd fem.

plur.

appends the

plur. takes the

form

-a^L^,

Yudh

being treated as

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

S 62.1

67

a consonant and the suffixes appended with their usual union vowels,
see 36.
of the Imperfect which end in

The forms

2.

which the

into y**to

are appended

suffixes

]*

change

Imperfect which end in a consonant are regular, see

3.

The forms

suffixes

Pa'el

is

end

of the Imperative, that

in a

ending

this

The forms

directly.

of the

B.

51.

vowel append the

without any change, except that the Olaph of the masc. sing.

The 2nd

dropped.

fem. plur. adds the suffixes

by means

of the customary union vowels, without any change in the perfect form,
,a!:1^

becomes ^iL and

becomes

Q^^^s^

oji or oa!:L^; the

same

as the

3rd masc. plur. of the Perfect.

Note. 3.

In

2nd fem.

the

omitted in writing

sing. Imperat., the

Judith 10:16

g.

e.

and Participles are

4. Infinitives

^oiolo-**

Yudh

is

instead of

sometimes

^oiQ-.]a-.

inflected like nouns,

see 81

^hjk^ and l]^^.

1.

aif [R. \Ai\ (2 Cor. 13:5);

(Rev.

(Mt.

^A^

11:5);

^fflj^ [R.

l^-

Plj

Weak

^^S^

Verbs.

[R. jij] (Rev. 9:19);

(John 16:20);

^[

(Mt.

oliJ

11:17);

(Mk. 6:13); jiji [for jip] (John 4:47); ^r|Z?

].iSn

8:13); wizj^ (Mt. 25:11); oZ[ (Mt. 27:33);

^2u-f (M. 14:11);

2.

62. Doubly

jof^

UU

(Mt. 10:13);

(Mt.^:25).

w..4^f(Heb.4:7);^,-aLo(30:l);v-lia2(Mt.25:5);wa^f (Acts 13:16);

jJJ, It will he abominable. (R.

3.]lor^

(Mt.

(Heb. 9:16);

]oai^ (Mt.

12:45);

^^

cui^ (Mt. 15:32);

*Ti3).

(1

Tim. 4:2);

^oS

(1

19:21);

^oJ

]^Z (Tit.

(Acts

1:3);

3:13); ]aa

\lo^

(Rom. 1:11);

Thes. 5:7); oIm. (Lk. 20:35); jolL^

(Mt. 5:25).
4. ]]1

11^

5.

(Heb. 2:10); c|i (Mt. 19:13); I^jJ (Gal. 4:10); iJiJ (Rom. 16:6);
(Rev. 22:11).

^ofi [R.

-,5s],

thou sighest]

i^c]z[ [R.

nix] (Is. 26:9),

Ihave desired]

ELEMENTS OF STRIAO.

68

^|l2^

|o|Li^ [R. nix] (Mt. 5:25);

[R.

[ 63. 64.

ax-']

(Lk. 16:21) (^j-iiJso

id. Philox.).

Verbs Pe Nun and Lomadh Olaph, or Pe Olaph and Lomadh Olaph,

partake everj^where of the peculiarities of both.

2. In verbs Pe Nun and E Waw, or Pe Nun and e, the Nun everywhere remains as in the strong verb.
3. Verbs E Waw and Lomadh Olaph retain the "Waw as consonant.
4. In verbs E Olaph and Lomadh Olaph, the E Olaph remains, but as
usual its vowel is shifted to the preceding consonant and the Olaph

quiesces according to the rule given in 56.

5. Some further peculiarities
may be seen above under 5.

63.

l.^Q^

(Rev.

jLalf

Cor.

(1

,i^z4

^jl

1:1);

1:25);

(Mt. 27:57);

of verbs one of whose radicals is

Olaph

Quadriliterals.

(Acts

|iiL*

15:18);

(Mt.

^nmv^

6:26);

o^^Z

(Acts

14:20)

<n^\\iL (Acts 13:33)

(2 Cor. 8:9);

c?oL*,[ (Acts 12:11)

ji^i^^i^ (Mk. 9:20) "wallowing",

2.

,-Ji-?^
v-oi-,.ia:ao

(Mk. 1:32, [Philox.])

^ossesse^Z of demons.

[R. wioi9] (Acts 20:16), hastening.

[R. '^1^] (Rev. 1:1), to make known.

'^ja-A,

fLJi [R.

jJLie]

(Heb. 12:2), he endured,

^^^Loio [from KaTyjyopex] (John

1.

5:45), accusing.

Quadriliteral verbs have the same inflection as the Pa' el and

Ethpa'al, the doubled middle radical being superseded

by the 2nd and

3rd radicals of the quadriliteral.

2. Quadriliterals are

64.
1

^il

radical

is

to

Anomalous and Defective Verbs.

go has the

Lomadh

devoid of a vowel.
y

regular

mostly denominatives, intensives, or causatives.

i, e.

^^JJ.

quiescent in the forms where the second

The Imperative

is '^j.

The Imperfect

is

ELEMENTS OF SYjaiAO.

64.]

2. ^^-4,1 ^0 dnwA; follows

however,

is

^^*^i

On

Infin. li\-*^.

Rem.

the prosthetic Olaph, see 20.

aV (ML

>

Eem.

1,

E,em.

e. ff.

The

.*n4. (2 Pet. 1:8).

1.

^^^^

(Mt. 8:28),

Part. Act., how-

Some

26:8) and the Infin. n>i4^.

seem to be Aph'el with the a changed

of these forms

to e according to 20, E-em.

4. |Z| to

5.

come has

^Z, oZ,

]Z,

,-!-.]

Imperf. |z|j, Part. Act. ]!].

Note, 62.

when

to be

|c(ji

-i

(see Mt. 28:6) in the Imperat.

Aphel

^|.-f see 55. 4, 58. 3,

e.g.

\oci\~^^ (Mt. 2:22), see

1.

enclitic looses its

In the Imperfect the

19. 2(1).

(Gen. 9:15 [comp.

oi

Waw

often falls away, e.g. .oovi

''ri'^]).

6. l^jtfo live

forms

its

Lomadh Olaph

verbs

e.

Perf.
g.

and Imperat. and Part. Act. P*

.1 like

hl^ (Lk 2:36); ol^ (Eev. 20:4); .oLilu*

(Rom. 6:13); oL* ([Imperat.] Acts. 2:40); \ll (Mt.

The

4:4).

Infinitive

and Imperfect P'al and the Aph'el and Ettaph'al are formed as
from an JjS root,
>iLa^J or

e.

from

y.aJ

g. |LLj

are found.

cll^

10:26)

(Mk

Tim.

j-IT]

(Lk. 23:37);

whenever the

w.03i^

w.= is

Uj
io

is

dropped, see

ar:n (Mt. 10:8);

Uz

^^

found in

ai

23. 1(2),

e.

e.

Thess. 2:16);

j-liio

g.

The

^^ (Mt.

5:42);

Participles are

The Imperfect and

(I

Cor. 7:16).

oioil

In the Imperat. the

^a\

(John 4:7);

w^kl

(Mt. 13:23)

Infinitive are

used norwhere else e.g. '\J (Mt. 5:31);

The Ethpiel

is

wrjjjLz]

to ascend,

from

^olS (Eom.

g. .^rs\L (28:7);

Ijil^sC (28:2).

is

nSm

if

receives linea occultans,

'^iJ, which

>c-iJ

are: v*lj (30:4); ^.Iv (.John 5:21);

without a vowel,

(Mt. 25:8).

wcuoi.^ (Mt. 13:11).

8.

as

iJLi^

(Mt. 9:18);

(Mt. 16:25); ll|Z

give the

15:36); but ^Lsil (Mk. 6:28);

Yudh

|JLj

2:4, ^al|j is

Examples of the Aph'el

(30:4);

11:1,

from

the usual form of the Infin. though C^ia and

In the Perfect of

7.

and

is

(Xestorian.

?J^, see 54. 2),

10:1); (^aliJ is found in

Uk^ (Mk.

29. 2.

Pe'al.

1,

^i^^l, follows the conjugation of the P^'al,

Imperat. ^La>, Part. Pass.

and

Imperf. |L*J, Part. Act. jLi^,

1.

the Olaph being prosthetic, see 20,

ever, is wt>n

The Imperative,

the conjugation of the P**al.

see 60. 4.,

to find, like

3. s,iin4.|

^9

formed from

''^zillso

(Mt. 7:11).

(32:23).

in forms

where oo ends one

syllable

and Lomadh

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.
begins another, has the

.aLj

[for

Imperative P*'al the

.

>.<r^ 1

dropped, see

is

10.

The 3rd

7:8).

Compare

shall grieve

e. ^.

^1n *\ L^-^s (14:7)

used only in the

e.

po (25:15);

g,

122.

and Imperf. P'al of jj^

fern. Perf.

122,

In the

17:1.

23. 2(3), e.g. <^cja [for

behooves, ]]^ it is well, wi?] it is right are

(Mt. 3:15): wC?] (Lk. 24:46).

compare
t/e

assimilated to the Semkath, 18. 4

uia?f [for wnli^f] (Mt.

Act. P*'al in the sense of a present intransitive,

Pai-t.

iP

it

Lomadh

oxi (John

(Rev. 4:1),

9. }3o

Lomadh

n^ml] (Mt. 13:2);

[ 65.

it

used impersonally;

is

grieved Jonah, jj^Z ^o-a^

(John 16:20). The participles are used in a like sense,

the active as a present or future, the passive as a present or with

,-s

as a past, e.g. ^o^!^ \1'^ (John. 16:22); \lpL (28:12); oiJ^ jlj-s ^s

(Mk.

3:5).

11.

As

in

so in Aio

]'f,

to grieve

where used impersonally

^U

^olv.

ii

in the P*'al,

^L[

65.

"Thou

^qcLf "He

2.

(Mt. 3:9);

(f.)

art"

2u|

(Heb.

TlJ';:)

is

are"

--^L^Lf

"You

(f.)

(2 Pet. 1:3);

(Mt. 13:13); \o<n

jl

^gicLf

2^ (Lk.

(f.)

are".

(Mt. 6:30); jooi ^mo\Ji

2:7);

^M (Acts 22:3);

(Spic. Syr. 9:9).

noun meaning "existence"; but

has passed over into the class of verbs.

like a plural

are"

"They are"

--oLLf "They

is"

really a

3:7);

122.

are"

"You

^c5i-.Lf

^osLL-l (Mt. 4:18); ^oioL-l

(Heb.

Compare

^di-Lf

art"

^aLL[

2^^

(Mt. 3:4);

3:1).

^i-f "We

is"

"She

(TUii
,L-f

^a^^^JJ^

g.

every-

is

^1 and u^

am"

^L.f "Thou

Lf

e.

(Heb. 12:3); ^lu p^i^ U (Phil.

1.

or be weary, the 3rd fem.

It takes

in usage

pronominal

it

suffixes

noun; but like a verb may be used also with separate

pronouns or with nouns. It sometimes stands uninflected with enclitic

]coi. With ll "not", it may be written separately, as in John 12:8;
but generally

it

coalesces with

)]

and forms ^.

See

128.


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

66.]
66,

The

and

Inflection

7I

Classification of Nouns.

A. INFLECTION.
from

1. (1) jjoiaJ (1:3)

\s2a^

jouJ to shine,

from

(1:2)

>^.4^ to

from

(2) jZocTLCJ fatherhood,

2.

^^

(1)|Z^(2:15);

(2)1^^:

wiif (1:2);

Jil

jL*^
^QgL^

(2:18).

|2o4

01-.0-?

(2:3).

(1:2).

(5:11); ^nl^l^S (5:15).

The
The formation

1.

(1:1).

>al.^(3:l).

(1:10);

olI^J (6:2);

4.

father,

(2:3).

^^(1:6);
(2)

).c|

(1:12); IZozf (2:3).

^93Lll^
3. (1)

be dark.

inflection of

nouns includes:

of the noun-stems (1) from the root or (2) from

other nouns.
2.
3.

The addition
The changes

states (1) conctruct

The addition

4.

of affixes for (1) gender

of stem

and

(2)

and

'2)

number.

and terminations in the formation of the

emphatic.

of pronominal suffixes.

B. CLASSIFICATION.
1. (1)

w^Llito?

evening;

nwS

herb; v.^Cf.0 holiness,

(2) l-poi? gold; ^-^'r^ leprous;

(3) wSj-o war; 1.14^^.^

(4)

>G,^

(5)

Ua4-o murderer;

world;

>c|.^

%o

voice,

Messiah; jVi ^S youth,

standing;
^

>

v|

|.i^9Z

doorkeeper,

slough; I^-oahs abbreviation,

2. (1) i-s^ JircZ; |i-sa 6o/f.

(2)

|NV)

sailor; |-.^J quarrelsome; Iji] labour.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

72

n 4\

(3)

tongue;

(4) >aao] black;

y^^

roof; jj-oi. root.

jilo^ question; UTool marriage,

(5) ,-i^l /os^; >;>nV) humble;

>

ni>^ /ar.

(6) ^cja-^ a^ res/; )JoZ| furnace;

(7)

<^a^^

e?arAr;

]^r\n^

l-iij^ east;

(2)

>

Sn\ Z

sceptre.

jzja-s? 6ee.

(8) l-^i^r^ mantelet; ],llu^ idle;

3. (1)

[66.

]Zoy^

\-^

correction;

altar.

iJLo^slo

weight.

scholar; \h hW)A>l service; l-i^ofioi combat.

(3) lay*Jo|
^

P P

dm'we law;

Ijoj-a-i

/ro^; j-c^oJ sAoo^

hk

Pj-oa^ commandment; ]Ja^Ljs

4. (1)

(2) |-9QJ /?ery;

Nouns
ternal

j^oJoJ

little fish.

are differentiated

means are

book.

woiijs jwatV; ^so^um robbery.

]iai^ /b%;

(3)

little

1.

by

internal or external means.

The

in-

vowels, 2. doubling of radicals.

Those formed by vowels may be divided into those which had

1.

originally.
(1)

one short vowel

(2)

two short vowels.

a,

i,

or u.

(3)

one short and one long vowel.

(4)

one long and one short vowel.

(5)

two long vowels.

2.

Those formed by doubling are such

or third radical

(S).

as double the second [(1)

(7)]

These may be subdivided according to their

vowels.
3.

Nouns formed by

external changes

matives, the most usual of which are

4.

and

By sufformatives,
Waw.

may be formed by

Mim and Tau

the most usual

prefor-

or

of which

are Nun,

Yudh

ELEMENTS OF STEIAC

e g.j 1

Nouns with one

67.

^^j

1. (1)

field;

j^t morning;

(2)

>^iaS herb; wsma

(3)

wxo^

u-^

(2)

^^^

^|)

^f

(7)

yo^ people;

(8)

^^

(R.

iLlX

v-a^)

(H. ^2*2)

radical

class

2.

^'rm^^.

spirit; ioJ ^re.

w^ (-^^)
V^

*^^-

dew?; ]l=:l strength,

appearence; ]L^^joy;

1^^^

covering;

j-Iiaa

I^J?

^a^A"

j-llaos? likeness,

^*^-

which had originally

except in those whose third

a guttural or E-ish. These nouns correspond to the Segholates

Hebrew and
i

jLiJ (H. v-^)

knoivledge.

occurs in the absolute and construct singular of most

this class

is

]L.^

many,

|2U.q..a^ measure.

A:is8;

The vowel

]Ls^ core;

s^eep;

(for j^otf)

h,^^ house,

mother;

\:^]

\]^

t^\) end;

<?roi);

^'^^^-

evi^.

gweew; |r:^ i?Zawf/

|ai^GJ

words of

/(2ce/

resi; jo}-!

|Ln^

3.

the

knee; jo-Ia. (]t~-2-^)

^? judgment;

eye;

(6)

^.^^

(E,.

>q1.^ image butVo-i.

%iyh i]L^) foot

wso^ ew^; >cal ^ay; ^^oh

(5)

Ung; -fix^man;

door,

silver;

,^ child;

iwow^/i;

(4) w5l.s grief;

"^hJ.

originally short vowel.

s/^ep; ll-f-I (It.

^^^ sow?; |Zac4

(3)

^"^

^o^

holiness;

^5f earth; wsX"

2. (1)

in

evening;

i\-^h

73

like

them are divided

and the u

When

into three classes

the a

class,

class.

the root contains one or more

weak

radicals,

certain

changes occur:
(1)

When

the

except in ]Zp^

Olaph
(2)

Waw
(3)

it

throws back

When

the

radical

first

when
first

occurs as the

its

radical

first

is

an Olaph

dropped.

it

takes a helping vowel,

When

the third radical is an

vowel upon the preceding radical and quiesces.

it is

is

a Yudh,

radical only in

Nouns from Pe Nun

it

quiesces in

]^o

*,

or

is

dropped.

consultation.

roots are usually regular.

A few, however,

drop the Nun.


ELEMENTS OP SYBIAO.

f4

[| (JS.

(4) Nouns from E Olaph roots throw back the vowel and quiesce.
in.
The Olaph may even be changed to Yudh as in
(5) Nouns from E "Waw and E Yudh roots have the following
wu and uw become u iw, iy, yi and wi become t aw remains
changes
unchanged (except in \'2.h6J. cow), but wa becomes o in >ca.^ and wsau
i>

>

(and in Nestorian in

Jacobite are

.001

jLla^A egg), but

^^

.601

understanding,

and .o^)

.a^

color,

which, however, in

ay remains unchanged, (except perhaps in

ya becomes

in iU.s house,

(^^

eye),

or

as in

eye.

(6)

Nun, when the middle

(7)

In

radical, is so i^etimes assimilated.

doubled roots, the 2nd and 3rd radicals are contracted into

one and the vowel of the second radical

(8)

iS^.

preserves the absolute or construct state

|o}-i

of this

The

is

throwTi back upon the

first.

only word from a Lomadli Olaph root which

rest is the

the emphatic state

is

regular.

appearance, \zu^joy and ]n\4. rest are the only masculine nouns
class that have Waw as the third radical.
third radical has disappeared in jjZ breast and in jjjJ fruit.

Feminine nouns are formed by

affixing the feminine ending to the

primary forms, the vowel either remaining with the second or being
thrown back upon the first radical.
3.

68. Nouns with two short formative vowels.

1. Ipoi? (ant)

gold;

^4^

(=i>r().

X^Xsi (q;3) wing,

2.

^?

CiI^T)

old;

Vll^ (^a)
3.

time.

camd.

wSfi^ (2^ a) leprous.

Z^
4.

^1

(ttS-nn)

l^Loij

new; "KIm. (bs^) low; j^^

(n?3') breath;

liJ^as CjSS) hungry;

jL^J^

/,n i>

l^icoU (n^ns) roar; JAn'is

5.

U^

(^

'p)=kaw^la, voice.

(-1)^5) sterile*

(n^S^) low; \Li-^ (nnnr) waste.

(JT^nn)

companion.

(n:y) gropes,

ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO.

69.

uaff=sa'abh,

76

elder.

|^ia=sa'abhtha, old woman,

|iLo^=(j^aik) need.

)^=(Kia::) unclean.

^lo

1^9 clean;

hard.

]Lm^j clean; j^.^^*^ hard.

|C^n=baawatha (awa contracted)

request.

]Zqjo smell,

]l]l (for iif^)

c?ir^.

|^l>\s produce.

Almost

traces of these nouns have disappeared, having for the

all

most part come

them

to coincide with the last class.

(2) in those which, not being

and construct singular

solute
3.

also
4.

We can still distinguish

some words which have an aspirate

(1) in

or

Lomadh

as third radical,

guttural,

under the second

radical.

Adjectives with but one vowel remaining in the absolute

be safely put

and

have in the ab-

may

in this class.

Feminines of

this class are often of the

same form as those

of tlie

first class.

5.

Examples of nouns

radical

may be

awa or

a'a

becomes

third radical
I ,

is

of this class from roots with one or

more weak

seen under number 5 above. It will be noted, (1) that

6; (2) that

remains with forms of 'this class when

guttural Olaph (compare 57); (3) that iy final becomes

but when not

final

(4)

that nouns from

doubled roots

are regular.

69. Nouns with one short and one long formative vowel.

1.

wr;o (nrs) writing; ^-Cj-c

2.

i^

(-i'ii2n)

ass;

3. >alL4. (D"ib"0

4.

V^i^
r^-^

^z]

peace;

(s'^p)

(d-is^)

h^Z

war; ^^^

man;

\^]

("J^?)

work.

(rbx) god.

(dib'^) three.

(^"^^i^) killtd; j-^^iej

said; "V^^j sad, ascetic,

horn; }^y. shorn; yc^:s stt;

>aafi

placed.

ELKMENTS OF SYRIAC.

f^

^.) >lm hated;

I ti >

4 V>

(i^ps<)

i-j?|

Messiah;

(n'^>:3?2)

|ll>^r7 (ns'^SD) sAip;

i^nn\
9.

|.

,>

lif-V"

(I'^in)

s^o/ew

i.

e. tlieft;

ri^Af /iawd.

prophet; ll>\n

cro?t'w.

siome; Ij^.^ ("^<2)

j^LlbJoJ^

e.

teas^.

report.

(S^^^^iz) virgin,

(d^nb) clothing; jz^ois^ (n'^^nj^) sepulchre.

(^>)

S^s

The

|--aJ (fi<'^2)

(,'i;)

j^i^sJ^^ (nrwr) Aeard I

5. Ijala (nxfSir) hated;

|^aJ^(S!i35)

prisoner; |.TaV

[ 70, 71.

youfA; IL^oi^

when preceded by Olaph,

short vowel, except

the consonant

have been

a,

is

dropped and

pronounced with a half-vowel, which may originally

is

Nouns

or u.

i,

(ll^.}^) /<''w; j^-v-. ;>i^.

of the form kutail are diminutives

those

of the form katil are usually passive participles Peal; a few of the

form katid

have the meaning of a passive participle.

(b*-??)

70. Nouns with one long and one short formative vowel.

1.

>ai^

(=^"1")

2.

V^

C^'^p) hilling;

world; )cLl (nrin) signet.

>cto standing;

tJ-ljS

]zL.^ bird; -Jcl (irr) breaking.

(=||jis) hater; jLT (n^h) revealing.

Zj? (ZZ9) tnmhling.

3. \:^h^ {*^y^) doorkeeper; jiwlik^ ip\'^'?) ivoggon,

\l^\

(n:T) harlot; j^^jj-o {TT^'p)

beam; JJols dnb) preast.

There are but two nouns with a certainly

2.

Nouns

and

of the

to denote the agent; and, in a

71.

\iz4il

1. katiil

\hzh^
2. katil

after the second radical.

form katil are used as the active participles of verbs,

few sporadic

cases, in other senses.

Nouns with two long vowels.

murderer;

Ka!^

oppressor;

jJo^j

eater; UcJ- jackal;

table.

U^*^

slough;

weaver's beam; |La-9] gush of rain; ]l.s^'\ club;

]J\n'ivii

abbreviation.

>

tvf

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

72. 73.]
1.

From

after the

2.

^^la^

spt/).

Certain other

this form.

There are a few nouns of the form

katil.

Nouns with the second

72.

T^

j-s^ bird; U-d.^

1.

Nomina Agentis can be formed

every active participle,

form katul (Compare in Arabic

nouns also take

77

halm; j^ais

bolt;

radical doubled.

|2;!::kjai3

ladder.

9?[ threshing-floor; |j-atf shield; jj-sa-o hedgehog.

2. (1)

a a

kattal jl^^vi {rh-q) sailor; |.ral. (32^)

aie/"-

\^'f^ magician; VtSo praying; \^^u pernicious; P-.?

a kittal
u a kuttal

|?u^

(2) i

(3)

Hack;
(4)

^s9
(5)

roo/".

question; jjlco] artist; |I=a perception; >asc|

|3|q-4/

kattil u^.L sitting; ,-^| ^os^

so/r; ,^ifl

many.

u kattul ZaJ-4/ reclining

u kittul

)^a^^

PoZj

restfully.

stove.

1>q-s? wasp.

darkness.

After the norm of 2

(3),

a womew actionis can be formed from the

intensive species of any verb.

Of the form

(4)

are

many verbal adjectives,

especially such as serve for participles of intransitive verbs.

judge;

yellow.

>.xiQ-

|j5aii^ sia^;

y(6)

m?/ |^|

(V^!i)

73. Nouns with one or more radicals reduplicated.

1.

NOUNS WITH THE THHID EADICAL REDUPLICATED.

These are few in number. They are such as

isf^ idol altar; i^r^ millet;

li-^'oi]

splendor;

jZcZj^ crumb.

\lh>^Q. appearence; |9C9}ifc bandrol; ]4c.4'r^ mantelet.

]U'^t idle;

^^j^a^

ferocious.

EJLEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

78
2.

storm; l'^'^ locust;

wssaa (=kabkab)

{^^d

A,

\^s^]

2. (1)

74,

(--3) /xufe;

|i-ic|-ij-9

Nouns formed by

|-i*^l

(from

knowledge; ]^.^oiaic (from wcot-)

^1-.)

drink; IzVaiao (from VaJ) balance.

\^ (from JJJU^ abs. ^1>^) sAieW.

jLJlai* 6roow; |lSV>

(xn-j"^,::!?)

(='j';r?)

pr%.

net.

l2ClikS.sl:so

Uiiw:^ (=^"1?^) weight; 1iia:J (nib^) aw; jj^olao birth.

(4)

(5)

u iLLbic

|3n

AnV>

i a

food;

]^nnV)

(Vi'CJD^)

)L2uk:ao

(=nQ^)

stumbling block.

i(7e&.

a |ln4Vi pawn; li^i^

dtvelling,

u a

(9)

a u

iJc}Io /boJ; I^s-IL city.

3. (1)

a a

^LzcZ

]|V\Z

acgt^oiwfawce.

(=5"2'2) spring; ]lrA\'>

(8)

(2)

^i/if.

(3)

(7) 1

Prefixes.

(=>oc-aio) standing place.

]z^^

(6)

sparA:.

^^tV'') acceptance; j^^^iiaj^ (tins'^'a) cJiariot.

^ '"'^ (=nn'-r^)

wawy.

V^ual^ao ^^'iaV (=",2;^^) tabernacle; "^^-cj^ tvomb,

]^^^
a

throat.

manuscript; \h^nm smoke; pc^-cu frog,

|r>\^^(=| L^\W^) entrance;

(2)

lt-i- 't^^iH^ped,

sfar; ^^^^909 (=rabrbhin)

^^^^ (

^,^

bug;

l-^H^ (=gargarto)

>a\Sn!sA. perfect; ]]n\n ivy;

1.

74.

NOUNS WITH TWO RADICALS REDUPLICATED.

Yf^f^threshinff instrument;

Us\s

V^p^slo gpmd^e (= Jjix).

seUler (R.

wsL

fo f?we7Z).

(^^?^P!) scholar;

li-r^^

^^^i^*

bellows.

ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO.

75.]

7J

u )^alL*Z exchange;
a a |ai
supplication;
a ]&4%nitZ shame; ]wa?oZ addition,
a u Ifiiocje^Z

praise;
a l^o-i^Z
a

(3)
(4)

\''>oh^Z flattery.

iZ

j^-ijas,^ clothing.

(5)

skeleton; |-<:a^?Z reconciliation.

(6)

(7) i

ii

camj?.

(8) i

The

jzjoiaejz tfowe^er.

Iy-aL4,Z

participles of all the derived species

the species are formed by prefixing

and the

infinitives of all

Nouns with

>o.

the prefix

are

mostly abstracts and are formed generally from the intensive species
or from the Aph'el.

Nouns formed by means

75.

The most common

of these affixes are

. ,

of affixes.

T,

yjso <aJ, J,

>lji',

lJ and Zo .
1. (1) jjjcxli* enlightener;

(2)

^^f

]^tm^^

^ll^

(from jijf) earthy;

^-^*^ (from

tempter,

(from ^^il) talkative.

>\^A>) heavenly.

pj-oos command; jliln building,

(3) |J-^Q-^ P^st;

)llik? thought,

2.

|JoJ-s Wff/e sow; ^q-c^

(Compare

village

"jsi^iJi^l)

3.

IJ-^.^ ear/y

morning;

4.

jiiJoj

/^.^f/i;

5.

|I5aJ /?ery;

^i^^/e

?i<f^e

]^aa^ small ship; ]L^ok2J^

jJo-ijaJ

]A

hook;

* '^r\

jiaoLL

,^

Zi^^/e

temptation;

i.3n

i\^

revelation.

file,

little

girL

|-.5ooi^

Jew.

to^; l^jsaiis

-^"^^ royal; 1^^-^:^^ naked;

jloi^f motherly; j^auLo^ nominal,

6.

^-I^i^i

^waiZ (Ex. 16:12);

(Eph. 5:12) 86.

6.

wli.^ error (Lev. 5:18); ^J^aJ

secret

ELEMENTS OF STKIAC.

80
7.

pia-fflj

^aasoi overturn;

hindivg;

^b^9xs9 bee; )iL<Jal0 swallow;

lZnn\v

8.

y^zJ^

l^^^'^i

Aram.

Z:lm} purity (Bib.

Aram.

Nouns with the

silJs);

SDp;

beginning,

)^o^

jzaic?

76.

robbery.

(n!br) kingdom; j^o-a^ goodness; |Zcai.s|

rrgues^ (Bib.

fatJierJiood

?ZaLs

wica^ (=sar*wutlia) ;

(n'l^'n)

likeness.

may be formed from all participles of the

1(1). Added to many nouns
It forms, also, many abstract nouns and names

affix .o

derived species and from notnina agentis,

it

forms adjectives,

1(2).

of things, 1(3).
2.

see

Nouns with the ending

and 4.

-o,

^,

joo or wxaJ are generally diminutives

2., 3.

3.

Nouns with the ending

4.

Nouns

^i*

with the ending

generally form relative adjectives.

Zo are

abstract and can be formed from

^^

any noun.

Gender, Number and State.

76.

Sing.

Plur.

masc.

Abs.
Cons.

Emph.
1. a.

>

^lal

masc.

fem.

4tn

XJi^d

i^

"Lm-m^

4tn

?A

-.

.>4n

4in

4
I

b.

>^ (Heb.

c.

l^aiaJ (1:3); liScSiZ (1:2); I^tAT (1:1).

2. a.

^io?

(15:3);

\.^

i\L

(Rom. 11:34); -^ (Mt.

(11:4);

U^^

^4l1

(1:4); .^JIo (Mt. 21:5); w^j) (Mt. 19:3);

7:1);

fem.

(1:2);

ik^ (1*6); u^9 usury; Zos]

^1^9

(2:18);

oiiw (26:2).

oi^^^

(5:12);

*"

^iLiJ(l Cor.9:21.)
10:3).

Llio

(Mt. 12:25); ,*iasicot7m7?^;Qi^(Ined. Syr. 18:1);

5.

^ " "

part;

a^^-ft-.^ (

r^Sv

John 1

1 ).

victory.

^Za.^^ (13:4);

^lL:^ (12:14);

76

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

rA.:.v"vJ (Mt.

\IJ^
3. a.

]^'nl

16:12);

(1:10);

(2:9).

,e-^:^V

(5-^);

-r^.^

(^t- 26:2);

b,

^]

c.

iV|i(l:13);|i:^M3:15).

4. a.

(Mk.

jii^^?

20:22);

81

(1:3); wiJoJ (2:18);

(Heb. 6:1S);

^1

^iiL[

^??

(5:10).

^Zo^

(Eph. 6:18);

(ciil^

(Mt. 5:11).

(Tit.

3:S);

,-il

(Mt.

15:8);

(Mt. 12:45).
6.

e.

ais

(Lk.

,f^

(1

^ZaU

(John. 21:17);

(13:8);

^"kJz

(5:7);

^"^Z

The Syriac noun has two genders,

numbers,

(7iZ<iaw

Thess. 3:7).

jiSzf (2:3); jzS'J (2:3); ]2U1-Za5

^ivi

5.

23:23);

(7:2).

(1:9);

^2\:^ (Mk.

masculine

singular and plural; and three states,

6:27).

and feminine; two

the

absolute, the

construct and the e mphatic or de finite.

Remark

1.

The

by the ending

Remark
nominal

2.

emphatic or definite state

is

everywhere denoted

For

the changes

of nouns in construction with pro-

suffixes, see the declension

79 sq.

The absolute and co nstruct singular ma sculine have no particular indication; the emphatic is formed by appending
to the root. For the
1.

changes thus occasioned in the root, see the declensions

2.

The

sign of the feminine

gender

is

79

sq.

an appended Taw.

This

feminine ending has a twofold treatment.

(1) It is

dropped in the fem.

sing,

and the vowel

heightened to

|,

except in a few nouns like iUio part and L^.M^h beginning.

(2)

In the construct

suffixes
3.
>*;

it

is

retained;

and the sign of the emphatic

The ending

as also,

before pronominal

state.

of the absolute plural masculine is

^; of the construct

of the emphatic f (from p).

4.

The ending

of the absolute plural feminine

Z; of the emphatic ]Z
5.

Eemains

is

of the construct

of a dual appear in the

words

for two

and two hundred.

In construction they take the same form as the plural.

ELEMENTS OP STEIAa

8S

[77

77. Nouns with Suffixes.

Fem.

Masc. sing. Masc. plur.

Fem.

sing.

plur.

Abs.

';^.

^:.n

Const.

Sing.

0^

ii^

Emph.

iK;vn

1. c.

^ A

'"'

^^

2.

m.

2.

f.

;Aia

." "..

V
3.

3.

m.

. "..

f.

X
V

Plur.

2.

m.

2.

f.

3.

m.

3.

f.

v^--^

^a^.*^

'

b.

*-.

^^

ouaL^(l:13);

ou^i^

vzi^

(12:14);

(2:16);

^iali^^
3. ^gi^jfli^

(^^^^

(1:13);

"..

'

^f^I^

^aCAi^

^\i^^(2:18); .^^(6:11);

(3:16); -li^ (12:15); ^oat:^^ (12:16);

2.

**..

^*

\*
fek

1.

.^ "..

1. c.

^aial

<nL.o?

(24:1);

(25:12);

>

nSsn

^-^(5:5).

^^^

(13:2);

(13:5).

(2:17);

^l^\-^\l (23:7);

^nV.{>S (5:15);

aw^ao

(13:3).

/.ri (6:12); wcui^s (6:14);

ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC.

77.]
4. ^ccJ2u.^9of
.as^^'!>|

5.

(Jam.

(Heb.

v2uiVcf

3:10);

(Acts

13:10);

.^^5

(13:4);

.-:;^i.

(13:9);

(14:14).

>^ia2 (Acts

ouLc^ai (13:15);
2:27);

ciiJ^of

5:4).

^o^-iZ (28:17); oil^il^ (28:14);

aiSzslz

6.

(14:5);

33

.^^

2:30); wiWras (Acts 7:49); >^LflI (Acts

(Lk. 7:7).

For a tabular view of the pronominal suffixes with nouns, see 36.
The form of the noun before suffixes is in general the same as the form
of the
1.

noun before the emphatic ending f

The masculine

diphtong J, causing

plural has the suffixes appended directly to the

instead of

a?/i

with the 1st sing,

instead of ayhu with the 3rd masc. sing.

the 3rd
2.

suffix; v.oio'

and aiS instead of ayah with

fern. sing.

The feminine

suffixes ^01,
3.

It is to be noted, however, that

^01,

singular inserts a helping vowel before the grave

.qls,

as and

before the

of the 1st sing.

The dual takes the plural form before

above and

suffixes, (see 5

76.5).
4.

Some

5.

Nouns which end

prepositions take the plural form before suffixes.

the suffixes of the

|-*i-blc

suffix;

in l^ in the

2nd and 3rd

sing,

emphatic sing, retain this a before

and of the

camp, and |>*ua^ drink have forms like

other nouns have .^^ like .ti\^

Before the grave suffixes

i. e.

Jacobites have with \labQ^

my

1st plur. |-*j9as throne,

.^sahajs

boy.

with the 1st sing,

(Nestorian ^-*^l}

those of the 2nd and 3rd plural

&c

the

the form .cci-ucjas (the Nestorians

-oowjS9aa); with other nouns, both dialects have .oou..

6.

Short adjectives and participles, like

drop the

Yudh

before suffixes,

e.

substantives have always the shorter form,

7.

Collectives,

which have no

e.

g. sf^ho^ or

and

U.5aj3

>fmt^''9ajD.

cities

or

can either retain or

-.oiaia.4.

e. g. **oia!Litf

hw

saints',

but

his bowels.

plural, take the suffixes of the sing,

nouns and are marked with E-ebbuy; but

plural form,

I-Ixha*,

g. >^oin>ft7^

jj^JJ,

abs.

^l-*Jh takes the

has either the sing, or the plur. form

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC

84

78. 79.

Declension of Nouns.

78.

For purposes

may

of inflection masculine nouns

"be

divided into

three classes or declensions; feminine nouns, into four, as follows:

Masculine Nouns.

I.

Those which have but one vowel in the absolute singular and
This includes most nouns which had originally one or
movable.
that
1.

two short vowels.

2.

Those which have one or more vowels

3.

Those which have at

least

two vowels,

immovable.

all

the vowel of the ultimate

being movable and that of the penult immovable.

n. Feminine Nouns.
1.

Those in which the vowel before the ending

2.

Those

in

which the vowel of the penult

is

movable.

is

immovable, but which

have a vowel inserted before the emphatic singular ending and before
the construct singular with suffixes.
3.

Those

in

which

all

the vowels of the

first

form,

i.

e.,

of the

absolute singular, are immovable and which donotinsertahelpingvowel.

4.

Those whose

first

form ends in o or

J^

or which insert a

Yudh

in the plural.
79. First Declension of Masculines.

A.

Abs.

sing.

Cons. sing.

Emph.

sing.

malk

zedk

kudsh

karakh

(kwg).

{righteousness).

{holiness).

iciiy).

^
^
|XJ

^h
w?i
P

^c^-o
V

^c^

\l^,ol

kV
*

Const,

sing.

CLi?l

0UA.9CUS

^n

^JLk.jo^

with m "hi^\

Abs. plur.

7 *

Const, plur.

Emph.

plur.

plur.

with "U9".

r;;\s^
i.h<:-^

U>n

ix,^
..7

Const,

^rr=

v*giQ-D?]

*>

Uii
V

ELEMENTS OF SYHIAC.

79.j

be seen that

It will

originally one or

Bemark
under

Forms Pe Olaph like

hire and ^.a^
come
The vowel being merely a helping vowel 33(1).
Forms Pe Yudh like ^^jJ month are also in the

1.

2.

3.

ship,

j-^j

first

class,

the* being a helping vowel

Bemark

declension includes nouns which had

this

two short vowels.

this class.

Bemark

85

Forms

33(1).

like wr:ai5

and ^^s which had originally two short

vowels, have come in inflection to coincide with Segholates in almost

It will

all respects.

the aspirate

e.

be noted that they preserve the half-vowel before

dah*bha not dah-ba.

g.

Comp.

{nssTlS.

B.

Abs.

yawm

'ayn

taby

kanay

kashiy

{day).

{eye).

(gazelle).

{cane).

{hard).

^
^

>cal

sing.

Cons. sing.

Emph.

U^

.07
vi^^

sing.

Abs. plur.

..

^^

.^

\hL

\1^

^
7

Cons. plur.

Emph.

f)

plur.

Waw

and

E Yudh

(Nestorian 6) and ay into

e)

\^

segholates of the a class contract

(Nestorian

^llo

in the absolute

jllo

aw

into

and construct

singular.
2.

Lomadh Olaph

segholates with the exception of

in the singular only in the emphatic state.

s^^jk^

are found

In the plural the form

becomes x^^^j but instead of \^r\l we find |-a4 as if from

nouns which have two short vowels. The same is true of most nouns
^-

''-^l

of this kind;

we

find,

however, p?^ rents and

|--j.:i

colds.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAa

86

Lomadh

3.

[80.

e.

g.

'^'*"

cane^ in table above.

4.

and

D'^^a?)

Remark

E Yudh

Lomadh Olaph

adjectives from

But

in having forms like ^'

(compare

two short vowels,

had one short vowel,

Olapli nouns which have originally

have in the plural the same forms as nouns which

1.

instead of

^ ^,

2.

in the plural absolute

^ "

like ^n k n in the plural construct.

Segholates

of the

and u

verbs come under declension two

'Remark

roots differ from the nouns

Segholates

from

under the third declension,

e.

Olaph,

classes

e.

^5

g.

and

and w^cj.

EE

Nun, and

g. ^.t^h "head (B,.

E "Waw

from

verbs come

jj^o

T2Jfi<*i);

ji^

%oell\

oppression (R. J^) ; >a:^ people (R. Dia5).

Remark

3.

Nouns

like lis voice (from kawalo)

and

-iiff

old (from

which had originally two short vowels come under the third

wCJJB)

declension.

Remark
Uo^,

|)ifl4

4.

TVith consonantal Olaph

unclean.

the Olaph quiescing.

The vowel
See

of the

as the third Radical, we have

Olaph being thrown back and

24(1).

80. Second Declension of Masculines.

rabb

kawal

gannobh

karabh

din

malkay

(judg-

(many).

(voice).

(thief).

^l

vi

Cons. sing.

w?

vS

-H
-H

Emph.

\^l

Abs.

sing.

sing.

Abs. plur.
Cons. plur.

Emph.

plur.

-^^

^^
ih^

(war).

p.

p.

P P-

P-

7 P.

^?
5E

pp

il;

^5^

V P

,V\'n'

(royal).

=c

x'

ment).

lii-j

ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO.

81.]

Remark

1.

>c:^ people

we have

in the plural

and >cu

87

sea are inflected like wS, except that

the forms iLoLa^,

jiaaicLr,

Compare '^'yy^ from "'.n.

Remark 2. The * and u class segholates from fi
verbs come under this declension as also, EE and

g.

WM09

spirit, w.**-^ smell, \k\

Remark
originally

3.

Nouns

(R.

C]3X)

E Waw

from

from kawala,

Remark

4.

good from tawabha,

^.c^

Here

and

Nun

fi

e.

g,

Remark

5.

voice

nouns which had originally

all

\^\^shorn; |Vi>\:^ youth;

Here

Vo

from sa'abha.

a short vowel in the penult, and a long one in the ultimate,

ivar; ^^CLtjaput;

Yudh

f]

segholates,

Olaph roots which had

fi

this declension,

v-^uo o/cZ

are to be found

Waw

jv/^v^v

face, j-ail (R. nnb) heart.

and

two short a vowels belong to

.^iiQlai*,

g. wr:^^

e.

|^a-5 beloved.

are to be classed all nouns which have a naturally

long vowel or a closed syllable in the penult and a naturally long

vowel in the ultimate,

sailor;

.^s")

victorious;

e.

g.

^^4\

IJa-^ murderer; ]a iV|

tongue;

|3|q-4^

w^l:!^

.oLo^ sour; fo-j^^ darkness; Uj:2^^ weight; pi^nnSn fountain; lt-r^

c^i/(i;

roof-story, building;

\Azo^ settler;

^inTTTVpoor; j^o-Mi^

jjog-a^

/'<>^/

sahidh

'emmar

(witness)

(Zrtm6).

Cons. Sing.
.0

Sing.

Abs. plur.

^rc;uo

madbah shathay mashtay mahzay

\U

iS^

^^4
^^\

|^99U9

Ui^f

ilL^

ll^^

K^\

1^

^^

7:7

P 7

V***

plur.

(drinking). (banquet).

(attar).

.^f

y~

Cons. plur.

Emph.

in. >j:o etc.)

81, Third Declension of Masculines.

sing.

Emph.

c%; lt-r^-^ ^^i'/ I'oi^Z flattery;

P-^o^ i?esf (and all nouns ending

Abs.

swamp;

question; wa^j-o near; ?a!ix

^1^

,07

'

(vision).

^^
7

..

P7..

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

Here belong nouns

V^Lifi,

of the forms "^^4^^, Vius, V,;^^, ^^^4-Oj V^a.,c,

V^lie, V^nic, V^aic,

Remark.
..i^c99

82,

\4lfiid0

etc.

Some Syriac grammarians give an

for

iJLso?5

and

declension,
oppression;

| >

also

nn'=^S

persecution.

i-Iss?5

nouns like

it

absolute singular form

This would place

it

in this

such as j-i^a^v^ rapine; ^Iocl^j

embrace,

82. First Declension of Feminines.

habhrath
'eghlath miishhath yadh'ath

talyath

mahwath

(girl).

(blow).

{com{coif).

panion).

Abs.

sing.

-^

Cons. sing.

Emph.

Abs.

{measure). (science).

.0
1

ii4>nV

-r

^.^Ilc

^Lm!^

iJXJ

ll^ ]Iq^

sing.

..

fc

i.

.Op.'

t-

sing.

Cons. plur.

Emph.

,p

C:^

(i^:^

plur.

^"

^^
.p

,p

p..

p..

p..

\'^r

These are nouns which had originally in the masculine one or two
short vowels.

Remark 1. In Pe Yudh nouns like jljJ,

when it would otherwise have a half-vowel.

Remark

2.

the

Yudh

quiesces in'

In Waw nouns the diphthong passes over

the emphatic singular and in the singular with suffixes,

e.

g.

into o in

]ZioZ cow,

]LLa^ collection.

Remark

Yudh

3.

In

quiesces in

before suffixes.
its

vowel,

e.

g.

segholate feminines from

its

homogeneous vowel

Lomadh Olaph

roots the

in the emphatic singular

and

Generally, this causes the preceding consonant to lose

]L^1^.

For exceptions,

see 85.

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

83.]

Remark

l S^ are \ls^ pure and

and adjectives of the form j.^,

participles

Remark
making

Like

4.

5.

Instead

but in the plural

In itSp,

of

Remark

6.

it

has

IV.

hath

|i.4ia

abs. sing, as n.MV),

is in

the singular like

]Zc.4iff.

Feminine nouns

in jlj

from masculines

flected like U.\j, except that the vowels of the penult

in

or .o are in-

remain firm. So

feminine nouns in U from masculines of the form katul,

also,
\h

and, in general,

4 n hard,

|-a?.

some give the

lG-4iiC,

like o-c. Declension

it

89

i1nn\Sn

little

Remark

7.

struct

queen;

Nouns
1

like
l"

emphatic

iuQik;

\L^''9sj:::i:L.

e.

g.

perishable things.

\j:lL affliction

from *awaka have in the con-

'^

(i^ni*.

83. Second Declension of Feminines.

siihyath

'armalath zedhkath 'agilath

haywath

shaniyath
(oppro-

(widow).

Abs.

sing.

Cons. sing.

Emph.

Abs.

sing.

(carriage). (animal).

lii^'f

Un

ijlicif

l1^]

]^^vM

]Lo]l

1^

L^-i(

^?i

^
.^

sing. 'AS'vvf

iLiJi

1^^

.^vf

sing.

Cons. sing.

Emph.

(alms).

brium).

il:
7

(foolish).

iiii
V

|Za.t..ii

(5

^'-"=1
P

^-^=1
,p p

IZoiLk*

be noticed that the only change in these nouns is the invowel before the ending of the emphatic singular

It should

sertion of a helping

and before the pronominal

Remark
like them,

Active

change the

suffixes

with the singular.

Participles from

Yudh

Lomadh Olaph verbs, and nouns

into the homogeneous vowel in the emphatic

singular and in the singular before suffixes.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

90

Remark

2.

Like

V^s^?

|-.52.i

citi/;

Like
are

\1^2^

)ajb^ is

\l^o]

|o,-i.

jo^,

perhaps, also,

lamentation;

For

recital.

]!lao^

other

cap;

nouns of

jia-^

part.

chant;

i^-^ojo

kind,

this

84.

see

85. 3.

84.

Abs.

Third Declension of Feminines.

bathulath

zaddikath

sahidath

(virgin).

(righteous).

(ivitness).

J2

"^

sing.

Cons. sing.

Emph.

"

'^

7 *v

1^0 Ls

sing.

P7

IL-Ic^^

17

iV

Abs. plur.

Cons, plur.

-pp..

Emph.

No

sing.

ilLoi^
k

pp

..

lLai?l

changes take place in this declension, the endings for gender,

number and

state being affixed directly to the

noun stem.

ELEMENTS OF SYBIAa

85]

91

Fourth Declension of Feminines.

85.

salawath

sabhwath

baryatli

kariyith

malakutli

(beam).

(kingdom)'

(?)

(creature).

(thing).

Abs,

02,

Q,^JJ^k^

^Q^t

^Qa^^

sing.

Cons, sing,

Emph.

sing.

(prayer).

1^^.

12=

Abs. plur.

'^r^

\"i
p" *

f>

-.V

Cons. plur.

Empb.

p.. .

p"

P"

V^'l

^'^l
p

p..

,P

U^l

1^-^

plur.

All nouns of this declension end in o or

<^-il

in the abs. sing, except

nouns like |jo5 which, however, in the plural are formed like ^j-d.
1.

Like

2.

Like w..^ are

a;s, is olaD? likeness.

1^.^^^. c/iotce;

embryo, jlukls

stc?e,

3.

Like

oi-i* leg

4.

Like wjJd are

n;^yi5

aJi:^,

are

all

and

tot/ o/"

a sheep; \La\a

j^s sawdust.

nouns of two or more syllables ending in ^

such as v-ajosZ covering; w^^j

5.

ji^^^ /hi

interest;

w?jio ^ai^

Like nnSsn are most nouns of two or more syllables ending

such as oikS request, o^auo

Remark

1.

in

o'

testimony/.

jZalu?) healing has in the plural ]Zaa| see

Lk. 13:32.

IZo^ie government has in the plural ]Zoj^.

OkJ'

ppv

]Zoj.A,^mawAoocZ has for plural jZo-jJa^ ivonders Acts 5:12.

\ZoZ'^ inheritance; jZojouo testimony, and ]2a.,~i^

Aa//",

have in the

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

02

plural beside the regular forms ]Zal,^^>^,

Rem.

2.

The

and

solute

in

1.

Zo

the forms |Za^!^,

I-^^jsljc,

Infinitives of the derived stems

86.

end in o in the ab-

in the construct state, see 49. 2.

86. Anomalies of Gender or

Some masculine nouns form

U^f ff-uU;

or

li^^

i4V

^^9

wme;

111

or

]j.& flesh; )jy.is

])^jdls.

]^\)mn or

iiSi^or

\JL^genu8;

or State.

plurals from a lengthened form in ~.

U^l

(Snrn^. incense;

Number

jvmn

ijttil^.

P|^>&it.

ointment; |l>i'is~.

odour; )Xm..9 or )^^9.

1^*5 teacher; ]l^'i teachers.

P^9C9' tnagnates.
ilax0 medicine;

i4^ ^ ^ prefect;

Vir^.

]iy;\L

or |4^i\I.

2Vb<e. So also the feminine |ll^| ofAer, pi.

^^i^?, adding

a.

ac-

cording to 4 below.
2.

Some masculine

substantives form their plural with the ending

l?4

(1)

,. p

i>^ace;

jZcVzf (^9zf)

'

!> <> power;

,p p

\J.n\';

or j'"-

|9oiJ riyer; |Zc9!jiJ.

(2)

Many

in \^ form their plural in this manner,

^#9|

hon;

|Za-.9

e,

g,

ELEMENTS OP SYEIAO.

86.]

93

.per..
7
,p
\m4fM breast; \ZOf^
Oft.
.I>
7"
]^cu* serpent; |Zoq-m.

V^iD^aa throne; fZiiojas.

A.
P
pkJffa.^;

So

(7..

4.

also the substantive participles in ]1

%hysician;
A^o^e.

of

Greek

g.

^Lj

shepherd;

origin, especially feminine,

with the same ending,

^fS^]j

e.

]-iJc?

|-*jlo Zor<i.

Many words

plurals

ardhiov

Some

C.

horse; |Za.i0a:o

e.

form their

|Za.4L!^a= plural of TiXaTzTa.,

g.

plural=Uo^^f.

feminine nouns form their plural in jZo.

*
p p.. m
]i\iroj people; |Zaifl|.
,p

I^joj

it'a//;

|Zoao| generally

|jjc|,

]L^] fever; ]Zob^],

p

fc.

h.

|9aJ ^re; |Zo*5aJ.

4.

Some

1:^

e.

feminines, especially diminutives in ]Ljoo, form their plurals

g,

,pp"

,p=k.
|i*so?

p^ZoA

place; ji^ijo?.
tunic; (^.H^Zsjs.

P6.P

>

b.

(ijo95 w^fZe court; jiJ^oJ?.

5.

Some

feminine nouns which in the singular have |z (atha from

awatha) have \Zo in the plural

liJiao (r3i3)^arf;

But some
e.

e.

^.

jzolic; Zj-s thumb;

of these are treated as

g. |20a^ request;

l^Li

see 9

below.

if

A^^
the

sacrifice; J-s fellow.

belonged to the stem,

ELEMENTS OF STBIAC.

g^
6.

Feminine nouns in ^
*jhLa^ error;

7.

Many nouns

are indeclinable,

75. 6,

,a^^z4

secret; ^a-iijs quail;

^aJZ

e.

86.

g.

condition.

of feminine gender have in the singular

no feminine

ending, but take one in the plural.

1-1.9

o)

ILxm
8.

Some

unitatis,

p^^j

field;

M.aJ

\^h^ shoulder;

soul;

Duval gives a

list

of sixty-four such nouns, in 270.

iL^

egg; |:L-s.

]J^^arJen; jjL.
]2^v^9 tear;

]w^

]z^

if

masculine,

booty; \1\s>.

\lLs

request; jiwLJs.

Some nouns
li'a^

e.

lot;

\La,

sabbath;

jJ:!*^.

hour; p^^^.

of the fem. sing, as a radical

tribute; \1\'^,

jZo-o sacrifice; jZaia.

|^^ care; |^^.

l^-i^ cry; ]LLd.

]1>1.

are masculine in form but feminine in gender,

Icnee.

(Sea full

in Nold.

list

plurals,

meaning. (See Duval

eye, spring;

and

g.

]^.

Some nouns have two

pLi^

1^1^

jZfc

different in

grape; jnis,

\h^!>^

]Z]-i* vtei(;;

JAms

fL3a^ drop; \so^

iuL^ cry;

1 1

word; U^.

\^9.

treated the

^k

jL^sJac

\h.Lk.

Some nouns have

icell;

mantle;

wheat; )^!m

have their plurals as

W^

\so-^ bed.

those occurring most frequently are:

]b^i^

10.

side;

feminine nouns, having originally the sense of a nomen

]hic] ell; licj.

9.

V^^

jjojj hody;

earth;

have the feminine form in the singular but the masculine in

the plural.

Among

loay;

e.

g,

84.)

sometimes the same, sometimes

272)

e.

g.

pJil^ eyes;

\L11L, springs.

ears;

]ij?T handles.

lijf ear;

\^\

]^[ hand;

1^[ hands;

]A]^[

handles.

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

7.]

]^oh wind,

1^5

^s? or

\^h great;

Some nouns
I

^^v*^ ca<f/e;
i'v/'H

common

gender,

masters; |.lr:909 magnates*

g.

e.

l^i-u sioord; ]haiza moon;

firmament;

|^!aX9

convents.

jjii^b

divelling;

jj-*?

sun;

^.

j-ojo? great;

are of

spirits,

jz^?

]-^? dwellings;

dioelling;

12.

]L^o9

^Moh winds;

spirit;

05

].jJ^>d^

heaven;

|-i*o9 tt-mtZ.

many nouns insert a Yudh.

lS^nV
^, e. g ^.Juio murdering, f.

13. Before the feminine ending,

(1)

Words ending

|Ja-aiiisD little

(2)

^ or

in

king; j.^Ja'^Nv

/if^^e

>

queen.

Probably nouns of the form katul

e.

murderer,

g. |Ja4u.o

\1^^^\

|^5ajaii transitory things.

(3)

The

adjective

singular which
14.

\^Z^]

9a:^]

jZ^aL].

is

..* c>?

fathers,

sing.

|-c|

|.lcj

before the plural ending,

1'oi.isa^

]fJ\^

often preserve

it

n\

The

few nouns,

in the plural,
;

\h^

e.

g.

\li^vine tfsa-v

sister jZo-^j

>a- sea \\r\\

original emphatic plural ending

e.

g.

i*1n sows; pLlo

ivater;

|-

Some nouns have but one

(1)

Feminine nouns in

^Q.-:ii5

quail; s*qJZ contract.

(2)

Some which have

emphatic state only,

e.

g.

j^

Waw

o-^l,

olsfia*

and

IolLdJ

in the singular,
jilca.^;

>o^ people]

j-lalscik.

preserved in a

is still

iV4. heaven; \1xm^ years;

\ls^

V-|.-!

thousands,

state.
e.

g.

for the third radical are used in the

]a2^^ cessation;

father; \m] brother

joi^ia^

are always in the absolute state,

87. Peculiar
1. i-c)

hand;

\hA^cheese

hands ;\^\ hinds ;\:i^Zbreasts ;\l>\ curtains; U^jjpnce;

17.

g. ]ov| or

anvils, sing, j^^soj.

Nouns which had a letter assimilated, or dropped,

jiwia^ hrick

e.

or IZouia-A* from j.La^ name;

|Zoiiic|

sing.

handles,

JZot^*]

sing, j^^a^;

or l^otlol mothers from

16.

He

few nouns insert

fathers in law,

15.

anywhere except in the emphatic

swia^/,

\^\

splendor.

Anomalies of Nouns.
).la^ father in law,

have the forms osj,

before suffixes, except before the 1st sing, suffix where they

ELEMENTS OF STRIAC.

95

have

^,

^"j

-^"

The plural

are

foucj or |Icrus|,

Pi,

and

87.

]JjUa^,

ee 86. 14.
2.

(for

1^]

24. 3,

fc^'i'i

V:!, ^, elsewhere

]i=^^K see 86.

hand; in construction with wS or

1)

Plur. ]^l^h i^'[ or

j-[.

see 86. 3.

jL^c] nation,

4.

UH^

5.

wa^

6.

V^f, ]l^]

7.

Ucl

8.

]z^f woman; PL V^.

<''''^**>

Tr^H*J

see 86. 1,

thousand; |.a!^, PI- r^^^^^5

|z^[

01^

p..

.^,

o..

use ]!]! (Heb. nxQ).

Ais sow; .a^i-s j/our son; PI. ,^i1^,

]Zf^ daughter, cons, ^i-c;

11.

Ua!^.

or jij^f 86. 14.

9. ,-lsl /ace; (E-. C]ax) singular in

PI.

Note.

anvil; PI. jicii^f 86. 14.

iHof/ier; PI.

10. j-s son;

^ figurative sense

i^^

14.

3.

pl-

Note

my daughter ;

sAfi

mJ^,

^^1^

t-^i-s <A^ daughter;

p p..

LOS, \h^^.

12. |^--

(Mt.

/iowse

12.

25

wy

blood;

^;

cons.

>t^),

cnh.^^

his house;

PI. 111'.
13. >c? 1^9 6Zooi; **io?

14. JJ] ^imZ, cons,

15.

zj^

(Nestorian

neic ]iy-I, PI. ]z|LJ.

16. ]lJi sister;

17.

^2^

^)',

f/i^

PI.

6/ood, PI. jlo?.

,^1, j^], ^].

Fern. sing.

]z^,

PI.

|ZZ^,

17. 3.

w?y sister, PI. jZalf; S6. 3.

PI. ]Zcj-i 86. 2

fereas^,

|-y-i.

^5

but also

)->|^

^auib^^^ tAeeV breasts

Lk. 23. 48.

18.

{L^,

f.

]u^^ young forms the

also in the

meaning

the plural

U^4j r^^-l

19.

jl:^

20.

]l.io

..-

or

^
^

servant^ ^
f-

but w^hen

j-l!^.^

means

r;^^^^

^^loy'\

wl.i^J as

girr

it

forms

iL'X^.

r,\\ night (abs.

hundred.

plural
it

Nomen

^-^ or jL^) PI.

unitatis iilisc,

lin\';-\'.

_-2Uo 200,

)Io}io (for

jZr^ic) hundreds.

21.

jLca^ oaM

22.

jJLi^

i(;afer

or ./>iV> <Ay

(E.

^),

PI. jL^ii^.

abs. ^i^o cons. wliJ.

i<;a<er

&c.

"With

suff. w^iso My t<?afer,

^^1^

V
BLEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

88.J

wy

23. j-i^c or Ij^ lord, cons. ]pac, ^jlo

PI.

l-i-jio

or

their lord,

Fem.

Upc.

^, ]ii^

jLsi,

24.

jiflj

25.

]ia-M cucumber,

Zip;

26. |wp5 cify; abs.

PI. with sufF.
last is

.001^

lord;

abs. r--r^j cons, ^.-p^, (]Zo-j^ is also used).

|j.:ao,

U^, z^,

97

PI. l-l^-a

86. 3.

Num.

11. 5,

wl^, Also

cons. ^93-0 or Iv^j-o, PI.

jj-o,

or >^9 3-o.

^-4-.V3-D

Other plurals

an imitation of the Greek.

So

jZaljuD.

Mo-o, constr.

jZi^-fis

and

>a*Vq-d.

aa-.*5G-D (this

also ^J^ii^ gardens).

\Jicua is

collective, see 90. 1.

27. w9 ^reaf,

of "magnates'^
*'

it

teachers'',

|j'k:S w::^!

28.
ll^ajk/

is

f.

the piural

has rebbuy,

According to form,
29.

|L^ ^^?

heaven; ^jJ^^,

A/

|.2ja^

|.liVo9,

is

I^uJjdVo?;

f.

in the sense

in the

"^

sense of

used, e ^.

is

(Gal. 4:2).

means

it

But

(for ^a^-jj^j).

In certain constructions

jJLsj,

(27:14),

^^

PL ^^"jc?

|2LS5,

a/,

According to some, when

<^-^ia.4..

heavens,

g.

e.

Mk.

1:10,

PI.

^ .aiTv^ 1

Acts 7:56.

always plural.

it is

name; cons.

>q-4., >^Vi4/

<^^ wame.

8(5,

14

or IZolLoj^.
30. jiJLA. year; abs. |Ll^, cons. hJ^.

Gal. 2:14 sons of

>.V1 4>

^1.

Olaph

L^ foundation,

my

years,

whose plural

i.

is

PI.
e.

j.aiii',

my

*^

wiIa. (w1s

contemporaries).

]zt^},

is

cons, of jL^-f.

The

prosthetic, see 19. 1.

is

32. ]?Z breast, PI.

^?Z,

|i?Z, ^mc^^Z (Rev. 1:13).

88. The Numerals.

I.

THE

CABDINAIiS.

A.
masc.
1

r-*

jLi^z

^Z

'^^^f

i^^

fem.

t.2

(i^f)
,0

^'-'i

4
5

i^

masc.

^^^

2
3

fem.

^ A^

* p

\^z

|.ii.i
p

J'

r^

10

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

[SJ

B.
masc.

masc.

fern.

11

15

12

16

fern.
7

V'

* 7

V .0

13

17
7

H^'f

14

7 P

|tnSlVZ

18

l^iaLi^Z

jmMz

19

c.
7

50 ^i4Vi>

80

,JicZ

200 ^^2\^ (^^l^)

^^z

60

r-^\^

90

^Li.z

300

]|:^iJ^z

,--lri9f

70

^.\^l

100

1000

^a^

20

^jji:^

30

40

10000
i2ew2r^ 1.

with a

For

inserted

7.7''
jjiLiJa^?]

the Masculine from fourteen to nineteen, forms

may be
y

3.

g.
.

fourteen; ^JO^^^AJiaw*
seventeen;

7 7 P
^ssii^Zl.^ sixteen;

-fifteen;

-f^LH^Z

The emphatic form jZ-^xiL^Z

twelve apostles.

Remark

e.

or jjii^^^j)

2.

used,

.<-7

^^L'SnA. or i^^w^^^

Remark

tr:5*.

j-m^^LL^Z or

eighteen;

"f/ie twelve'^ is

used of the

. ^. 25:5; John. 20:24.

We

sometimes find the construct in Z,

e.

g.

jLilJio z\n.Q, Decapolis (Mt. 4:25).

\lz^i

iLch] four winds (Mt. 24:31).

ouJ:r.^V 2wi^H? quadrupeds (Acts 10:12).

Remark 4
]^iil.Z

and

"We find the emphatic forms

]ijjaL, used to denote the

\1'^

ji^^^^l,

1^4^^^,

day of the month,

aL lijjLi (Lev. 16:29;

Num.

'

e.

29:7).

g.

|J;ii.A/,

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

gg^-j

99

Remark 5. The Absolute state of masculine numbers from one to

when preceded by the preposition ^rj means on the firsf,

fifteen,

second''^

&c,

e.

g-

)l^s

]-^,ws

^n^n

\^j^
Remark

6.

For the numerals with

-cou.?^ both of them (5:7).

^'kJ^Z

^^Ll^M
^kJlS^
It will

(John. 20:1).
suffixes, the following

John.

(1

^aLiWz

both of them

and

(f.).

5:7).

(Mk. 13:27).
(Mt. 22:26).

be seen that they take a fem. plur. form before

^Iz

examples

show the forms:

will suffice to

except

(Gen. 7:11).

^IhZ

suffixes,

which though dual take a masc. plur. form

before suffixes.

II.

Except y^pjs,

(f.) |z^.Aiso,..o

THE ORDINALS.

first

and P-.9Z,

(f.)

]L^jJ^hJ. second, the

ordinals are formed from the radicals of the cardinals

and inserting ^

VlL^9

after the second radical,

e.

ff.

by appending

\1^^Z

.*.

(Rev. 6:5);

(Rev. 6:7).

Remark 1. Occasionally jlLi-ia^

the 20th;

]1jZq21

and the ordinals of the other cardinals, except of

]jic

the

lOOOOfA

100 and

wsX

1000, are found.

Remark
order

2.

By

may be

appending Ijf to the ordinals, adverbs denoting

formed,

also thus appended,

e.

e.

g.

l^]h,^!^A in the ?>rd place.

Zo and Z are

g. 2^io,JD at first; L^'fM]_ at last; Za.*2^^^Z for

the third time.

Remark 3. From the radicals of the cardinals from 3 to 9 fractional

numbers may be formed by inserting o*" after the first radical, e. g,

]b^oZ

one third; \Lsoy one fourth.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

100

gg.

89. Particles.

A. ADVERBS.
1.

Vi^ (24:13); j-Ll (25:14);

tlL^

2.

^
^

iJCo^

4.

^Lf

(Lk.

|Ii^

1:2);

(Acts 11:17);

(23:5);

^^n
1.

(3:9);

lZ-^' (26:5);

(Mk. 9:8); i-Li-o-^s (Mk. 4.22);

(23:19).

3.

5. o

(2S.14);

(Acts 11:26).

>i-^
iLn

jiLf

(24:2);

and; o| or;

|3

i^f^H^

(23:7); jiol. (23:11);

(25:18);

-s|

(Mt. 14:33);

a&o; J

Some masculine nouns

^f

LZ\lt4^

^5

(23:5);

(Mt. 1:19).

Uo!

(23:19);

(Mt. 11:9).

i/"; ? iliat;

unfit; ,-iio=/xv; i-^=7a/5.

in the absolute state

and some feminines

in the construct state are used as adverbs.

2.

phrase formed by a preposition with

its

noun may be used as

an adverb.
3.

Many

4.

There are many proper adverbs, simple and compound, especially

adverbs are formed by appending lJ\ to adjectives.

adverbs of place, time, affirmation, negation, hypothesis, comparison

and interrogation.
5.

The conjunctions

are mostly adverbs.

The

relative

? is

employed

as a conjunction either alone or after a particle.

B. PREPOSITIONS.
1.

2.

^.li

until; l-j^ between; Vis* upon; ^iso

t^iS\ in

the sight of;

3. .^Zali.(23:7);

v^i.

"SS^

above;

from;

^b^

y^:^ with.

after;

nSIus (Mt. 4:20); mhL:i^(Lk. 7:38);

(Mt. 4:6);

^^

without.

^J-o (John.

1:15);

ou.Z2^Z (14:14).

Prepositions are simple (1) or

construct of nouns.

gSS*^

With

suffixes

compound (2). They are mostly the

some take the sing, others the plural

construct form.

For
For

Remark

1.

Bemark

2.

the inseparable prepositions, see 34.

the prepositions with suffixes, see 36. 3, 77. 4.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAQ,,

90.]

Remark

3.

y
1.

^]

Special

peculiarities belong to the following prepositions.

p

'

fc

takes the form Zis] before suffixes,

as, like,

IQl

g.

e.

.oaZosI

(John. 8:55).
2.

h^ between,

nine,

e.

g.

^LJ>

?3-ifclk^

3.

with suffixes takes a plur. cons, masculine or femi(Mt. 18; 15);

takes

onit/,

v^oio?'a,.o\^ (Mt. 4:10).

4.

comes

^^r,V

before,

^'^^i-sa.aliik

^i^^ with

(Mt. 20:26).

pronominal

mN,

also ?n

suffixes
e.

like

plural

noun

g. oi*?q-^ (John. 8:9).

with suffixes appended by means of a vowel be-

31. 1, but before others remains unchanged,

^oll^oii

aC^oi.::^ (Mt. 14:24);

5.

So

^oct^L^

suffixes

e.

g.

(Mt. 21:2).

usually

becomes

vil^J^,

e.

g.

.ooi.*Iiik^

(Lk. 5:25).
6. '^^uiio

(Mt. 5:11);

takes the fem. plur. form before suffixes,

^oiiw:!^

e.

g. s2\.^^^Cjo

(Phil. 2:19).

t^, the sign of the direct object (=Targ. n^,

Heb.

mx), is

found only in

about a dozen places in the Old Testament in the Peshito version,

Gen.

e.

g.

1:1.

SYNTAX.
90.

1.

The Noun Used

]-l^s> cattle (Gen. 2:20);

|.il'

flock

|.ls*5

Collectively.

]^ a herd of

cattle

(Mt. 8:30).

(John. 10:12); \l^l reptiles (Gen. 1:24).

horses (Rev. 9:7); jlvol villages (Mt. 14:15).

2. fL.J'fl *(Mt.

6:26) birds

]L^-f^ (Jam.

[i.

e.

the genus, bird], (Rev. lS:2=bird);

3:7) birds; ]^J-*,q-^ the

lily,

lily,

liliTa-i^ the lilies

(Mt. 6:28).
3.

^^ the people (Mt.

l^.i-0

)u^

wood;

]^^i-^

wheat;

4:16);

jvivs (Mt.

timber,

\S^ wheat com.

\2:\.^) peoples,

KLfeMENTS OF SYKIAO.

102

1^:^

locusts (Ex. 10:12); j^ioi (Mt. 3:4;

|Vm^
4. a.

6.

Rev.

9:7).

bread (Mt. 4:3); ^Y\i',>N^ VIlqI /oaves (Mt. 14:19).

ll:.?? IjAS (Mt. 8:30);

.^9]

[ 91,

iL-.^

jlic^?

13?

]]^ wsIIj

i^ (Mt.

4:16).

oial (Mt. 6:26); lLiii ZZUMt.

13:4).

Collective nouns are those that are singular in form hut plural in sense.
1.

Collective nouns which have no plural are usually

Rebhuy,
2.

Some nouns

in the singular

may

individual idea; and in the plural, a

3.

Many nouns

not employed

number

marked by

13.

denote either a collective or an

number

of individuals.

in the singular are collective, even

the plural denoting either a

number

when E-ebbuy

is

of individuals, or a

of collectives.

nouns have verbs and adjectives either in the singular

4. Collective

or plural.

Compare

121. 2.

Those nouns which are always collective have a different

Remark 1
word to denote the individual, e. g, |ak iiock (John 10:3), but ^m^.'^
his sheep id. |-*Js5 horses; jJLtfaio horse (Rev. 6:2).

Remark

2.

in the emphatic state is used as a singular in the

|-4.j|

phrase lljjj^ (also written iljjjs Mt. 15:20)

means
\l"l\

^'some 07t\

.mLo

g.

e.

Mt. 28:35; {.j)

man

^^J]

(John. 4:30; Mt. 27:47).

91,

man;

Gender

of Nouns,

j-o sow; jjsls flesh,

1.

w^j]

2. (1)

V^j mother;

|.JZ] she-ass;

]b^aja mare.

]1nn>i.3 Priscilla; ^^L^^^camel; Ij^om ass.

(2) a,

]^ ship; |1^

rib.

jziosj bee; ]|-as herd; \^^z.^troup.

b. |l

40

c. |J?1

(3)

4>

lily;

ear;

|n>n

]J-.f

1^1^

icing,

H^T

ship;

lentU.

hand;

\\^

|.aa

talent.

palm;

(Mt. 12:12);

means

\sh.s> shoulder,

^^8ome^\

^j|
e,

g,

91

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

U^olo burden;
jjSj^ bed;

1.14^09 lance;

|?aJ ^rc;

(1)

UnSs

millstone; }l

tim

^wi/e.

)JL^a2 fume.

|^U

V^i3- desert;

handful; \L^^tvhel,

ji-sa-i.

U^i

^03

s^owe.

ULaJ2

tempest;

|.!aaAa

south; ^11^ c/owi.

pleiades;

JAaJ

sot*/!.

jsn a1 breath; \^oh spirit.

(5)

fa-J (Jon.

:^:3);

The names

1.

S>

|.ASn^ smm;

r?

firmameni.

>aJNr>.*o (Mt. 2:6); ^al^If 0/^;?^

of male beings

and most nouns without a

distinct

feminine ending are masculine.

2.

Under feminine nouns are included:

(1)

All denoting feminine beings.

Remark

^V^ camel

and

jlo^

ass,

when they denote

males, are

masculine.
(2) a.

Many words which do

not denote feminine beings but which

have feminine endings.

b.

Especially names of vegetables.

Members of the body.

Names of vessels, weights, measures, articles of furniture, utensiles, instruments and clothing.
(4) Names of the elements, of natural phenomena and objects of
c.

(3)

matter and place.

spirit,

Names

(5)

of countries, cities

of the alphabet.
3. (1)

iK^.o

i^al (Gen.

1:5);

good;

letters

^j^ bad (Kt. 27:23)]]Lzi4theffood;

(Mt. 6:34).

jLLi bona; ,-^<n

(2)

and towns and the names of the

these;

jLllr. ,^^<n

^1^

(2 Cor.

5:10);

omnia haecce mala.

4.

]Znn^|\s a enmity (Luk. 23:12)

(Mt. 13:28)
3.

noun,

is

The neuter
i, e,

|.:so,

is

feminine; j^'-'^Vv'^ enemy

masculine.
is

expressed in SjTiac only in the Interrogative pro-

^,^=tvhat? ^=who?

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

104

PR

In the singular either a masculine or feminine form

(1)

may

g2.

take

its place.

In the plural, the feminine

(2)

4. The gender
Remark This

is

is

always used for

compound nouns
f.

it.

indicated by the second noun.

is

rule is sometimes violated as in

masculine plural from Up]

Acts 16:26 ]Jw|LX

wall.

Plural nouns whatever their ending follow the gender of the

5.

singular,
is

of

e.

g.

]Z\\\ and
)Lo and

masculine.

| >1l

]Zo9ciJ are masculine because their singular

^ from the

singulars j^^*^ and

]LlZ are

feminine.
6.

Nouns used

figuratively are often given the gender of the things

which they represent,

(John. 1:1),
is

is

e.

\h^^>^ word,

g.

masculine, elsewhere, feminine.

masculine though each noun

^^301^

(Gen.

1:15);

\^1m> (Gen. 1:14);

(2)

Vi^ flock;

(3)

i-ao?

is

|is]

(Gen. 1:14);

\^r^

(2)

(Gen. 1:2);

I^cj^ (Mt. 24:7) in every place; jL? jL? (Mt. 20:9)

some;

2. (1)

^JLs)

the rest.

* -*"

'^

(Mk. 2:17) various deseases; hz] hz]^

'*^

(Spic. Syr. 13:17) in different places;

^c?|

Zo.^m (Rev. 13:1)

feminine.

]L^.

\U^ many;

a penny each;

(4)

\lJk.

for the Logos,

92. Number.

1. (1)

when used

>c^ >c^

/vi

]?o^ (Rom.

w^J] (Acts 10:23)

(Spic. Syr. 2:27) whatsoever, anything.

^?Z two Adams;

\1^ water;

^l\

^oJ t-^?^ two

^ heaven; p)

8:2) liberty;

Nuns; j-i^

w^^

five gers.

face.

\ll (John.

1:4) life; l.L.f

(Rom.

1:31) compassion,

|L^^ (Mt.

26:61) but

3.

,-li^^^

4.

\.2]

5. (1)

]I]l^ foundations (Lk.

1^"- wiJo?]^

(Rom.

5:10).

I swear

]l^Z ^^i^

(Mt. 28:20).

by the Lord (Michaelis Chrest. 30).

6:48) [sing.

]L4^];

^r^o enemies

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

a 93^1

(2) a.
h.

105

]?aLo i^^^ iomls (Mt. 27:52); wimlo 2^a (Lk. 12:18).

^^"^^ wlla

c. |J(Jus wli:?

Ids counsellors (Acts 25:12).

chief priests (Mt. 27:1).

|la^9 womb; \LaMJ compassion.

6.

1.

The

plural idea

denoted in one of four ways.

is

(3)

4.
By
collective
signification,
which
have
a
words
By means of
word
without
a
connective.
of
a
By the repetition

(4)

In the case of proper names, most of the letters of the alphabet,

means of the plural affixes, 76. 3,

(1)
(2)

and the particle

2.

j-*^,

(1)

3.

90.

by the numerals,

In a few words the plural termination

is

signation of ideas which are singular; especially

(2)

see

To denote portions of space.

To denote abstract ideas,
Some nouns have a plural

of paucity,

employed
is this

i. e.

for the de-

the case

a plural to denote

that from two to ten of a thing are meant.

4.
.

The

plural of majesty occurs only in the

Hebrew word

for Lord,

g. -.Js?] (Did. 82:15).

5.

Compound

or the

first

part only
6.

The

different
7.

is

ideas form their plural either

or both.

"When the word

is

by pluralizing the second

a true compound, the second

pluralized.

plural form of certain nouns often conveys a shade of meaning

from the singular.

The feminine

plural of a

noun

is

sometimes used in a different

sense from the masculine plural, see 86. 11.

X
.

1. (1)

ct.

^1::^

VLo

to all believers
h. ^-iJj..Daa

c.

93. Determination.

in all evils

(Prov.

5:14); but |l\igv:^

\n\

(Aphr. 202:1).

^'^^

,-di^(3i f/iese

two commandments (Mt. 22:40).

^^VXij[ jloa how many baskets? (Mt. 16:10); ^4^Q-^

by what authority? (Mt. 2 1 :23)

U-l^

..^m^Z |i# ]iohat torment? {^^ic,

ELEMENTS OP STEIAC.

106

But Ui

Syr. 40:20).
lijifa-i.

re

with one voice (Acts

93
lias

19:34);

how much expense(Jos, Styl. 15:18); jJ^cJ jjLf which com-

mandment? (Mt. 22:36).

Z9o^

(2) w^wD

^Ac Scripture-text;

(3) jX.? i^-*? <o cver^

(4)

^a.^

fAe quail;

2. (1)

Uaio

efeafA; jl^j

(2)

iama

|3

(Is.

wl^o^

^Ae frror;

/ton; |?sZ hull;

8:1) t7/iOMi sin;

o^ewce

f/ie

TJieanthropos,

one a penny.

55:1) without money ;

4-* S?(Jolin.
wi^Aoui

waJ^ ol^

(Didasc.

-^^^?

f/ie

]^^ heat;
l^l
wana

jica-D situation.

y (Rom. 1:31) unmerciful;

|3?

(Ex. 21:11); |LixooZ

U^^r^

14:19);

se<?re^

ivithout

13?

|l

a guide

(Sp. Syr. 43:4).

Nouns were

originally

made

phatic state; but in almost

have come to loose

Nouns

1.

(1) o.

all

definite

by putting them

in the

em-

cases the emphatic and absolute states

all distinction as to definiteness, so that:

in the absolute state are often definite.

After

V^

all.

With numerals.
c. With l^ics how much? how many? and |J-.| which? what?
(2) In some compound words, which are definite, the absolute
b.

state

always occurs in the second noun.

(3)

noun repeated

in a distributive sense

is

generally in the ab-

solute state, see 92. 1, (3).

(4)

In nouns where the emphatic

state is not found, the absolute

serves for both, see 86. 6.

2.

(1)

Nouns

in the emphatic state are often indefinite.

All nouns which have lost the absolute state

in the emphatic
(2)

which has taken

its

may be

indefinite

place.

In negative expressions the noun though indefinite

is

often in

the emphatic state.

Remark

In most

be equally proper.

of the above cases the other state, if found,

would

8 93

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

107

n.
1. (1)

man

]^fZ

ooi

^>Cv)

the

jjj^

OCT

Aiotf

she placed the second

Q^]9

Im2]

^?

mute

.QJol but the

spake (Mt. 9:33).

men

(Addai the Ap. 14:10);

toho ate (Mt. 14:21).

(See also

John. 18:16, 4:49.)

(2) c}.^? coi l-asoa joio
saIjoIu

|ooi hJ\} 01 j-^lJ

Sty. 29:15).

{See also

ooio and the

lJ:ii:ao

(3)

and behold

disciples

the brother

John.

'^i-*

2:9).

who was with me (Joshua the

5:9.)

word (John.

(Mt. 14:19);

saw (Mt.

the star that they

1:1);

^aiOf.^\Z .aaoio and

the

Ijis ooi p afid the cithara knew not

(Sp. Syr. 4:17).

jf

(4)

jjD^

%oi

i?(n

^]o and

^^tn (Ad. Ap.

^^-^(n

this thou art- wishing (J. S. 7:22).

10:20); tllj ,--^ai

,_-ioi

these

men

(Sp. Syr. 9:4).

0^^ *^-l

2.

To avoid
power

***^^^

^****^^

(^^' ^-22)

^^^

suddenly (Lk. 2: 1 3).

the ambiguity arising from the emphatic state's losing

of determination, nouns were often

made

definite

its

by the personal

or demonstrative pronoun.

The demonstrative might precede its noun.

The demonstrative might follow its noun.
The personal pronoun preceded its noun.

(1)

(2)
(3)

(4) 01

make
2.

it

might be put before the demonstrative pronoun in order to

emphatic.

The absolute

state is yet

used in cases which are necessarily

indefinite, especially in adverbial phrases.

3.

(1)

ffJ^

\1\1

the true vision (Sp. Syr. 22:6).

^^aJ >oS\

to

a strange people (Ex. 21:8);

raiment (Mt. 11:8); ]i^^^^ l-^o^

^-

^]

^^^9

many

other spirits (Lk. 11:26).

jn'ti?

]LJk2

soft

miracles (John. 11:47),'


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

2Q3

Rem.

1.

]LLi"^

^-^ ^IhZ two

yl^l^ wiio true

,^'f-l

Bern. 2.

ivomen of rank (J. S. 70:10).

witnesses

"^^-^

l~^c?'

seven

(Aphr. 461:3).
other spirits

(Mt.

12:45).

Mt. 28:12, Gen. 41:18, Acts 9:43, 17:4.) JoL]

little

Rem.

3.

|J

(See

j^cnf not a

gold (J. S. 37:5).

]l^l^]

^.^c4

the second error (Ki.

21 :M):^LJ^a:i^

w^a-^

(Ad. Ap. 22:5).

the destructive error

-^li'^ (Gen. 3:11);

(2) a. L2]

93.

^^i'Sit

stolen waters are

n;i ^ V^io

sweet (Ptoy. 9:17). (See also, Gen. 1:2, 1:6, Mt. 12:34); |J^-<Jai
oo(3i

^VI^^

21:4)

^*n

^^^ diseases of

21:8,17.) oooi

(-See aZso,

Jtfl>(J. S.
h.

v?^^^"^?

tn^L^

^oU'i-q:^ i-i^

(See also, Mt. 12:34,

cctji

^oioiw^l

ready (Lk. 12:40); jioi'oU^

^f ji^^?
^^ (Gen. 1:18); ^h^
(-b^n);

/or

their

who are

Ye,

^|

^^'a<

hi]

V.^Z

(J. S.

</ie

?jm6s w;ere

deeds

ivere evil

ji^joi

evil

]Il^?

</ie

(Mt. 7:11).

U^^i* oooi

Lk. 1:42, 11:13, 16:11);

(Ad. Ap. 9:17);

4.

many

22:18).

(John 3:19); ^oijf jJ;^? .ola|

1/e

our souls were

believers are

J3e

few

<^e^ ^e frwe (Sp. Syr. 18:7).

(J- S. 65:20); jlf (J. S.

67:13);

d7}/3.

jfl

Attributive adjectives usually follow the determination of

3. (1)

their nouns.

Rem.

The

1.

noun

sometimes in the absolute and the adjective

is

in the emphatic state.

Rem.

2.

The noun sometimes the emphatic and the

Nouns found the absolute
only may have
in

is

adjective

in the absolute state.

Rem.
in the

3.

in

emphatic

(2) a.

state

adjectives

state.

predicate noun, adjective, or participle,

is

commonly put

in the absolute state.

b.

But

the predicate

is

sometimes put in the emphatic, especially

if

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

93.]
it

a substantive or

is

if it is

109

an adjective or participle taken as a

substantive.

Pronouns are always determinate.

4.

the names of

Infinitives,

months, and most foreign words are indeterminate in form, even when
determinate in sense.
for a

day of the week

\ALzi

tLi;?[

unchangeabls,

>cals Wednesday

1.

IULd ^\\\Z
Z'^

(Mt.

,_a^cJ

e.

in connection with a
g.

jn^^ ^^ Sunday

numeral

(Mt. 28:1);

(J. S. 62:2).

94. Apposition.

10:4);

jjoiJ (J. S. 84:7);

(Is. 7:4);

when used

].x^

is

Ic.-^'^

Uj-^

||VaV^^

r?c|

\lo%

west-wind (Ex

the

jiw^iJo? tails^

burnivy firebrands

f^^^a^ chickpeas were

|ja.o

10:19);

500 numia a

hah (J. S. 34:20).

2.

^'a^^d

ttAVi

lie] ^^.fsj
3.

w^

a hundred measures of

\^^five

oil

(Lk. 16:6).

loads of silver coin (J. S. 10:21).

^Xi4 very. good (Kirsch Chrest. p. 130:12); wj^-^-c wa-.^ very lad

23:14, Mt. 4:24);

(S. S.

u^l

||.Lo

a^ic?

jJi^^i-s

^L ^L

one by one (John. 8:9, J. S. 77:2);

>^gi^,^^y\L^? j^'I-s in the land of his enemies, in the

land of Moab.
4.

|-liiC|-o

]f.*-fa

o^^^

^01

'f*"^ c-coi he

jcoi hb^}

was

Haman

(J. S. 3:1).

remained, as an escaped one (Aphr. 52:15);

Viisc,^ cj-Di^Jc]? .gJoio (=lit.)

them].

5. ]ll'^

him

}J>^ r i-k^H> ^a.^ oai he first showed good will (J. S. 23:17);

]j *='4>

[to

the first to save

and they who first had the gospel preached

(Heb. 4:6)

>^ many things (Sp. Syr. 6:6); .^^ j^M

.\o l^'ali a

little

much earth(MkA:b)',

consolation (J. S. 32:10); j^oioa

V^i

the

little

light (J. S. 31:15).

Rem. 1. iLi'i?
26:30);

9?|

]lz4 the

^l^]^

mount of

Olives (Mt. 21:1); jL^TJ 9c4 id (Mt.

(J. S. 65:20).


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

110

V^^al ^.aoAUcuo

Bern. 2.

U^^9 lAl
1.

2.

]b^Z

94.

of barley (Rev. 6:6);

three measures

of beans (J. S. 34:20).

Jcab

The first noun denotes a person or thing, the second

The second denotes the principal idea, the first

defines

it.

defining its

measure, weight &c.

3.

The second noun

or multiplication

is

(see

a repetition ofthe first for emphasis, distribution,

92.

1. (3);

or the

peated in order to add a new idea to

first

modal accusative.

many;

5. ,A^Lc

"% <i\n

little

and

^H*^

other j often stand before their

noun; as also do other adjectives occasionally,

Rem.

1.

Names

may be

or

with

in a clause is re-

"We meet occasionally with constructions similar to the Greek

4.

predicative, or

5,

word

it.

is

of places

in simple construction, see 96.

The

thing contained

containing by means of
Ph.

\h^oh

ad^

\1A]

|5oi all this

|^ja.^L9 jJoi

(3)

all his

aU

aC^Llsi in

Un^ ^3y^

may be connected with

consolation (J

army

42. 14).

(J. S. 88. 9).

the land (Lk. 4:25).

he cast the silver (Mt. 27:5).

vn..Jz

,-a

when he

told this

]ZnVi>i\ ouij-aLJ he should destroy

y-Oj.^ .LJcu.

the thing

5.

.-^

01:^ 01^1^

(2)

A. B. The construction

really a kind of apposition.

Bern. 2.

6. (1)

see 99. 1, Bern. 1.

and times are frequently connected by

01^^ Jonathan

(So Mt. 14:10, 26:51).

word (Aphr. 520:18).

the friendship (Ined. Syr. 8:16).

delivered

David

(J. S. 2:18).

{See also

12:9, 21:6).
(4) lia-^^io:! oi^i^

giJoSi\4l?

that he

would deliver the city

(J. S. 56:1).

The second noun may be in apposition with the pronominal

So especially after Va meaning all the''.
The noun may be in apposition with the pronominal suffix of

6. (1)

suffix of the first.

(2)

the verb.
(3)

The noun

in apposition with the pronominal suffix of a verb

generally preceded

by

is

ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO.

951

we

(4) Occasionally,

find a

JXl

pronoun and a noun each preceded by

by J^ and both in apposition with the pronominal

95. The Nominative Absolute.

ffiS "^

1.

A,^^

"%. .

V.a

^..^^^a..^

a man has been turned from

(Sp. Syr. 22:3).
ji^^o^?

_Lq pL^^^^s ^^S^|

j.^

the gospel
2. (1)

yili^

,ju ws]

(Heb.

n Wnr when

ivhen etc.)] 1-Ils

ly him

aANy]?

etc.

|.s|.s

(See also Mt. 4:10);

For

(lit.=)

we have been preached

we, also,

4:2).

\2^}^ t-^^ ^^ hoped that he had found the time (J. S.

(-.Afca^l

18:12);

1^

Zooi ^01 The stone which the builders rejected, it has

^ -^^^

)iao|

j JL

the little error, there is received

For a man

(lit.

|-^

become the head of the corner (Mt. 21:42).

suffix of the verb.

oi^ *^^t- ^ V^-^ rebellion, they Tcnow

'^V'^ >^ciQlil^

aCi^ii^^

01.^55

his

own

it

blood,

not

Aphr

7 lult.) ;

the dogs licked

it

up

(Aphr. 183:16).
(2) \^r>o v-iJfAs

(3)

01^ ^:^|
]L-* wiLJ

l-iL ^Q-l-i^ to Jesus ichat shall

ovl^

(J. S. 45:8).
3.

^-^''?

uaI^o and me, the Lord commanded

'^

oij-ciik

me (Deut.

4:14).

I do to him? (Math. 27:22).

jJ-k^Ll^cLali Constantine he made a general

(See also 91:5).

VaA<

(Aphr. 137:21);

cnJ.^]

csi >coij.i:|

his

weapon,

it

,~^? .as] Our

is

weaker than ours

father

Abraham

is

he

(John. 8:39). (See also Heb. 3:4, Aphr. 7:2, 14:10, Mt. 26:48).
ogi>f^f)

ai:iA^ OOI OCT

4. (1) oiJ-cJa-o \>CLoZ|

AbeVs

ooi

^J-iIac?

Va

that

blesses,

blessed is he

all that &c. that is its

OT^nTVitCT

faith, his gift

449:15).

he

name (Gen.

^^>-^Lio i--^^^!>-4-CT

was accepted (Aphr.

(Did. 4:14);
2:19).

For on account

18:4).

cf

(See also 63:17,

ELEMENTS OF STEIAO.

112

l^aJ^^
against a
(2)

^oia.:::;*:^

man

V-^ci w^jj J

95.

if they shall speak evil

falsely (Did. 14:14).

^i-?Z| P-soi ^OAJu Z^ooi

was preaching
(3)

V^^

[ft

to

i^ SjN ou^ Vi-^

offi

I conducted

\^

oat

>Cf\i\n according

"It-^ic?

you, so have

lost,

for

alUvhichl

myself (Ad. Ap. 41:3).

aC^

]h}^

which from the whole flock was

to

j^|? i-CjjI the sheep,

does the shepherd care

it

(Aphr. 142:10).

Mem. ^010^^

^n-2u3 jJlsci v-scZ '^oju. 'V:^ concerning Jesus it is further

so written
i>-

(Aphr. 112:9).

%^^^

^^(,

"f-^f- 'r*? ^-

(Aphr. 83:20);

him who
6.

ail^^

^"^

^ow are

Zm

\^]l:^

not ashamed is healed (Aphr.

is

'=iN}SnN L3] )-o.

thing (J. S. 7:22);

5 01

^01

jl?

|J

ram's horns broken

^o

and

3G:3). (So

LJJo and thou

olIj. ,-ki:iL

the

Aphr. 449:15).

hut this one,

|J(n

7
A.J|

nothing despicable has been done by him (Lk. 23:41);

thou

I,

ivho art thou?

say this

to

(John. 1:19);

^n^\

]?oi

you (Ded. 1:23);

^ou*.ii-a

bless him (Did. 2:13); oi.^ ^J-i-iL-aie

wound of

tvishest to learn this very

>c^ ^?

iLsl

the

^-1

|i| jicf

^?

asj-aio

^|

we

ivill

L2]
but

jjj

do thou

persuade him

(Mt. 2S:14).

noun or pronoun, called the Nominative Absolute,

is

often put

for emphasis at the beginning of a sentence, its grammatical position

and case being assumed generally by a pronoun agreeing with

it

in

gender and number. Sometimes the noun, or pronoun, to be emphasized,

is itself
1.

2.

repeated.

The
The

logical subject of the sentence

logical object

pronoun with Lomadh;

fixed to the verb
3.

The

the latter
4.

(3)

may be put
(2) the

first:

first.

(I) the noun without, the

noun with Lomadh, the pronoun

suf-

both with Lomadh.

logical subject is often

is

may be put

resumed by

ooi or ooi, especially

when

equivalent to the copula.

The nominative absolute is

often the logical object of a preposition,

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

96.]

(1)

The

expressed, or (2) understood.

demonstrative pronoun

pronominal

Remark

is

object

113
is

emphasized when the

used after the preposition instead of the

suffix, see (3).

The preposition may be used before the noun placed

in the sentence as well as before the

first

pronoun, which assumes the usual

grammatical position of the noun.

The nominative absolute

5.
its

is

often the logical genitive after a noun,

grammatical place being assumed by a pronominal

The same rules that are true of the noun are

pronoun when in the nominative absolute.

96.

The Genitive

By

I.

relative

The

may be

Genitive.

expressed

the construct state.

By means
By means

of the relative

III.

ly.

By means

of the preposition y^.

II.

(I

open!?/

and the

relative

pronoun

9,

Construction or Annexion.

(Bar Heb. Sch. Mor. 1:23); ItTs;^ >cja^ SMspiciow

Tim. 6:4); j-^? >cL

^o^hA

UaJJicucn

(Fest. Lett. 25:7);

2. a.

?.

jliLj.!^ Beelzebub (Mt. 13:28); ^m2-^ son of man (John. 2:25);

it^al^

b.

pronoun

of the pronominal suffix

I.

1. a.

suffix.

true also of the

6.

fzzl:^

L^

bitter fruits;

mowit of
b. )J-1:^9

>^

JL^l

ortlwdoxy ;

^I^Va.z ji avXkBiTOvpyog Athan.

-^Z wluLI

sjiraQovyTsg (Ps. 9

palace (Bar

\%\^ "S^

m > wanting of mind (Ga\.

2:5).

Hex. [Nol.J).

capital city (J. S. 12.2);

counsellor

3:1); ]lsis

bought for silver (Ex. 12:44); ]Llq^?

Songs

Heb. Sch. Mor. 1:14); j?-^ Jsl^a

IZall^ ii.*^

Olives (Mt. 26:30);

i

sodomites (Dit. 1:21).

zi.*^

\U[

ja-J

(Rom. 11:34).

,~^1

\^^ a slave

sick of love

(Song of

Ial nrfpywr liwy (%L

Urr ^i-V
il^cbJ

-^

J^iics

ttr flHT

fortK (Mk.

df

IISrJ

(Lk. 4:25);
Is:

frmm

V^

V^i:

(2)

/nr dkft (Tifa 21S>;

mac^^arjhfci QBl

<6-

14:1S);

^crwv;^

^ ^ f ! iyii

a4^ ^^

ikoar

(Uti

^1*3 fiyMl(J.&2:17); iaBaJAiiMHia.8L4d|K

A^;

femr

9fG^

(Ads

9:31):

fore fl/jMflcv (J. S. 90:5); si^.^M

\Liz

^M9

a 2:IS)l

< S*"

*WV

MMS (6B. 1S:20):

1:19);

fGoL SkM);

^r^wfka CHL 27.-9); |ll^ .^^ii^bicAr

OnN^ft

28:19); .^aliS^ (J.

>ii^

JIvarifar

1:32); flllaMl

V^

(Mt. 27:24); |^f ^ds

4. (1)

8yr, 19:S>.

l^l

tte

124:3 [N$ld.]);

Jbw 1/ iihvr

oC^

1^9

Aar

|L^ ^^L^

^ Ana

(S)p^

/%r

S^. 2:1$):

li^^ S:10); Lii.i lll^

^^A# km% ^ ^^bmi^

(Judges 11:1).

Edessa Z. D. IL a.

iNi5mi%

(Jul.

XXXII

]^ 488.9);

ftJlL^ .III Mi^

112:13 [N)dd.D; Ist^

A^

GiiMMi^

(J. S. 1:1).

JBan.

3. i&^lo

^ym >^\f t tit wmA ^fBmkfm mni^f^tmmm

(J. 8. 40:10).

The

genitive relation, oaJld

emphatic

state.

eoMtao^Oft or HMadB

{m

% 76)> flowed Vt <^

Tbe foUowing Tarietiet a*y ba MladL

a noun in the oonstniot state

It

dMiM1^

"^^lu^

^^

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

97a.]
1

Where

two, or more, words form together but one idea, as

compound words, and

2.

U5

"Where the

first

(b)

in translations of a single

(a)

in

Greek word.

word has a main idea which the second limits

The first may be (a)

as to quality, origin, possession, designation &c.

a noun, or

Rem.
3.

(b)

an adjective:

A preposition may come between the adjective and the noun.

Where

the second noun has the main idea, which the

as to time, place, quantity,

first limits

manner &c. Many compound prepositions

are used in this construction.

4.
(a)

Where two words have

the subjective genitive,

Rem.

1.

(6)

distinct ideas of equal value,

we have

the objective genitive.

comes between

particle, or enclitic verb, occasionally

the two nouns in construction.

Rem.

2.

participle

may be

with a governed noun preceded by

Rem.

3.

noun

in construction with an adverb, or

clu.

in the construct

may have two nouns

Generally, however, in such cases the relative

is

after

it.

employed.

97 A.
II.
,0

1.

>-'>

The Genitive with

?.

jZcL^yj? l-ZnJ ipsvloTTpoipyjToci (Mt. 24:24).

2. jli^A,?

]1q2:^

the

kingdom of heaven (Mt. 13:11);

in the land of the Chaldeans (Julianos 6:1);

of Olives

(Mt.

21:1);

U">ol->

|^i"|?

|-I^?

\^h]Z

the

mount

jjo-g

\Lo\ the Holy spirit (Mt. 28;19);

|?oow? >all* 2UJ2 (Mt. 2:1); il^a? |?|^ the Passover (John. 13:1).
3. ill*,?

,^ll:^ |La 6000 years (Aphr. 36:20);

V^i^

\^

a hah of

leans (J. S. 34:20).

4. ]ffuX? |iw4a.L.A,2 the glory

way of sinners

of God (John. 11:4); ]^lL^ ]Lho\j^ in the

(Mt. 5:10); P-Lls? j^aaJ expenditures for the building

(J. S. 81:18); ^oou*,-^? UaJU-^uo

their bodies (J. S. 37:1);

ji^l?

\4^ on

\Lsq] the

account of the leanness of

way

to the tree

(Gen. 3:24).

ELEMENTS OP SYBIAO.

116

Bern. 1.

v*oiQ-iM4?

jvSn

\l^\s> at the time of the end of his

4>?

jJZaiJ? |las?o j^hflj? i-jj^cf

(J. S. 91:15),
locusts

[ 97a.

and famine and

Vl^?

I^M?

^k^?

(Ps. 69:28); v."a^j?o

fathers (Legends of St.

See, also,

Mary

l^-^^oZ (Gen.

|il?

See, also. Gen. 30:37; Mt. 26:28.

life

afflictions of

pestilence (J. S. 40:16).

J. S. 92:11; Did. 1:5.

jLl^i..*

^l^

|j.^?o oul.aJ? j.-^

mi/ sin and that of

[Ms.] p. 9: 1)

sufferings

2:4).

thy book of

qi

N 4?o

^^.i^?

words of our Lord and of his Messiah (J. S.

the

life

of his soul

and of

my
jLo

46:7);

body

the

(Overbeck 175:26).

jZalL?

Bern. 2.

]Zal::ao39 5

75:6);

Val^ any

jlir)

^j^Sn

^ccl

Vs

iw

|J?

flesh

^iso

^i *N.|

of an animal (Sp. Syr. 7:26);

from

all the

power of Borne (Did.

born tvithout marriage (Overbeck

[Nold. 206]).
Bern. 3.

.aVi'NA?

ja-Joef

Solomon's porch (John. 10:23); >a!L^

Judah (Mt. 2:1);

|5oou? Bethlehem

jj^oi*?

2>-^

^^ALa^^ the deceit-

fulness of riches (Mt. 13:22),

Bern. 4.

jZaic?

>c^ |^^

a7iy

12:13); plikW ooi

|.i*i4

teaching is the seal of the

By means
under

may be

I.

ceding

and

it,

Bern. 1.

more

of the relative

all

?,

expressed,

cause whatsoever of death (Ad.

U^vX

because the divine

mind (Sp. Eph. Syr. Overbeck p.

22:6).

the varieties of the genitive mentioned

being in apposition with the noun pre-

in construction with that

The

jJLai^o-*?

Ap.

construction with

is

which follows.
usual where there are two or

Where two or more genitives are dependent on one

first may be in construction, the second with ?, though usually

genitives.

noun, the
both, or

all,

Bern. 2.

have

The

?.

first

or even the construct.

noun

is

occasionally found in the absolute state,


ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO.

97b.]
Bern. 3.

nouns,

This the construction used with

Sometimes a word comes between the

Rem.

I^j]?
.
I

>

4.

B. Eem.

The Genitive
oiiii^ in

foreign and indeclinable

is

see 86. 6.

relative, see

III.

117

noun and the

relation denoted

by the pronominal

suffix

and

?.

the heart of the earth (Mt. 12:10).

V p
w(jio,..a:u

first

2.

works of Messiah

the

The ivorks of him who

[lit.

is

Messiah] (Mt. 11:2).

I

mk

4^9

(jijjd^ tJie

reproach of Christ (Heb.

C,:^^ oi^-*? the fear of

Rem.

1.

Lord (Did.

the

1:26).

1:8).

ja^lia^? <jiJ?| his right ear; >al.L^? ciZaa.li.itf his eternal king-

dom

(Did. 1:5).

Rem. 2. |kX? j-u^

oi^J:^.*.?

for

the

jlciu*? j--^ jooi |.s| for he

was

beck 207:19); ]ouX?

oi^

wjf

God

fear of

the father

(Sp.

Syr. 2:26);

of the orphans (Over-

thou be the son of

^f if

God

(Mt. 27:40); Ul:ol? v.:doZ |oan ]f^*^o and he waSj moreover,

a companion of the sorrowing (Ov. 207:2); ]<n^?

this ivas the

Rem.

Rem.

3. ]?oi%

4.

son of

cyiiwl.a4^ because of this (J. S. 11:19).

\l<n

(But Sp. Syr.

V^).

|?OT?

\:Lh}

oiSn*^, in all the earth (Lk. 4:25);

(J.

oi^

God (Mt. 27:55).

2:11

army

jooi

S.

10:12);

|Zo1Viot

giSt

oil^s?

it

oC^

his whole

of our whole faith

(Aphr. 6:16).

"When the second noun

nominal

suffix,

agreeing in

The second noun

the

first.

is

is

determinate, the

first

often takes a pro-

gender and number with the second noun.

really in apposition with the

pronominal

suffix of

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

118
Bern. 1.

"WTien the

clause with

gg,

an adjective clause, limiting

is

noun and not the pronominal suffix, it is treated as a nominal sentence, of which 5 is the subject and the noun, substantive or adjective,
the

is

the predicate.

state

If this predicate is

and agrees with

Rem.

One,

2.

its

3.

Rem.

4.

it is

in the absolute
see 79. 2.

or two words, especially particles, pronouns, enclitic

may come between

A, Rem. 4.
copulas

Rem.

an adjective,

antecedent in gender and njimber,

the pronominal suffix and the relative, see

A preposition may take construction.

Va
takes the pronominal
agreeing in
this

suffix

all,

and number with the following noun.

direct apposition with the suffix,

The noun, however,

gender
put in

is

being omitted.

98.
IV. Genitive with Prepositions.
1.

^ooi )jbo(7i9

king of the

|n\v^ rlio
Huns

she

(J. S. 19:6);

(Acts 2:35); oi^

^^>VitTff

was among

the

women

;iS"^^ j^^as a

belonging to the

stool

for thy feet

composed hy him (J. S. 51:18);

^^o^

of our faith (Heb. 12:2);

U-o-^

by David (Ps. 3 heading).

Rem.
.

l?aLi^

.ZaiL^aul::^

m.V^Q^-i

,p

finisher

^f>^^%V the conquest of Constantinople (Kirsch, Chrest.

136:1).
2.

.ccn^'lA

|.3-^^

^
^^

i^

> Sn

.^-a2^

he seized

five

of their chiefs (J. S. 82:22);

one of the generals (J. S. 59:13); ^ooli^

^?Z

two of

you (Mt. 18:19).

1.

The

genitive of possession and of the author

may be

expressed

by the preposition ^.^

Rem.

Verbal

and some other nouns govern another noun

in the

accusative, the construction being equivalent to our genitive relation.

2.

The partitive genitive is expressed by means

of the preposition

^Jbo.


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

99.]

|.S5oV

1.

|j-.tnJ

99. The Adjective.

great

praises (J. S. 1:5);

).c? great

]L^'iob

shame

1.

jjfiwljo

1:16);

]^ho'i |,fn\'(Lp great

Ij-oiJ ^rea^ light (Gen. 1:16);

j.^?

]b^h

j-Lo?

^rea^

tf;mcZ

]^oZ] great signs (Mt. 24:24); JL-i^

]iJl^

|-io9

(Sp. Syr. 6:6); \i^} wl^l;^! a

jjar) |-i(Gen. 5:7)

49:29); uaL^jJo
|uLl^a-^ holt/

ij^aj

(Jon. 1:4);

^ct

aw erring

erring spirits (1 Tim. 4:1).

another parable (Mt. 13:24);

p|-*j

fA%s

(Gen.

lights

(J. S. 1:6);

spirit (Is. 19:14);

Rem.

119

little

1-^^T

sLie

m??y

time (Rev. 12:12);

liao]L^ l^wa^po the first foundation (Sp. Syr.

^?

jiiui:^

Mary (Aphr.

now

the excellent Sergius; ^s-Tj^

180:2); v^soksJ

^5

now

ij^allse

the honored Jacob.

Rem.

\^{} ^^j-a^ \h^Z

2.

454:3); ,1

|.:ical

^^

r7f/?/

>

qi

^^ese </iree righteous

men (Aphr.

one (Gen. 1:5); ^^>1*\i4^ |Z?cZ ^^..L^

seven fat kine (Gen. 41:18).

Rem.

1m>^

3.

|j(ji

mla:^

|j~*^-4.

j-iuLs

i*-^,

\M.^f.A 01...O9 his

a^

CCT

great company with him (Mt. 26:47); ij*^^

for this

Holy

is

a good thing (Sp. Syr. 1:20);

spirit (Didi. 1:6); ]f^Ls>

^^s^thy energ-

eticwill(J. S. 2:1).

Rem.

4.

|-|.ajbLco

|-.i?

jiw^^Lla.

2.

>=^A>?

oiic?

1^-fs

]^j:i.A.Z

f/wf i^ zyas

spirit of

sad and melancholy

^ooi (Gen. 1:3);

God was brooding (Gen.

the serpent

was good

Ais jjwre anrf precious blood (Did.

was cunning (Gen.

(J. S. 2:17);

t^iSVi4/ o|

^po?

^v-*^?

|.a**i.Lo

1:2);

3:1);

'^
j i

Ion

1:7);

tales (J. S. 5:9).

jsu^? c^^zh
"^c^-^

the

]^z^o and

4? 5c^io anything that

that they are true (J. S. 5:12);

,^>S.| f^ose ^Aa^ rea(2 or hear (J. S. 5:12).

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

120

^d^ I

Rem. 1. jJJ

.nn>liS

Bern. 2.

|.A.

V Zf

believe

99.

{John. 9:^S)',]^l\^^Z I rely {J. S.i:2).

your eyes

,_-.2^yio

oiQ-.*!^ .coi93iaJ

shall

opened

he

"^i^si^ absorbed

(Gen. 3:5);

is their light in the

splendor of the sun (Aph. 434:21).

Bern. 3.

]ooi |,Ivro?

who had been

upright (Geu. 42:11);

apostle

The

1.

ber and
Bern.

),.a^^Z

}.*i|-s

we are

uli-i.^ truly this is the

|.Jai

(Addai Apost. 34:8).

adjective, or participle,

noun which

follows the

1^

blind (John. 9:13);

it

when used

in

an attributive sense,

modifies and agrees with

in gender,

it

num-

state.
1.

The

adjectives

].2'f.**]

other, ^k^jw

much, \.jj^)

little,

few,

often precede their nouns; as, also, do other adjectives occasionally,

words of praise or blame.

especially
Bern.

2.

Occasionally,

the noun and adjective do not agree as

to state.

One,

or more words, may occur between the noun and its

The pronominal suffix occurs regularly between the noun

Bern. 3.
adjective.

and

adjective.

More than one

Bern. 4.
2.

When

adjective

may

the adjective or participle

is

limit the

antecedent in gender and number, but

is

It usually follow the subject noun.

state.

Bern.

same noun.

predicative,

it

agrees with

its

generally in the absolute

But:

The predicate precedes the plural pronoun which becomes

enclitic.

Bern. 2.

Sometimes when emphatic the predicate precedes the sub-

ject noun.

Bern.
it

is

3.

When the

definiteness of the predicate

put in the emphatic state.

nouns which have no absolute

100.
1.

]Zs-k-M

CT1.IL2

w^^^iXi.?
V ^l

l^

,-io

%l

^'i

The predicate

state. 86.

17

is

to be emphasized,

is

emphatic also in

(2).

Comparative and Superlative.

>a.^ subtler than any beast (Gen.

3:1).

'^l^ more than thyself thou hast loved me fJ. S. 2: 1 4).

V^ia^zvi

i-Ll more than 120000 men (Jon. 4:11).


ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

I 100.]
9

^-^'f ^^

^-iJ?

J^4^ ^ore are these than those (J. S.

^auOfAl^9 ^:^ wa4 ]^-f^^

more

creatures

waX^

^c9

\ai^

Bern, 1.

Bern.

2. o^^oia^?
<.nn4V?

,Jli

|.9 too

,-iso

]lvi\?

great for

me

4^4>

thei/

(Rom.

80:4).

worshipped

the

1:25).

(J. S. 3:8).

young for

|1^ too

jccn

Creator

tha7i their

too

121

(Aphr. 221:12).

sins

too old to beget (Sp. Syr. 11:8).

great to forgive (Gen. 4:13).

^.^ ^Lala^ -!^

Willis ii is

wMcA

better

for

me

to

die than to live (Jon. 4:3).

Rem.

]1x^m

i-^Z

,-i^ Q-J5 they at-e

3.

Bern. 4.

^^^
more

ohs.**

tolerable for

jooiJ

^-*aJ

Tyre

4:7).

purer than snow (Lam. 4:7).

M^?? l^o-*^

(Lam.

they are ivhiter than milk

.,-#^o Jc^^

It will he

Sidon in the day of judgment than

et

for you (Mt. 11:22).

l^iLsJ

the soul

(Anal. syr. 7:2).

better to die &c. rather

Rem.

5.

|.l.*.i:;ao

(St.

2. (1)

of hunger than by

It is better to die

,-iso

^^l^^

V-kitf j-co

(.:S9

than

]'fi^? |9u.ic

(2)

Duval

j-c?

It is

366

lam

|J-.|

least

ivlich

law? (Kt, 22:36); iJcsL.?

g.)

and

the first

com-

^t-*^- leastgreatest (Mt. 5:19);

of the apostles

most excellent of men (J. S.

pjaJiaaJ-^ w.ci p,-os.s

the

I^^^ll ^^^^

|J,.x)a^ aJoi i^is is fAe greatest

iiiN.4.? ^cci9ali |.Ji|j|

obscure

perish (J. S. 65:12).

{See

7:10).

mandment (Mi. 22:38);

I

to

13

to

aViaSp his servants are mnummerable

vtcnal

Ephrem on Dan.

,.^j^^il.

much food

(1

1:1).

commandment

|Jali.las

Cor. 15:9);

ij-^s

is greatest

least

kings of Judah (Mt. 2:6).

among

in
the

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

122

IQl.

j^

* T 1

^ ^su::^

uricJced

HSv?

(4) a.

'^

^cLic

(3)

and
^i

1^9 the greatest of

^^

the worst of

A^ns
men

(s>4.y

all

plagues (Eph.

TAoi ar^ fne most

^^? ^Jf

(Act. Martyr. 223).

nNV) Hw^ of kings (Rev. 17:14);

servants (Gen. 9:25);

1:204c);

|-<r?a-o

^-4/o^

^io/y

nS

^^i,

,-aik

servant of

of holies (Ex. 26:33).

Iz^jliio ]lo?l.M perfect liberty (Anal. syr. 49:21).

5.

^Zo,^

archangel (1 Thess. 4:16);

p;|l:tf >.A^9

(5)

(Song of Songs 4:14);

]ai^\i

*.^-9

wy

chief

jot/,

]L^i exceeding great (Jon. 3:3);

I31A. j-jo^ mighty mountains (Ps. 36:6).

The comparative of adjectives is expressed by the simple adjective

with ,-:ao. The comparative idea may be strengthened by the use of
1.

such adjectives as

i-2u,

.a^ and

s.^.

Bern.

1.

^J^ may sometimes be

Rem.

2.

,^

translated

in the sense of "too" or

an infinitive with the relative 120.

Rem.

3.

Rem.

4.

Rem.

5.

before
2.
(1

(2)
(3)

(4)

io is

c]

Hhan"

by Hoo^\
is

frequently used before

(6).

sometimes used in a comparative sense after verbs.

and o are sometimes used instead of

The

construct state of an adjective

is

^iso.

occasionally found

Vg.

The

superlative degree

may be

expressed:

By a determinate noun i.e. noun in the emphatic or construct state.

By means of the preposition *^.
By means of Vs ,-Sso.
a. By means of a noun in the singular in the genitive relation
a.

with the same noun in the plural

or

{h)

by means

of a

noun limited

by an adjective from the same root.

(5)

of

By means

of s.m^S chief; and perhaps, in a few cases,

by means

\S\^ God.

101.

The Personal Pronoun.

A. AS SUBJECT OB COPULA.
1. (1) .A^l?

VjI

^-1..^

PI

(3i?q4J

^1 I am guiltless

am I my

hrother''s

(Job. 33:9).

keeper? (Gen. 4:9).

BLBJdBNTS OF SYRIAO.

101.]

jk:^ thou

^J|

,-JU

Eew.jiilU I ask

>.

God (Addai 3

thy people are

^lifli.

nnif

art

123

ult.).

we (Aphr. 448:9).

(Eph. 3:13)

he is a debtor (Gal. 5:3).

V'

i.

.q-mZ .oJ| ws] ye shall live also (John. 14:19).

(2)

^h

w^O|J

f^^A]

OCT he shall bruise thy

head ((xen. 3:15).

and he himself was taken (Jos.

offio

wow Kawid himself

?ai5 ^.i? OCT

St. 10:12).

(Jos. Sty.

19:4).

(S'ee also

Rom. 14:9 ;Ephes.4:20; Acts 19:15 ;Lk.3:14;Spic. Syr. 1:7).

jiinli au^ii^o OCT

(3)

wnaJ Sihon went out

.a-4A.a

,-i;k9c|J

he and all his people (Deut. 2:32);

thou

thai

^?

T^^i^l
(J

rJL*

thee

us,

Vs2o

(2

King

Gen. 6:18, 13:1).

but ice say (Jos. Sty. 42:19).

p(o ^o^Jf

,cLajs

meet

Jjoct^o J|

and Judah with

(See also Deut. 5:14, 12:7;

14:10).
2. (1)

shouldest fall thou

.^Jsa:^

to

,4^

^AJjo and ye

are in

me and I am

in you (John. 14:20).

^1
Rem.

1.

.oilio

^1

thou art one of them (Matt. 27:73).

2^-^^ OCT

ua!^|Z J If to learn thou art willing (Spic. Syr. 1:15).

^Nii\i>.

\^

OCT

^^CT

V^ii^ because of these things Solomon

sinned (^ eh. 15:26).

]2^^iJbo OCT

Jo and

IjCT

if this

word (Spic. Syr.

^^^^o o-oCT he has spoken (Aphr.

,^l>\iinN^

(Rom.

)^a.:iaJ

jj]

5:1).

but the law

we are

establishing

3.31).

Note.iJO-'^'^
^.i

OCT

2:5).

|3

l?CT ^CT this to

poi

Sty. 13;1).

ooi ]z|

do (Jos. Sty. 3:32).

fso when

this one

came

(See also Jos. Sty. 12:11, 7:22).

to

Antioch (Jos.


ELB31ENTS OF SYRIAO.

124
Bern. 2.

f^^ ^oi
.o^^:^

Zoar (Gen.

that is

s*<n

s*oi*oi

l^-^siL^ fi^^Q-os

101b.

14:8).

in the city of giants

i, e.

Hebron

(Gen. 23:2).
>oo?| olotn nfiitS

Note.

tO^r^

Esau

'^S'^orJ

oi?

Edom

i. e.

(Gen. 36:19 Comp. 36:43).

;

tr Nedubaal,

that is Gideon rose

up early

(Jud. 7:1).

^oll

2. (2)

OCT

^1 I am Jesus (Acts

1^--'^^ coi g|

J Art thou

22:8).

the Christ

(Luke 22:67).

A. The personal pronoun may be used separately (compare

1. (1)

Rem.

As

95:1).

the subject of a nominal sentence.

The

pronoun often coalesces with the preceding participle

or adjective, see 35. 2.

(2)

In verbal sentences to emphasize the subject. It

may then

often

be translated by ^self\
(3) If

a second subject follows the verb the subject contained in the

verbal form
2. It is

is

emphasized by the corresponding personal pronoun.

used as a kind of copula,

130.

see

1 (2).

Agreeing in person, number and gender with the subject.

Rem. 1. (comp. 95. 4) Here belongs the use of ooi without agreement of gender or number for the putting of special emphasis upon
(1)

the

word which precedes

Note.

Sometimes

it.

the pronoun precedes the word.

It is then equi-

valent to the article.

Rem. 2. ^CT
Note.
(2)

Jai denotes

OC15 also is

Hhat

is",

Hd

sometimes used for

est".

"that is".

Agreeing in number and gender only with the subject.

B. AS SUFFIX.

1.

(1)

aJnVSil?

that they should deliver it (Jos. St. 56:1).

^01-*^ created he him (Gen. 1:27).

oi9,-4-

he sent

>#CTo|}-i.

they

sU^^I ]^o^

it

(Ad.

1:3).

saw him (Ad. 2:10).

the serpent beguiled

me (Gen.

3:13).


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

lOlbJ
v^on

Rem.

ttVZ thou shall bruise him (Gen. 3:15).

Aj] Ij^ created

1.

^f ^^
Bern. 2.

12S

them (Gen. 1:27).

lie

he blessed them (Gen. 1:28); ^ooui:^

I will

not accept them (Mai. 1:13).

i^wn

<^oi-.,-4, /te

uG^5

|1:\4\

Qj|

o 01 ,-as

^l^^ovlk

jiJLii-fc.^

Vaio

13

casf fAe silver (Matt. 27:5).

ouLai Ae cm<

oii?]!]

^J)

A<j

^r*^l

oyf <Ae

ear of Blus (Jos. St. 12:9).

had commanded the disciples (Acts

^^^

-^

tmffew

^^^e

1 :2).

<Aese narratives

(Jos. St. 20:17).

Eem.

3.

f-^

>^^o

j-so

^.Jj

>pL

and thy son and thy

Bern. 4.

.^i^^ oi^

jcoio

cxhh^ .0(31^
.as]

I am commanding

son^s son (Deut. 6:2).

they went after her (John. 11:31).

walliflo

|.J1

and I go

to

my

father (Ad. 4:15;

Acts 5:39; Acts 12:19, 10:26, 12:15; Eom.

ouiXslZ thou mayest

(2)

^s^
2.

(1) a.

mla^^^

life

2.

seed

and her seed (Gen. 3:15).

(Gen. 3:17).

^iJj^Of^ for a memorial of me (Lk. 22:19).

^laJcus?
jZalli?

Rem.

(Gen. 3:17).

in his image (Gen, 1:27).

oiiulJ.? fear before

1.

it

^h\ h^ao and between thy

.^-11 thy

Rem.

eat of

1:22).

0.1^ icho showed thee (Gen. 3:11).

oi^9}.ii*

b.

thee

and he was before me (John. 1:15).

ali."||

Zolk

n=^v? which

Ult

him (Ex. 20:20).

Vii\ our

^ksLI'-jo]

_^

necessary bread (Mt. 6:11;

from thy

lohorish

oijoJls in his holy mount (Ps. 87:1).

Ijja^)

c\\.:z

I^NaV

first

^oh]^

16:14);

ways (Ezech. 16:27).

]^r^

her

Mk.

born son (Mt. 1:25, so also Mt. 3:17).

our prevailing freedom (Overbeck 21:20).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

126

l^fls at^

|Joi

3. (1)

with this history (Jos. Sty. 8:7).

^t.1^ v^1^ 0,^ under

(2) a. JAi^li)

their

^ours

^?

.Qjoi ]i^Q-ijs

[ IQlb.

Olio and in

Now

the

government (J oa. Sty.

in those days (Mat. 3:1).

same hour (Acts 3:7; Mt. 26:74).

01^ through the same word (Overbeck 21:20); ova

l^ySVin

I^Zji in the same place (Luk. 2:8); ji^^ol^ ou^

(Matt. 26:44);
b.

li-a^
).j)

8; 15).

^P

|3?

same word

V^ he met Blue (Jos. Sty.

ucak-s ols

oul^ |J|

the

I know

't*^^? T^^^l^ .ooi^V^uAlo w^2]

whom I send'i jZoAi^ViS oi^

man

not the

jJ) 9?o

12:6).

(Mat. 26:74).

man

shall kill those

^o the feast.

(J

Bern.

^i:^ ^
|li aVi
i?oi

01

Vik

iSs on
01

iSs

B. The pronominal

noun

the ship (Acts 27:3).

where the

(Rom.

6:8).

account of this (Acts 9:21).

over the stone (Aphr. 6 ult.)

suffixes are substituted for the

in all oblique cases

verbs,
1.

from

>g:I oiIoI w7i<A C^ris^

V^

).sjj

oloIo

independent pro-

except in the case of the third plural after

enclitics .oJ]

and

^.kJ) are used.

"With verbs.

The pronominal suffix is generally the direct object.

1.
The 3rd person plural after verbs is either the independent
personal pronoun or the pronominal suffix after Lomadh.
Rem. 2. The pronominal suffix is often used after a verb to determine its object.
Rem. 3. When a second object follows, the independent personal
(1)

Rem.

pronoun may be used to strengthen the

Rem.

4.

Preceded by ^,

it

can rarely be translated into English.

(2)

Sometimes

it is

suffix.

forms the socalled ethical dative, which

See 124:5.

the indirect object.

2. "With nouns.
(1)

The pronominal

suffix

may be treated

as a genitive (see 96:98)

a.

subjective whenitis equivalentto an adjective orpossessive pronoun.

b.

objective.

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

R X02,l

127

In the genitive relation the pronoun usually attached

noun, but sometimes to the
to the

the pronominal
attached to the noun.
"With adj
Bern. 2
Bern. 1.

is

last

first.

3.

(1)

With prepositions.
The pronominal suffix

noun following

a.

used with the preposition where the

and

I^ are

used with a

suffix

the suffix with

sometimes denotes ^Hhe

has the force of the definite article merely,

b.

they are repeated before

In this construction

the noun.

it

is

it is definite.

When s

(2)

suffix is

ectives,

same''\

though generally

see also

107. 9.

the suffix with 1^ often has the sense of the definite article.

Bern.

The

preposition iao with the pronominal suffix sometimes

occurs before the same preposition followed by

Vii and

^ali are

jis^

noun.

used in the same way.

The Demonstrative Pronoun.

102.

1. |Joi

its

at this time (Jos. Sty. 2:3).

,_j^oi ]ZoZ|3 these signs (Jos. Sty. 3:17).

|[liki jjoi? ''=%>4^^

y^^

^^l!!^9i

iii]

jjci this

2. \jsOf^

Wr^

on account of

V:^ on account of

word (Spic. Syr. 20).

this

these deeds (Spic. Syr. 6:2).

time (5:4).

oJ<^ ''b-A.ooi Hosea^ that is ''the

Lord

is Saviour''^

(Bar Heb.

Sch. M. 1:7).

^i-^
3. .o,

Qjcn this is

my

body (Matt. 26:26).

nSl jOdM^^s .cci.^ r*^^?

commanded them should

,-i2^?

]l\l

\n\s? lL5 c^

ji?

^r^

^^^* alone which wan

^^^*

they do (Spic. Syr. 3:15).

the judgement

^01 <yiL^l^t^ wo-^**? OCT

of the world

|X>1^ \^r^

His unerring knowledge (Jos. Sty.

and Jos.

'"?

See 36:3.

6:8).

to

come (Jos. Sty.

t^ntil the

^-ll^ao these our words

time decreed in

(So Jon. 4:49; Matt. 14:21

Sty. 49:64, 5:16, 29:6).

Bem.,^^^

6:4).

(Aphr. 299:2).

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

28

\ti\l

p?

voi

01

^,-*^ in his knowledge that lohich

is

[02.

unerring (Jos.

Sty. 6:8, 1:27).

4.

Zs^!^ in comparison with

-f^?

I? 01

^^

IJct this

oiii^a^

5. l?(n?

l5cn

6. jJoi

^]

at the end of

Uoo^

this (Jos. Sty.

11:19).

the sake of this (Jos. Sty. 8:18).

and

\h^'f ^01^01 the

the

same

same day (John.

city

5:9).

(Bar Heb. Sch. M. 1:13).

same (Spic. Syr. 22:18).

7. '^i^2u4,|? COI?

of him who has obeyed (Spic. Syr. 5:2).

^01

.coui^L?

16:1).

ovs in the same month (Jos. Sty. 58:6).

C01 coio

|Joi coi the

(Addai

it

on account of

SjL for

Wf^^

of thine (Jos. Sty. 2:19).

of thine (Sim. Stylites 331, Nold.).

oiiJ^iJuijc

|5oi5

this

those

upon whom (Spic. Syr. 12:2).

*^ Z,-as ^ai.? ,^*Noi those in which thou hast commanded

Sty. 1:2);

^^ >q:^^?

|coi

^i^.**

9(^14^

sufferings

^:^ ^|9

ooi

COI

/le

)J)

M;/io

shall betray

me

me

(Jos.

(Matt. 26:46);

6u^ Ae u;^o has been delivered

from

(Overbeck 175:26).

1.

it may be remarked.
As an adjective it may be placed either before or after its substantive.

2.

Before the personal enclitic pronoun

Of the demonstrative pronoun

Qjoi (coi \Jis\)=that

3. It is

an

iSj

it

generally coalesces into

this is, see 37. 3.

sometimes used like

coi for distinction

or emphasis, or as

article.

Bern.

A demonstrative may

nominal

limit a

noun

in construction with pro-

suffix.

The demonstrative may be in construction with a personal pronoun.

The demonstrative may be used as a genitive.
6. "The same" is generally expressed by the demonstrative pronoun
preceded by the personal pronoun. See 107:9.
7. The demonstrative is used before the relative in the sense of "that
which", "he who" &c. See 104. 2, Rem. 1.
4.
5.

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

103.J

sJLtt]

1. (1)

12&

103. The Interrogative Pronoun.

^o

^qJI^

>*io| s*oi

(Matt.

brethren?

12:48).

(Luke

salutation?

^l^]

(3)

^u.ooi ^jio|

(4)

wl.^j# p^so in

(5)

,-i^ '^-J^^

icho is

|.j5i

1:29).

be he that ministered?
(2)

|ooi

my mother and who

]sn\k>

ivhat

my

is

this

^m.'^a^^ om aLJ w\o would

(Spic. Syr. 3:24).

Zj-s ichose daughter art thou?

(JLifi

olls^?

are

(Gen. 24:23).

what were you saying?

what have they sinned?

on account of

(Spic. 1:5).

(Jos. St. 40*3).

whom (Jonah

1:7).

|l\n\^.Lo on account of what (Jon. 1:8).

]^hA ,-4^ |io hoiv

Bern. 1.

^ ^

what

1.10

,AA^o

Rem.

2.

^.klk

1^

.cL^J^Ioi^

is that to

ivhat have

jic|. .^V/^a

Legion (Lk. 8:30).

Rem.

3.

^nS^
I. p.

^^
184,

Rem.
1.

4.

a!j.:ij?

il^uo
1.

_lo

HchoT\

osi?

(4)
(5)

After prepositions.

(3)

Rem.

do with thee?
is

thy

(John. 2:4).

name? He

saith to

him

(See also, Ex. 3:13; Jud. 13:17).

jiL what Satan hath

)^Sv

Knos.

p.

filled

thy heart?

(Barh.

.^^oi'^Qjf \c who are

those

80 vers 10 [Duv.]).

of him whosoever had done

alio (o5i ^lo) ''who is?'\

As
As
As
As

(2)

(Matt. 27:4).

^"^ what

'^what isf^ are used substantively

(1)

us?

I to

24 [Duv.]).

(Chrest.

kings?

strait is the gate (Matt. 7:14).

^,

it

ill:,

(Jos. Sty. 76:17).

j^so

"what?'\ olio

and may stand:

subject.

genetive.

object direct.
object indirect.

1.

1^

sometimes means

''how'\

It is used also in certain

idiomatic phrases.

ELEMENTS OF STBIAO.

130

Rem.
^what

2.

is

Rem.

^io

equivalent to our ^^whaf^ in the phrase

is

103.

v^-Ioa^ ,jSso

thy name?'\
3.

is

|JLio

a few instances used as an adjective,

in

and

occasionally for persons.

Rem.

4.

or

^ may

denote

^^whoever^^,

^lo whatsoever.

See

107. 7 (4).

2.

^^X>ir5 with whom was he grieved? (Heb. 3:17);

aijic

<n.lk

(1)

.j>a i-i^ai-| for what is our hope? (i Thess. 2:19); .cqilVn

|j-|

^xa.aJ tchich of them should go out first? (Jos. Sty. 26:1,

|Jiifi,-D

see also 3:7).

li.U hy

,-4uikai.

(2)

^*oJ

.0^1

,^t A n

(i. e.

of what spirit ye are (Luke 9:55, see also Rev.

hJ^ |.L|

3:5); |1q1

(3)

|,-.|?

what authority? (Matt. 21:23).

,>\i M

above)

^?

my

from what people art thou? (Jon

t^r\*|

those things

v*Za.^ JisI^
unto

me

.ooctZ?

(4)

to he?

2.

(1)

li-.|

to that

As an

Rem.

hard for

which was (Acts 27:15).

''^^ ^'!:;^, praying against (him)

who

is

turned

(Mai. 3:5).

.al^
(2

wo?"|

Heb.

.^-^-1

't-*]?

what manner of persons ought ye

3:11).

\L], ]14, ^X.f, ""lohor^ ''which?'', '^whatf'

Independently or substantively.

(2)

too

strength (Jos. Sty. 3:13).

woi? If^P^ ^01.^ we surrendered

Rem.

which are

1:8).

may be used:

adjective.

The personal pronoun sometimes comes between the adjective

and the noun.

(3)

In connection with

to denote "Ae who'\

sometimes preceded by the demonstrative.

Rem.

"^e

tvho'\

''that which*'

In

Compare

this sense it is
1,

Rem.

4.

&c. are occasionally denoted by the

interrogative alone. In such cases, the whole interrogative sentence is

a substantive clause.
(4)

|1-|

^1 means

135.

"qualis", "what

manner

of?'^

ELEMENTS OF STBIAO.

e 104.1

104. The Relative Pronoun.

1.

(1)

wioaX

2^?

|2>.ik,-*?

]jLs^? |lS| the tree which

^^'^'^

(2)

_Lm

they of the

^Lx?

(101

home of Mlus

the things of

Caesar

.jJx? tve are the Lord's

USflio? .QJoi those

who are

(Jos. St. 14:12).

is called that

of knowledge.

Caesar (Mt. 22:21).

to

(Rom.

14:8).

the left's (Spic. Syr. 12:6; 1

Cor. 3:23;

John. 1:52).
(3)

ichose loife shall she he of

]ZL2) ]oai2 .ooiJLLa P-.]?

them (Mk.

12:23; Gen. 32:17; Mt. 22:20).

(4)

.ojn.^?

,-H^? ^^*\|? ^01

it

is their

part that {namely) of those

ivho read (Jos. St. 5:12).

|jJ^?o j.j^'n\? such as

and

utensils (Jos. St. 35:4).

yL^ l-^^ r ? ivhich (masc. sg.) went up in a night (Jon. 4:10).

2.

_^^i^
Rem.

ous
(5VS

who (masc.

|3?

joci

w*lJ

put (Matt. 28:6).

P? on ivhich (sg.) thou hast not labored (Jon. 4:10).

^??

against

whom

--^^^^ ?^/jom ^e

oi.!ii

.o^l

(1)

See

(2)

l^'K? V^'

102.

I^v^vm^

pi.) Jcnoiv not.

ivherein ivas

>a.*iff?

J-|^ ^<nal!.L

2.

clothes

the

seeA:

Lord has raged (Mai.

(Mai. 3:1).

7.

]<"

^1

A Q

c^?
-1

w:/w tras f^e chief of the island

wS^5 Ae
oUaL?

m>Ao

s^Y^ef7i

>^Jiic? he who
nit\q? fAose

(Ps. II, 4).

were with him (Matt. 27:54).

^/iose w?/io

offers

mj/io

(Acts 28:7).

o,.!;^ t^.-^^? w?^o Aave watZe themselves faithful

(Matt. 19:12).

i2em.

1:4).

(Mai. 2:12).

sewecZ (Mai. 3:18).

ELEMENTS OF STRIAO.

132

104.

.ooiiLaJ? OC01 ^-^5^ t^cy took charge of their expenses (Jos.

3.

St. 38:12).

S>^sai V do not then take thought for the morrow

K^^^^

1^4^09

(Matt. 6:34).

^em.

--N-

me

lUooi ^ja^t^ thou didst take care of

01^9 ws^

i-^ cm

^"^

(Jos. St. 3:10).

for the morrow will take thought for

itelfOS.Bii. 6:34).

]iZl-c ox^

^r^^ o^ ^j^A?

4.

the

same place where they were

abiding (Lk. 2:8).

|cgi

liai^ ^^-^?

A ^A^^.^:^ ,-lo

Va.4, he

set out

from Melitine

where he had been wintering (Jos. Sty. 64:20).

jif "^i^oi

5.

_^9i
Bern.

6.

>*cn

I^^c]

v^l?

iJ?oia:i^?

v^i? stich

|?oi

^|

6y

such oppressions (Jos. Sty. 4:17).

of ivitness (Jos. Sty. 1:3).

icai/

i-^^^t

]f-|

a sign also (Jos. Sty. 41:7).

on

^.JwLc

account

of

ant/thing

whatsoever

(Jos. Sty. 16).

]i>a-o C01? |i-.| '^o a72g old

ouD j-co Ij-oo

7.

s*a*? u-Ao

grave no matter what (Jes. Sty. 39:10).

showed and called and made him

to

approach.

(L'omelia di Giac. di Sarug. 504.)

Tlie Syriac relative

equivalent to the
tive pronouns,
1. ? is still

e.

pronoun

Hebrew

nt,

g. Ps. 74:2;

sit

was

originally a demonstrative being

which are also used sometimes as

rela-

Ex. 15:13.

used as a demonstrative.

(1)

In phrases which correspond to the Greek article with the genitive.

(2)

In phrases which correspond to the Greek predicate or possessive

genitive.
(3)

In the genitive construction mentioned in

worthy
(4)

is

97 A, especially note-

such a use before the interrogative.

Sometimes

"Sote.

it

ooi? also

introduces an appositional or epexegetical phrase.

may be used in this

sense, see 101

A, Rem.

2.

Note,

ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO.

105.]

used as a relative pronoun for

2. It is

See

38.

Rem.

all

I33

numbers, genders, cases.

1.

The oblique

prepositions,

cases are expressed, as in English,

which follow with a pronominal

suffix

by means

of

agreeing with the

antecedent of the relative.

(1) That ivhich is usually expressed by the demonstrative followed
by the relative, see 102. 7.
(2) For emphasis sake the relative is foUowedby the personal pronoun.
Rem. The relative alone sometimes stands for "'^e who^\
3. looi and L^] in the sense of "fo have^^ and ws^ "^o take charge of%

have care of'\

^'to

ceded by

Rem.

'Ho

take thought for'\ take after

V-? may

also

be used after ^^..

After nouns of place, the relative

4.

them a noun pre-

?.

is

usually followed

by the

adverb ,_i^Z.
5. ^]?

Rem.
6.

followed by the relative pronoun means "swcj^".

?

^\

pronoun means

8. It is

^Hohatsoever^\

'-^no

matter

way

of

whaf\

after one relative.

see 135, 136, 137.

105. The Reflexive Pronoun.

zJ^iZ] have I conducted myself (Ad.

o99uAJia!:ik to

41:4).

confirm thyself (Spic. Syr. 43:11).

Ji^-jjs ^-i.!^PkOso laying their

2.

^^ly

used as a relative conjunction, especially in the senses "fAaf

''because'',

1.

^ means

More than one verb may be used

7.

and

followed by

preceded by the interrogative and followed by the demonstrative

blame on time (Spic. Syr. 44:7).

.cs^o^waJ

to associate themselves

.ooticL^

.oovikllii

^fS,^

(Ad. 31:6).

reminding themselves of their sins (Aphr.

223:19).

A\i\i
cffi

oii:^ ^01

>a2^.A,|

she

harmed

herself (Ephr. III. 2c.)

he delivered himself (Jos. Sty. 71:1).

ffi^-5 ouLLo on his

part (Jos. Sty. 62:6).

ELEMENTS OF STEIAO.

134
3. )

]^

*'*''

oiiJ >a^

t<

s.as2u. ^-*^?-^

olsl;^
otlo,

itself does not exist (Spic.

disagrees with itself (Overbeck's

Zos^

odIi.S

106.

save thyself (M-ait. 27:40, see also 27:5).

U oiicaJ-o |nSii fate

<aoio&>|

|3|

^oic

45:6).

of himself (John. 7:18).

if thou thyself

know

not

LsLit^ and Sarah laughed

]-fja

Eph.

Syr. 9:9).

(Song of Songs

1:8).

toithin herself (Gren. 18:12).

he distinguished himself (S^ic, Syr. 4:1 [Duv.].

See also

Lk. 2:17; 11:17).

The
1.

2.
3.

reflexive

pronoun

expressed:

is

Generally by the reflexive species of the verb.

By
By

the personal and possessive pronoun.

such words as {.aJ ^souT\

|.i>cQio

person^ % ]L^

^^

^^

existence^',

|il^9 ^mind"j }.a^ ^heart'\ and similar words.

106. The Possessive Pronoun.

Zan\v ^ 01 <p:L

Vj^i* because thine is the kingdom (Matt. 6:13).

^-iL.? ,-L. for our part (Spic. Syr. 2:9.

.on^? ^itf

1.

(n-s

.onSSnJo and

to set

up over

it

a king of

oicn (Jos. Sty. 17:23).

tJieir

Bern.

)n\Vi

,^9 jio^ my time (John.

31-:^?

^^i-s

>c,.ji

7:8).

|ZQ-a^ >aico awcZ

/ie

placed a box in front

of his palace (Jos. Sty. 24:1).

Bern, 2.

^^?
ok^?

Rem.

3.

>|1

>S^

tw thine oivn eyes (Lk. 6:42).

aiw4ai^i^

]^'fSi ^oi

ol!:^.*?

fo Ais oifjw

Jm*.^

glory

I^*^ for

(Kom.

the

good

3:7).

is

the

man^s oivn

(Spic. Syr. 6:11).

|

A)

|V 9

oiX-.? i'^nfOi^al ^^e czYy's oft'w tisAq;? (Jos. Sty. 29:4).

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

107.]
]5<ji

^5

oilL?

]iJ-A,?

wi]

I35

iw f^e mow^A

sm**?|o

^6 of this same

2^ear (Jos. 28:1).

Bern. 4.

^^

.coaiJ ^Aey shall he mine (Mai. 3:17).

The independent or absolute

followed by the suffix of the person.
V^? is composed of ?
Bern. 1.

possessive

1.

v.^ul?=what

what I have. Hence

to me,

is

(primarily
''^j*-.?

is

v?)

rendered by

V^j

and ^, and hence

can be used instead of

the possessive adjective pronoun.

Rem.

2.

The independent possessive may be added emphasis

^V^? sometimes used emphasize the substantive which
for

to a substantive or a possessive pronoun.

Bern. 3.
is

to

is

usually subjoined with %

Bern. 4.

The

preposition

Lomadh with

the pronominal suffix

is

also used to denote possession.

107. The Indefinite Pronoun.

1.

2.

^jkJ] gC:^

^? j.^1

i^Z

|J

,fcs|

ri

,-1

wA.JsJI

it

wounded no one

him (Matt. 12:47).

there (Jos. Sty. 25:17).

every one (Mk. 14:19; Matt. 26:22).

man

every

wjlJ]

..juj

then one said to

(Cor. 3:8, 7:2).

'Vs every soul (Rom. 13:1).

^ Vs
^ Vs

every one (Anal. Syr. 49:6 [Dur.]).

fjt

W.A.J]

Va

.ooiJLiscjoi

every one (Eph. 5:33).

every one (Lk. 14:33).

|.jb*

f^jLSi

in every one of their limhs (Jos. Sty. 21:24).

J2em. iJiZ^ every morning (Am. 4:4); |^q-a^ each day

3.

^ ^^ ^ one from another (Matt. 25:32).

^^^ ji
,.1?

one on another (John. 13:22).

f^ i^^^* ^^^

another^ s feet (John. 13:14).

(Jer. 37:21).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

138

107.

|5^^ one another (Luke. 23:12, 4:36).

]ilM^ c-a^
4.

Q-aaJ some went out (Jos. Sty. GO: 12).

|ij-i t-**

I^aitf

.coi

they kissed each other (Bern. Ch. 47:12).

^X
^

some of the branches (Rom. 11:17).

if

some of them (Bern. Ch. 144:7;

^jj^l? h^] some say (John.

^]

^|_
5.

(I)

^ iir-]o

^?

f"^"

1^3

6.

(1)

^ .^S"|

>a^iJ

2:5).

9:9).

and

otJiers

r^^?

not (Acts 28:24).

^^'|V|?

^1

some said:

it

is

John; but

Ellas (Matt. 16:14).

^9

"^

w.*J|

waJI l^aiflM ^Jao

^Jl

w^Jf some out of

envy^ but others in good will (Phil. 1:15); oooi ,^>n

ooai

Mk.

co<n ,^im*^w^ .coiJ^ ^^V^l] some of them were

Pr^l

others, it is

(3)

3:3;

8(me (Phil. 1:15).

persuaded
(2)

Rom.

.oaUitfo

JjUI^s

i-i^aJ

tV^

.coiJi^c

some mocked but others said (Acts 17:32).

|J<4^ the one he hates

and

the other he loves

(Matt. 6:24).

^'fM]onesowethandanotherreapeth(Joh.iiA:dl).

(2) jli* ^j-*]o '^91 o<n

(3)

Ijt^i^

_^aio

liLas-jJba^ ^^i\gi

some trust in chariots and others

in horses (Ps. 20:7).

7.

Vs

(1)

^\i^?

(2)

01^ ^1?

whosoever heareth (Matt. 13:19; Spic. Syr. 4:2).

|J-.|

"'^i.-a

everyone

who has

(1

John.

3:3).

^3) ,_i^(3visc? p-.| everyone who believdh (Mk. 16:16).

(4)

8. (1)

JJ?)

01^

M? r^

V!\Vil? |\i\nn

(2)

|J|_ i^sc]?

(3)

|ooi

^]5

whosoever has ears (Mk. 7:16; Mai. 1:14).

in whatsoever he shall speak (Acts 3:22).

>c^

whatsoever

I say

(Matt. 10:27).

>cjlfl

\.a aiXic

ol^

whatsoever was in the midst of

(Jos. Sty. 29.3).

it


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

108.]
JRem.

>*oi?

'^J^^ on account of anything whatsoever (Jos.

I^Q-'Ct

]|-|

137

Sty. 80:16).
{.o^L:^ It-^iC OCT?

ocoi

9.

The

P-)

Vs any old grave whatsoever (Jos. Sty. 39:10).

sacrifices

(Heb. 10:1).

U^ob

,j

W.OI

.QJol

M4?

,--fci-o^.iso

,-^ Lu] pS

^01

.cJci wtf^

,-s

we have

since

Letter of

A than.

indefinite

pronouns are expressed:

One, a certain one,

by

2.

Every

by

every one,

the

bringing the same

same

spirit (Festal

7:17).

1.

tt-ere

,..#,

or

>-aj|.

or

,-,

followed by |^, w^j) or some

''^s^.s

similar word.

Rem.

The plural, or the repetition of the noun,

the singular, denotes distribution, see

One

3.

relative

another, each other ^

comes before

5,

Some, by

5.

Some others, by r^^l

of the

word

under

4.

6.

The one

7. 8.

_Ren.

by

or

^I

followed by

the other,

by

]Ji-

|ViN^

is

>cj^,

may

,-.,

'^s,

>cj^

]lfi^

^cic^l-c
(2) j.:^

Lord of

Vs

with the

or by repetition

for some

mentioned

|.Jh*~MH* ^^^ ,^^oio

?

iL) Va,

ji-l, ?

t^;

,,-w^oi.

tchatever,

Vs,

expressed by two demonstrative pronouns of like

\i?

generalize any indefinite pronoun.

gender and number, separated by ^s

1. (1)

ji-j-J

or by a combination of the words

cci? or ^01?

The same

followed by

or ^-io partitive.

Whoever, tvhosoever, by

whatsoever,

9.

v-aJ|

by

5.

4.

jj-j.^ ,-

\c.

by l?^; but when a preposition, or the

another,

appropriate preposition, or

92.

or sometimes even

as.

108. Uses of

all (Spic.

*^ll2 he gave

See also

102. 6.

V^.

Syr. 27:24).
all over into his

j-^xa worshipped of

all

hands (Aphr. 123:2).

(Ephr. III. 532c).

ELEMENTS OF STEIAC.

138

(3)

'^

01^ ^-^^?

all

who were

aC:^ h^]^ in

(4) \ll4y

]LLl,.io

ai^s

jL^all

.oGi^

109.

of the Arabs (Spic. Syr. 16

ult.).

seeking

all the country/

him (Aplir. 198:10).

the whole city (Jos. Sty. 37:2).

always (Matt. 28:20).

2.

See 107:7.8.

3.

,,;4^a-i^

aU power (Matt. 28:18).

^lls

Vi
'^ all

quarters (Jos. Sty. 30:12).

^i:^]

Vs

4.

oC^ V^
1.

Vs

always when (Kirsch. Chrest. 171:15;

quUe

all

may be used

as a substantive

(1)

In the absolute

Occasionally in the emphatic state.

(3)

Before the relative pronoun.

(4)

In apposition with a noun in the sense of

3.
4.

may be used

Cor. 11:25).

(Kirsch. Chrest. p. 129:18; Acts 22:20).

(2)

2. It

state.

'^all

Hhe

the^\

whole^\

as an indefinite pronoun.

As an adjective it is used in the sense of "every or "a^Z".

As an adverb in the sense of ^alivays'\ quite' \ ^^jusf\
^^

1. (1) >o,.itf '^'aJ? to

109. Uses of >c^.

make known anything

>cp35 >c,Jao ai^ (001 2,.^^ there

(Jos. Sty. 24:2).

was nothing in

it

that

was standing

(Jos. Sty. 30:2).

iLi^

>c,J^

|3

Pi^) >c,.i^
(2) Jc^be

>c^?

nothing have

I sinned

(Acts 25:10).

in anything else (Jos. Sty. 50:4).

01.!^

h^\ \1q^l:u he had clothes of different kind (Jos.

Sty. 56:7)
>oy.ic

>c^

(3) >-iOicw]?

OCT that

>c^

anything whatsoever (Spic. Syr. 2

ivhatsoever is (Spic. Syr. 22:10).

ult.)

KLBMENTS OF SYRIAO.

llO^J
Ij] jio] .oliu?

(4)

>c^

whatsoever

I say

to

18ft

you (Mk. 13:37).

>cJiD ooi? of whatsoever (Spic. Syr. 10 ult.).

>c^

^^iOa^)

-o2jf

whatsoever ye are commanded (Spic.

|Jcn

Syr. 1:7)
wJ]

2. (1)

--

V?!?

-'^

>c^

001

>o^

\x^^b

whatsoever thou sowest (1 Cor. 15:39).

n*inA,|

Po

aw(Z they

found not any

evil accusation

(Acts 25:18).

|J^] l^i. >c^ any

>c^

As

adjective indefinite for things

is

>0|^. It

is

used

a pronoun:

(1)

In the sense of

(2)

When

(3)

Before

^^anything''\

repeated, in the sense of ^^anything whatsoever'^

?,

in the sense of ^whatsoever^\

may be emphasized by
As an adjective:

(4) It

2.

5:23).

V> without medicin of any kind (Add. 7:10).

The pronominal and

1.

work (Add. Aph. 32:15).

any enmity (Matt.

]o|

>c^5 1^^

(2)

other

the demonstrative.

(1)

Absolutely before or after

(2)

Preceded by

5,

its

noun

in the sense of "aw^".

forming an adjective clause, see

110.

136.

Numerals.

A. CAEDINALS.
1.

(1)

,-ll4. Ip^ a hundred years (Jul. 220:23).

]S^

^^ l^vf

>cQ-. j-o

Bern.

^iLaX
]|.'io'

^'r^

^^-,MnS

l^A

IjIaL^jjo

four modii of wheat (Jos. Sty. 33:18).

twentyone days (Aphr. 56:21).

twenty thousand (Jos. Sty. 75:12).

three hundred (Jos. Sty. 34:21).

^T'iV \^h\9 .^r^Snl

four hundred.

fifty

and four thousand and

ELEMENTS OF

140

^Z jZczf

(2)

SYRIAO.

l^o

(M.ait. 1:17).

^^Is^^f ,,^Sa^ forty-one pears (A-phr. 46G:17).

^i\^9|o

(3)

HQ.

three signs (Jos. Sty. 32:12).

ifwS'^M \L^t^ fourteen generations

Rem.

]\:^ l-=oi??

If4^-^ hundred and forty pounds of gold

(Jos. Sty. 26:11, see also 34:21).

y^i^uo
fifty

(4)

(5)

"^^^Vjo

]|.Lo

^aX

fMO ^^th\^^o

one thousand and four hundred and

,--kaX

]\nL

(IL*^?

^i^V

seven thousand

]L^

|i!

l*^-^^* .ai;?

;^

-^^ rr^^ ^^

(Num.

fifty

W^io

one hundred and

(Num.

2:16).

3:20).

six thousand years (Aphr. 36:20).

,^"^wS two hundred thousand Christians (Jul. 83:8).

^^.iWS

|oi

behold twenty years have

I been

in

thy house (Gen. 31:41).

Il^* jcoi

^Xaav^
1.

(1)

IJitf

i^ he was one hundred years

old

(Aphr. 235:20).

jf Ijvs'^^l there are four hundred pounds (Gen. 23:15).

Cardinals are generally in apposition with the substantive.

The numeral

is

generally

the substantive following

is

first in

order and in the absolute state;

in the absolute or

emphatic

state.

Rem. v-aX and ]l.i^ follow their limiting numeral.

(2) The numeral follows in the absolute state, the noun precedes

in

the emphatic state.

Rem.

Sometimes,

even when the noun precedes,

it

is

in the

absolute state.
(3)

When

two or more numerals are used the highest stands

first,

the lowest last.

(4)

With numbers from

2 to 9

^aX and o-c j

are treated like anyother

substantive.
(5)

A short word may come in between a numeral and

as also between the parts of a number.

B. OKDINALS.
a
f

iSi^fc. lica-. the seventh day (Heb. 4:4).

]L.LiXz jll^I

the third beast

(Rev. 6:5).

its

substantive,

ELEMENTS OF SYfilAO.

111]

^a-

^Z?

the second

hlj^

Il^^i^if

^iai

the

year 810 (Jos. Sty. 27:11).

>calr2 on the fifth day (Jos. Sty. 27:1).

1.(1) 1^^^-

2.(1) ^Il^l

seven by seven (Gen. 7:2).

j.:^.a^

.ooiJ^

(2)

^>"^N

'T*''^

n^'N

^s

betiveen each

two of them (Jos. Sty. 85:10).

1^^ until seven times (Matt. 18:21, also Luke 1 7:4).

1^:0^0 ,^i\n4\ seventy-seven times (Gen. 4:24).

(2)

As
By
or

1:8).

year 400 (Aphr. 475:2).

to the

hl^

jjaLo |)\ifvz

day (Gen.

141

to order

and agreement they are

like

any other adjectives, see

99.

putting the noun in the genetive relation (either by construction

by 5) with a following cardinal, the ordinal may be superseded.

The distributive sense is denoted:

1.

By
By

(1)
(2)

the repetition of the numeral.

the preposition

^ before

L.*^.

For multiplication the cardinal number

(1) Can be followed by plc] time]
2.

(2)

Or may be used

alone.

111.

(Gen. 1:2); Zoai (Gen. 1:1); ocoi (Gen. 2:25); |oaiJ (Gen. 1:2);

1. ]ooi

(Gen. 2:18); "^aajz (Gen. 2:17);

f^

(Gen. 3:12);

oilk

^jl^]^ (Gen.

^ji^

2. ^oLjI

M?

The Verb.

v-^-:^^

3:16).

(Mai. 1:8); iJJ

|^^ (Mai. 1:10);

(Mai. 1:14); ^-L

we are learning

Him

^^ail

^\i

-i^

(Mai. 3:15);

(Mai. 1:8);

^^'^S*

(Overbeck 22:5).

3. >g::1^ (Mat. 26:1); j-Lf (Matt. 26:1);

26:2);

LNVjaJ (Gen. 3:10); hJ^s]^

(Mat. 26:2);

I^W;^

^t-

(^^t. 26:2); ]sm (Mat.

(Mat. 26:3).

ELEMENTS OF S\KIAC.

142

[ 112.

Genders, numbers and persons are distinguished in the Perfect

1.

and Imperfect by means of preformatives and sufformatives.

2. In the participles, the first and second person require the personal
pronoun, but the third needs none.
3.

In general,

action,

it

may be

said, that the Perfect denotes a

completed

and the Imperfect an incomplete or dependent action; while

the Participles denote states or continuous or frequentative actions.

As

to order of time, the Perfect

or future; as

The Imperfect

and Participles may be

past, present,

determined from the context, or the nature of the verb.

is

is

perhaps always absolutely or relatively future.

The

112.

Perfect.

\lsihe created (Gen. 1:1).

1. (1)

Zooi
(2)

]y.r:ii"o

up

1:2).

l*\nn I have

.eoiZn 4

>^f^

(3)

was (Gen.

it

before

me

^01^ ols

> ^,

received the letters (Jos. Sty. 1:1).

2wj:^9 ^%>4^^ because thetr iniquity has come

(Jon. 1:2).

I'jaL]

]iSbS

they

had

built small houses for themselves

(Jos. Sty. 69:20).

VsL^? which he had made (Gen.

2:8, so

Gen.

2:1, 2:22, 3:10;

Matt. 27:35).
2. (1)

]olX

OCT f^}

^?

^,-

^1^

for we

know

that there is one

God

(Aphr. 497:17).
jlL-fc.

^
(2)

AnVw

^^]jzZ]

the sTcy is red (Matt. 16:2).

JIVS why

art thou angry (Gen. 4:6).

]ZrVi\

).:^|.L

^fli

who hath not walked

|3?

LA'fS it grieves

me

unto death (Jon. 4:9).

(Ps. 1:1).

^aI?) tIjLc the Lord looks down (Ps. 14:2).

3. (1) a.

oiL*^]o mLSfSi
(Gen. 17:20).

joi

behold

I shall

bless

him and multiply him

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

8 112,]
V.S01.-9

^1

oi.Ji-so?

b.

I43

he said that he would give (Bar

vA^ikZIo i-c] ^oioiuibJikO^^s

Heb. 80:1

i-i^Lc

[Uhl.]).

to-morrow he shall

disappear and shall not be and the memory/ of him shall perish

and be
1^5

effaced (Jul. 9:6).

jjoiaJ

Vc9

]VifiNS;3 (ocij

(2) a.

shall see a great light (Is. 9:2).

1^

I'^^Nt.a.A,

shall have been in the

]A^ \^ when he

ooi

b.

\^a\^ \-aA,5

over the great change which

world (Jos. Sty. 92:4).

shall have

when he

\:iic

^i^

come (John. 4:25).

shall have received the

money

(Jos.

Sty. 61:15).

>c^

jJalsa.,^

ivLLcZuA,)

|?ffi

Jo and

if this shall have been

reported before the governor (Mt. 28:14).

n

^^

tt

|3

o|

4.|

if

we

shall have been able (Spic. Syr. 13:2).

c|

s*!7i..-i^j*aA]

ivhether thou shalt have

found him or not

(Aphr. 144:22).
1.

Bern.

Vf^^

'x'*'"^^?^

men pray
-

""^

Rem.

2. a.

!:I

\^V^

^xl^
b.

h^om

Tim.

(1

w.coi5

Syr. p. 8.

^? V^ioi jj]

1.

|-c^

will therefore that

2:8).

w.jLa.jiZ]

constrain thyself to be humble (Anal.

6 [Duv.]).

-^oi

|i

let it

not be wearisome to us (Gal. 6:9).

.^01 be watchful (Mark. 13:37).

JHi-^

^^^ I would

thou wast cold (Rev. 3:15;

Aphr.

221:22).

.oLal^l

^?

*-3LA.f

The Perfect denotes a completed

1

(1)

It

is

As

that ye did reign (1 Cor. 4:8).

action.

used for past time

the true historical tense, in the narration of events viewed

as completed.
(2)

Of events viewed

as completed in the past.

ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC.

144
(3) "WTien

the action expressed

already completed, then

2. It is

[R

1^3^

by the Perfect precedes another action

corresponds to our Pluperfect.

it

used for present time

(1)

In verbs which denote a mental or physical state or quality.

(2)

In imitation of the Hebrew, in the statement of general truths.

3. It is

(1)

used for future time.

When

the event

a.

In promises.

b.

In prophecies.

Note.

This usage
may

(2) It

is

is

looked upon as certain.

mostly biblical.

denote our future perfect, see

In this sense the Perfect

b.

and

particle such as J, o)

Rem.

1.

The perfect of

is

2.

The perfect of

by the hypothetical

]i^.

jooi

used with the

is

denoting a purpose or result which

Rem.

a.

usually preceded

is

pai-ticiple in clauses

looked upon as certain of fulfihnent.

used with an adjective or participle

]ooi is

to express a wish or exhortation.

a.

Absolutely.

6.

After ^.o^ or wso^^j

Bern, 3.

For the auxiliary uses of

113.

he gave his blood

see also 2

King 6:32;
|J^

>*ouiJal^|-^i

(Matt. 6:S),

is

Uj^o and

before he

was

crucified

drink (Aph. 222:5).

to

IjcaicJ >a-jfl^ Pji^ before the

Rem.

see 127.

The Imperfect.

]^-iIfl^ oilc? wsovl wTill^^

1. (1)

jooi,

law was established (Aph. 25:5),

Jer. 1:5;

before

John

1:48.

ye asked (or shall have asked) him

probably meant for a

literal translation of the

Greek Aorist.
(2)

jovX (jt:^ VlilLoa? >c^

.

J^r^^
(3)

v\s

before

God spake with him (Aph. 2:35 ult.).

^r^^? ^r
]o!jiJ? >C|-o

^^f^^ ^^

^^^ conceived in

before the loorld

the

womb (Lk.

was (John.

17:5).

2:21).


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

113.]

>i^i^J?

^^

>cj-o

Eph. Ov. 19S:1

2.

jli^

13

\^

^aJj Z9aJ

U^ho^

Ijja-*]?

w^a4

Visa-^

9,.jk.(

I will

Note.

(.^

himself (St.

is seen

(Jud. 5:8).

of folly (Job. 4:18).

jooiJ
N^ a

thrones of honor he causes them

to

2:8).

%^^^t^ they are quenched

3.

to

|iu4JiVs whosoever drinks of this tcater {3 o\m A'A'i).

Sam.

inherit (1

\k^^o neither sword nor spear

v^oic-slil^s his angels he accuses

^-iiJ!:^oi

had taken a body

[Nold.]).

jJikicojo

sckHJ

l^ilicZ

lefore he

I45

|J

43:17).

(Is.

there will not again he

j^

iwnjific?

after that

a flood ((ren. 9:11).

I shall

have gone

to

heaven

send thee (Ad. 5:22).

and we

jjoi^s ],-i4j

,jLio

>aiar:Z

.-a.^ t<

<^

wcoiwaf

I shall

pTtil jl^jj J if

shall rejoice in this

(Ad. 30:10).

will be very pleasant to thee (Spic. Syr. 43:13).

tvrite to thee

we

shall speak

The Imperfect denotes an

(Aphr.

we

shall

6:8).

want (Aphr. 496:8).

action as incomplete,

either because

future or because dependent on another action or state.

It is used:
1.

For past events

Ujisk, 9

>o,_D

the verb

and

after

>0|-o ,-io in

was viewed

certain

temporal participles

such

as

which the action denoted by

relation to

as incomplete, or incipient.

This corresponds to the use of the Imperfect with

d'n^ and ts in
Use of the Tenses in
27. 1^6*; Ges. Heb. Gram. 127. 4a) and to the Jussive in
Arabic after
or j (see Wright Ar. Gr. Vol. II 12) and to the
Subjunctive in Ethiopic after ^HJJ^ kedma (see Dill. Aeth. Gram.

Hebrew
Hebrew

Harper's Syntax

(see

20.

16; Driver's

In solchen Siitzen liegt der Sinn:

90, 120.

es sei etwas

zu

kommen

oder zu werden bestimmt, nur sei es noch nicht verwirklicht, vid. p. 140).
Note.
Some claim a Perfect in other cases, e. g. Philips p. 163,

Uhlemann
(>ca-D|

61. 2c.

=Heb.
*

?Ti^>2J5
*

Compare

206. Philips mentions Hab. 2:1

a regular cohortative

see Driver

49B and

"?>
'

Judges 5:8 ]\mL2 P cannot

he seen.

54).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO

146

The use

2.

[114.

of the Imperfect for the present indicative

-s

doubtful,

except as an occasional imitation of the Hebrew.

as examples Jud. 5:8

Duval gives

John. 4:13; Philips

and

43:17 (which

Is.

and Job. 4:18; "[Thiemann gives

Sam. 2:8 (=Subjunct

(?)

comp.

TJhl.

181 Rem.

Uhlemann and Cowper make Perfect

last

2)

or

Preterite).

The Imperfect

3.

Note.

sometimes used for the future Indicative.

is

This use of the Imperfect

and hypothetical sentences. See

^aJ?

(2)

^]

liaJ

s*Z^

]?oi

iJoiQj

ioaO

o^^9

|IZ
let

let

jS

no

let this

man

my

Bern*

oiZl3)

(continued).

forbid them (Ad. 12:3).

daughter live (Ad. 14:5).

.o9iZ

have passed away (Ad. 22

iJ

common. in conditional

there be light (Gen. 1:3).

iiisc,-D jV? sfj\

^os^jz

especially

The Imperfect

114.

1. (1)

is

138.

)]

be not as

former generations which

ult.).

take no thought (Matt. 6:31).

>oixm| wsiaj his brother shall take his wife (Matt. 22:24).

^Kk^^^ ^Vv^C^

]w4>?

Vs every saa-ifice should be salted withsalt

(Mk. 9:49).
<^Uo

'^Z]?

I shall
2. (1)

^) i^

^1 ^ TnV
jicp

cci

^22

thou Shalt give to

me

whatsoever

eat (Gen. 2:16).

but one

may

say (Spic. Syr. 6:21).

adoLl now one may wonder (Spic. Syr. 47:6).

who can say? (Rev. 20:9).

]^fS> \J)ZLi \lli2

a man

>4^

ask of thee (Sindban 1:17).

'^oajz thou mayest

^|j

(2)

>c^

\Lt]

rely (Spic. Syr. 45*6).

\^ on which of possessions can

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

114.]

Most of the variations

mood

for

I47

are expressed

by the Imperfect.

The Imperfect is used for the Imperative.

(1) Always for the third person, except in the cases mentioned under
112. 3 (2), Rem. 2.
(2) Always for the negative, except in the cases mentioned in
1.

112. 3 (2), Bern. 2.

Rem.

The Imperative

"as fo", ^^has

2.

(1)
(2)

The Imperfect

To
To

is

classed here.

used for the Potential

express permission.
express possibility.

v*Laik?

3. (1)

expressed in English by ^^shair, ^^shoulcV

may be

&c.

to^^

some of
\ ts

.ht

I^Ali.

v^Zol^

v-DQ.L4,|

who are with me

the people

-r^A^-^ might the

I wish

to leave tvith thee

(Gren. 33:15).

evil cease (Ps. 7:9).

i'^jVin ^.i^a^ ]bj^z ]?j^

"^TJjj

j4.oi

now we would go

a journey of three days into the ivilderness (Ex. 3:18).

(2)

^'f^

v^A^fij-o

word

before thee,

eia.Ji:i

to his

my Lord

il^?

poi

body

(1

tt-^^

I^J!:;:*:^

^Svil

let

thy servant speak a

(Gen. 44:18).

ouA.aJ ^^z^cnJ. restore the soul of this youth

King. 17:21).

1^5 l^ioL!^ v^,.iik]o andIwillmaketheeagreatpeople(Gen.l2:2).

(3)

Oj.q:^ ^.iopo ^^i:^? lwL.^v^(

and
up

\\m\ ^^lm\

ivill

go down

see if they have done according to the cry ichich has

before

)j|

^1

me (Gen.

wa!^5 .^

come

18:21).

jo^l

will

show

thee,

that

shall teach

(Sindban 1:16).
(4)

.OCT

tnl^ waiaaj

f^j

i-M fs|

^Zo-aA^uc

let

VaaJ
|j..4i|o

us break their bonds (Ps. 2:3).

let

.ojj

us look at each other (2 King. 14:8).

let

me

be glad

and

rejoice in thy grace

(Ps. 31:7).

Rem.

1 (1)

.LlLo --?

^oLi^f Oh

that

we had died (Num.

14:2).


ELEMENTS OF SYRTAC.

148

^?

'^J ^ ]^l2 V^^jo^I

[ 114.

Oh

usot-A,]

that

Ishmael might

live

before thee (Gen. 17: IS).

(2)

^iwcoi

altogether held

|loJ l^t^?

,^L

^iuAiao?

^-Lql-zLa.

^?

07i

fAaf

1/e

had

your peace (Job. 13:5).

ou^ ^^^ ^9 ,^

I^iol^

Wot(/d[ that all

of the

Lord^ 8 people were prophets (^um. 11:27).

(3)

^-i^^^

(4)

^^ ^^^^

aX

v4lQL

^5

wioLA

,-:o

wy people

that

^ifi

had heard me (Ps. 81:14).

Oh

that one

would hear me

(Job. 31:35).

fa^

iJa-i? >^|

s*^ wsou.

^? ,-Lc Oh that I had wings like a dove

(Ps. 55:7).
(5)

Ijlfl-^

lis?

^2j

olio

Oh

that a clean thing could

come o%d

of an unclean (Job. 14:4).

.iJ::^)^

W-^?

^^"^^

olitf

Oh

that

I might have my

request

(Job. 6:8).
(6)

-^'1^

|Joi

gi\?\A>|

jiaill^

delivered this people into

\:^h\::)

\i^'i

(7)

fib-i05i

lj-t-^

^j03^

ij|

2.

.^~^?

Sam.

^1^

^?

(Is.

^? ^cn

>^T*SV4> Ijf 1^^

Would

that

one had

hands (Jud. 9:29).

Would

that they

had made me judge

15:4).

^a.^ Oh

commandments

Rem.

^? <^

^Jj-r^i*

in the land (2

my

^?

thai thou

^oiik

Oh

wast cold (Rev. 3:15).

that thou wast hearkening to

my

48:18).

^--St

^f

would that we had died (Ex. 16:3).

that thou wouldst hear

me (Gen.

23:13).

The Imperfect is used for the Optative

To express a wish.
(2) To express a prayer.
(3) To express determination, or intention.
(4) To express "a self excitement toward a certain line of conduct."
Rem. The Optative is often denoted by such particles and phrases
3.

(1)

ELEMENTS OF STJUAC.

114.]

^oi^Af

as

As

cX, ^00

^AJ

^lao, ^a-ik,

I49

oll^c (p';

,-lso

'^12),

and

,.siik

the examples show, the Perfect, Imperfect or Participle

^lao.

may be

used, according as the kind of action varies.

Bern. 2.

The

auxiliary verb j^.

may be used

to express a wish,

see 129:3.

I ivould persuade

.^mjq]? \j] \^r

4. (1)

Ij|

itn^v

m>a V^>>

afar
Bern.

T^A

li-^l?

am

l.^gSo

r^

he restrained

destroy (Matt. 5:17).

|-a^o5 ,-ic oooi

r^Z]9 who are coming from

2:6).

might know (Ez. 20:26).

that they

^aiSioL^

'to

Messiah (Add.

that they

s^^D^o

4. 5, 15:4).

come

^c*|-fcJ?

to see the

(Aphr. 345:1).

wX55]Z5 J if thou canst justify thyself (Aphr.

|J

270:5; John. 3:3.

(2)

thee

may

sacrifice

(Ex. 8:8).

.ci^ksLJ? ^.^1:^0 on this account, that they

from

their sins (Jos. Sty. 6:2.

may

See also Gen. 27:7

Aphr. 217:2, 20:18).

Bern. 2.

h^^]

>*1 *

no

i^M

|3

.tiS^V^l;^

I].^?
Bern. 4.

"^Zii?

J-m^aV
|3?

|3

man
to

|]

may

die (Jud. 6:30).

could pass (Matt. 8:28).

preach (Matt. 4:17, 11:7).

to drive out

v.^a^^ ^J}

miaV

wSoL^

no

J-^^ he began

wnaa? wf^ he began

s

send (Jos. Sty. 76:5).

hring out thy son that he

y-as)

ttn^l w^J)

o],n^\

to

If

ZoiaJ v^j^

Bern. 3.

n 4. permit me

t>.

no

(Mk. 14:15).

man

can serve (Matt. 6:24).

he cannot see (John. 3:3).

|3

it is

not able to give (John. 15:4).

,-^ V.*a4Lo? who

is

too

weak

to

avoid stealing

(Spic. Syr. 5:7).

4. The Subjunctive.
The Imperfect is the form generally used

or dependent mood.

It is used especially:

to express the Subjunctive

ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.

150

When

(1)

the

verb

first

may be

f 1J5,

translated

by one of our modal

auxiliaries.

"When the second verb expresses the purpose or

(2)

action of the

Rem.

result of the

see 137:4.

"Waw and
first,

occasionally

may be used

V^^lao

to introduce

the Subjunctive.

Rem. 2. The conjunction before the Subjunctive may be omitted.

Comp. Ges. Heb. Gr. 142c.
Rem, 3. After many verbs the Subjunctive or Infinitive may be

used indifferently.

Rem.

4.

The Subjunctive may be used

p.p..*
1.

|i)_

>t^

]js[ii

s*-f

2.

I say

to thee (Sind. 3:11).

(Jos. Sty. 16:15).

me my

.^oiZos?

.ooIj

;|Zn'^\v^S

'^Jac^.4J let

]^H2

,^

i^cU

let

|J

^o^uoi

)]

^]Z

>cu^.i

son (Spic. Syr. 1:11).

let

them show their greatness (Spic. Syr. 48:13).

US be obedient

to the

dominion (Spic. Syr. 48:1 4).

us say and show (Spic. Syr. 10*21).

him not harden (Addai 22:3).

be ye not led captive

)]

swear not at

^f2

^01

\i

let

(Addai 22:4).

kill

(Matt. 5:21).

all

(Matt. 5:34).

us not sleep as others (1 Thess. 5:6).

farewell (Acts 23:30).

iLc-ki* ^o3i
Vj

let

thou shaU not

|3

\sf^ >^f

5.

f:L do whatever

war

take

i^^l tell

.oaLA-Z

4.

^^

WA.J.S |o3iJ let it be dividing (Gren, 1:7).

)Li^
3.

J^

The Imperative.

.p

liio|?

%^

115.

after adjectives.

be faithful (Rev. 2:10).

iVy. oooi le ye ready (Matt. 5:48).

v.Za^ L2]

^.fcl H^oat enter with

me (Addai

32:19).


ELEMENTS OE STKIAC.

116.]

,-^

6.

p|.i^ jLoai
n

fOhS]

r^H^
>

let it

,^1

.o^o(ji

|]

be ye not looJcing

>nql >oaj get up and

(Jos. Sty 29:11).

1.

not be lurdensome to us (Gal. 6:9).

.c^-ooi he ye abiding (Addai 41:16).

t^tVi

^^^ tA

|J

151

The form

^J| j-^l be

us go and

let

still

(Addai 42:15).
let

ws pass the night

(Mk. 4:39).

of the verb called Imperative, see 48, is used only

and then in positive commands only.

For commands or admonitions in the first and third persons, the

for the second person,

2.

Imperfect

is

used, see 114.

1.

The Imperfect may be used

also for

commands

in the second person,

see 114. 1.
3.

All negative commands are in the Imperfect, (except those coming

under 5 below).
4.

The Imperative

may be used

of |qoi

with participles or adjectives,

instead of the Imperative from the root of the participle or adjective,

112. 3 (2),
5.

A form

of jocn
6.

Rem.

2.

of the Imperative

see 127. 4 (1).

Tlie Active Participle

is

to translate a Syriac participle

See Agrell's Supp. Syn.

116. 5.

116.

1.

expressed by means of the Perfect

The context sometimes compels us

by our "lef\ See

2.

is

and the participle of a verb,

The

p. 25.

Participle Active.

used to denote

A state, or an action viewed as continuing.

A series of actions or states (corresponding

to the

Hebrew

frequentative Imperfect).
3.

A state

1. (1) a.

conditioning another verb.

^lin^^
jViNs

^^i\ii

.aiuio^

am

^f

are

Jj)

ice to look?

(Matt. 11:3).

worlds exist (Ad. Sp. 14:11).

ji^jo

^^]?

>cj^ anything that I have said ana

saying before you (Ad. Sp. 26:3).

>c-9

U?

^^v\i

whatsoever thou dost not love (Sind. 1:18).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

152
b.

l^m

oiJ,.xas jjl Viijiic

now

N-e)

also

I receive

his

[fy^

commandment

(Over. 172:5).

L:^ Ij^ Ujc^

.02^ PI
(2) a.

^*sa-4|

>c|..o

<^ PI

iJ/n

jicl

jk

has come unto the present (Over. 215:14).

|?cn this

now I say

to

thy brother shall rise (John. 11:23).

pco

9|.^^ ai^C9

p)

ascend and after I have ascended

"^ -q^-

you (Acts 5:38).

iNS" L2]

J am

about

to

I shall send to thee (Ad. Ap. 4: 1 5).

thou shalt

CO!

wnSlig

be

Icing

instead

of him

(Sind. 3:12).

.c2g) r^>^?

b. ]z]

uf^>4V
9^i^

|J[

^^3^'

|3

po

ichen ye shall see the sign (Matt. 24:15).

>s^L^

thou shalt never zvash (John. 13:8).

|J| |oi behold

\h,^

shall fend (Mai. 3:1).

ptf^

^i^^TiS?

until six

days be passing away

(Sind. 2:20).

|t\^\ 51^ PI
(Sindban

1^^?

jiw^ic

mViS to-morrow I shall bring

the

youth

2:9).

pca-k

jooi

,^

UJitil

time of ivar should come (Jos.

the

.Sty. 64:11).

(3) a. 131^ lc(n

i^aSaf
cc(ji

qSsn was

i-i-^ cooi

I^fi^oiJ

b.

him (Sind.

>..(n]i^jso|.^ at

>c^ Vs

hhL.AiD

the place

where they were

(Mart. 1:91, 3:99.1).

|coi

l^o

and began and continued

(Greek Impeifect) everything

,^^>\

2:4).

for they icere eating (Sind. 27:4).

^^4w.c^io OLS?

to be killed

see

teaching

al;k:a:iwA|

clearly

to

(Mk. 8:25).

were heard when they prayed {K^h.. '\b\:\%).

]P-^ P^V^

for a lovg time

it

ivas firmly believed

(Over. '22 5: 15).

^tl'^pac; ^^,S(3i those who were selling (John. 2:14).

ELEMENTS OP SYRIAC.

116.]

fj-a^

t^

^ k]

,^

J53

y^o and as they were

n=ii

gomg

out, they

found

a man (Matt. 27:32).

2. (1) a. aiXt^

^ Vs]

Ijjis j-mT t-9J for the lion eateth flesh naturally

(Spic. Syr. 7:14).

Vsf^

(ju!:^

piirgefh
b.

|^ou*i

8^?

L2}

1)^? \^ when

],-*]o

^2^1 whenever

fruits,

he

thou prayest (Matt. 6:6).

thou prayest (Matt. 6:5).

V
7
|.a.a:joj 01^;. l-l^i-.

v^gi o. 1

and whichever heareth

See also Mai. 3:17).

(John. 15:2.

L2]

oi5ilo

(2)

it

I'l-s

^\

I know him

that he

ivill

commandhis sons after him (Aphr. 25:14. Compare Gen. 18:19).

Im] ocoi ^-jj^siCas the brethren used to go about (Jos. Sty. H7:20).

(3)

l^aJ looi ji^nVi he used to kindle fire (Sind. 2G9:9).

|ooi uaiikX!? |.ii.a-a^o

and a mist used

to

go up (Gen. 2:6. Comp.

Matt. 27:30).

The

1.

participle denoting a state or continuous action.

When

(1) a.

the time

is

not defined by the context the participle

generally denotes the present.

The present may be emphasized by a particle.

For the sake of vividness or certainty the simple

b.

(2) a.

may be used
The

b.

futurity

participle

for the future.

future

may be emphasized by

with some of which,

it

particles

and phrases denoting

can scarcely be distinguished from our

future perfect.
(3) a.

When the participle refers to past time it is usually accompanied

by the verb

|ooi "to be".

b.

Without

2.

The

(1)

|o5i

the past time

is

sometimes determined by the context.

participle denoting a series of actions or states.

In present time.

o.

Especially in proverbial clauses.

b.

After particles.

(2)

In future time.

(3)

In past time. Here the participle

is

accompanied by the verb

|c(n.


ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

154

^"nvv^

3. (1)

^j] COI
'

teas speaking

,^ while he

coi

o 01 ^1-.

,~s

'^^

t-^i

Addai himself hioiving (Add.

]^,yifS

(si.^jd\o

^oialc?Q-c ,- |coi |Z1?

^?A^

]ai^\i

o-asJo

r*

(Gen. 29:9).

and brought him

to

Ahgar,

6:3).

him unwillingly (L'omilia

before

[ 116.

di

^^ik-so

and

all

Giacomo

and they

icent

who came bowed

di Saruq. 150).

out praising

God

(Jos. Sty. 26:14).

v*all^ \\m he saw Levi {who was)

(2) a. wSfibI?

wSil^? ,-i.Zi^5
6

}.1-.|

]^c

>ct^

sitting

tr/iosoet-er is <a^en(M-^o is)

aw(Z Ae

saw

the

(Mark

2:14).

sfeaZiw^(Prov. 6:30).

angel of the

Lord standing

(Num. 22:31).
c.

^-"l

w^J

4.

^-

"

.osi^ou.

ikh]

will

|j|

I have made you

accursed (Mai. 2:9).

Id him go (Sind. 8:13).

him (Aphr. 220:14).

01.^ ^-*i-? s-i-^ they have begun to judge

.cou9Z ^^-^'

-^'' wX2-auL Zef

l-ijsjas

"^

AUi iLc

5.

n pn'^A> fc^

both groto together (Matt. 13:30).

^7ie

Pemaws ^o

ichy loould he die? (1

(Jos. Sty. 77:6).

Sam. 20:32); ^ij^ajLo

must we look (Lk. 7:20).

3.

participle

may denote

a state.

(1) Conditioning another verb. The participle

or 1^ and

,.L

(2)

may be preceded by ? and form an adjective clause.

participle may be used as an accusative of state

Or the

dition.
(as

usually preceded by

Limiting a noun or pronoun, when:

a. It
b.

is

forms an adverbial clause of time, see 137:2.

(Compare

in

Arabic

L^U^

jo p

i^r*

or con-

^ passed by Zaid,

sitting down (see Wright Arabic Gram. Vol. II, p. 122, sq.).
Or it may be an objective complement.
The Participle is frequently used as the objective complement of

he was)

c.

4.

another verb.
5.

The

Participle

114. 3, Rem.

may be used

and

115. 6.

to denote the various

moods. Compare

ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC.

IITJ
I 117,]

The Passive

117.

Participle.

>aiJO P l^alol |.j|.a^? uuu? ].l^^] as

1.

163

it is ivritten:

the law

was

not given for the righteous (1 Tim. 1:9).

p^

ttiS?

|,Qiil

2.

Ai

^01

l-o^-?

behold the sea is disturbed

01

(Overheck 384:16).

the soul is strangled (id. 385:8).

--icoi

^lioiwiiio

j-i-v.

jj

for the covenant was not sealed

(Aphr. 28:8).
O V Q

3. (1)

pLsd Zoai In.tAnp

],-.|

01.1^ j.^-ci^

hymns were made by him

oi-ik

jz-f.*^]

tnS?

>cjio

been ivritten thus (Ad. 3:16).

t^j^icA ^ad!

whatsoever

shall

have

(Jos. Sty. 52:1).

been

done

by him

(2 Cor. 5:10).
(2)

i.-^

^^
4.

pi

t^ ^f"

oi^
^

^>

* 1 -^

j^^.**

01.1k

4:7).

tr^o frwsf (Ps. II. 12).

^bT^Z ye

^o2wJ]

we have heard (Spic. Syr. 16:22).

I possess (Ad.

,-^|

^t'NinZ?

22em.

liL| as

'^i-^JjaA?

)Jl^

books were read by thee (Spic. Syr. 13:8).

trust

(Ad. 23

ult.).

having gathered ivater (Lk. 14:2).

surrounding

^iNoHA'

it

(Lk. 21:20).

bearing them (Mk. 6:55).

}.iLa^ jcoi '^"po Ae troubled the water (John. 5:4).

5.

r^? ^r^ ^''^^

l-^i j-.s?

Irewemfter

all that

he has done{\

^wJ| ^|...0L^ ye are mindful (Spic. Syr. 18:17).

6.

^ Srn\^ ?

>c,.ifi

^^-J!l
nlVi
Bern.

tqi

to be

ViS

,^Lsi^io

2UJi^ nothing to be

(1

blamed (Ad. 26:18).

to be believed

to be

blamed

(Overbeck 54:9).

opened (Ad. 14:18).

Tim.

4:4).

Sam.

15:2).

KLBMKNTS OF SYRIAC.

156
7.

],is

8.

1^1

>

A>nS
-

clothed in

^^ tvounded

Byssus (Ez.

US.

9:2).

in the hand (Barh. 170:19 [Uhl.]).

fl.The passive participle represents the result of an action as continuing.

With

2.

]oai this

The

3.(1)

participle forms a kind of pluperfect. See 127.1 (2).

logical subject preceded

by

^ is often put after the passive

participle.
(2)
4.

A logical
Some

object

may be used

particles of the

form

as the grammatical subject.

>Sq are used in an active sense as

well as a passive.
Bern.
5.

?oi^
6.

is

the use of the passive participle of verbs like

j^s?

and

remember^ \

'^to

Sometimes the passive participle

Rem.
7.

^The passive participle so used governs an accusative.

Peculiar

is

used like a gerundive.

Eeflexive participles are used in this sense.

Passive participles of verbs which take two accusatives, take the

second accusative after them.

8.

Passive participles may take after them an accusative of specification.

118, Participles as
1.

Nouns.

pa.M9 friend,
-p

...

f&>Vi*n pillar.

]L^fS

bird,

\ll^j shepherd.

2.

'^-"^ Vsl
.^Vi^

y*^-5

eating of

my

fearers of thy

bread (Ps. 41:9).

name

l-.i^? ^OTa.a-^ blessed be the

.Qj?

I^ifts

Ci^?
3.

J^]

auL^

]1qA^^

Lord

(Ps. 37:22).

they are flesh eaters (Spic. 7:15).

blessed of the

J^aL

(Ps. 61:5).

Lord (Gen. 24:31, 26:29).

deniers of beneficence {unthanhful) (2

^JsJ ysL ^rioj^ lyring with males (I Tim. 1:10).

Tim.

3:2).

 119

ELEMENTS OF STEIAC,

.]

]Lj^

4.

Uo9 a wandering spirit

3iZa^^?

LS"!^nSr

^I^

Some
The

become

ult.).

real substantives.

used in construction before nouns.

participles receive a preposition

though the participle

4.

whose accepted prayer (Aphr. 454:19).

participles have

2. Participles are
3.

19:14).

\^1m erHvg heathen (Addai 42

Some

1.

b?/

(Is.

I57

itself

between them and the noun,

remains in construction.

participle is sometimes used as an attribute.

1. (1) a.

The

119.

Infinitive Absolute.

^alcZ hJ!^ thou

shalt surely die

^3u99Mo a-.5?^

ice

a.J:iks^

^^t T\'=^^viao

(Gen. 3:2).

are chastened (I Cor. 11:32).

'^5>^

]si.'!^]

concerning

God

they are

doubtivg (Spic. Syr. 2:25).

qJULm^oCsc >al* ,-La-(n only

(2)

j.aLo si.s

flew swiftly (Dan. 9:21).

Q^j.i!i^

i^iN)
2.

believe (Spic. Syr. 2:13).

4/

^^r*

|001

^Il^jL^

0^1

COl

i^

|js!!i^

i-i^

for teachers are asJced questions they do not ask them.

rr^l-^

r^l^

^V^

wr"\"No Paul was

at times

imprisoned and at times stoned (Aphr. 300:20).

Bern, 1.

(1) |Lt\i

V^-^S

I^J-4/ ]?ci

this sltep

l^j]

s*lij ^--sLj-fc,? \:i^

when

the sons of

men

sleep

(Aphr. 170:12).

(2) 0^^? p^c^

ouD

Syr. 17:20).

to kill at all (Spic.

0^5

the fast that they fasted

l^nSnm

the folly tvith

(Aphr. 49:12).
which they have sinned

(Sim. Sty. 295:24 [Nold.]).

1. Tlie infinitive is

of the verb.

used absolutely in order to intensify the meaning

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

15

Before the verb.

(1) a.
h.

Sometimes

after tlie verb.

In contrasted statements.

(2)

2.

120.

"Without the

Rem.

1. (I)

finite

Instead

verb the infinitive

from the same or a cognate root

idea of the root

is

is

noun

sometimes used, especially when the

to be further modified or

is

occasionally found.

of the Infinitive Absolute an abstract

when two

infinitives

would

stand together.
(2)

This abstract noun can precede and be connected with the verb by

1. (1) |3o

120. The Infinitive Construct.

obai^l 4\n\ J if

to

glory

a^Ls.^lk V^jeAuj] woZ

again
(2)

to he

)ln\i\

is

oLlk ^.aI^

^^ he began

^jJ^ saying

|3

to build (Jos.

(5)

off

at?A4Vi\ |v\t<

^V^n\

Sty. 24:11).

saI;;;^

to

stand (2 Cor. 5:10).

by sinning (Jos. Sty. 20:15).

nS\i\ by making (Gen.

yf\)\

helongeth not to Israel

(Jon. 3:1).

nS4.|Vi\ nnms cut

,

it

he cannot he healed (Aphr. 136:4).

>-nSn\ ^jL,-.^ we are ready

(4)

necessary (2 Corr. 11:30).

assembled (Aphr. 359:7).

OAioli^^^ftlk ^.iaa.*:^

(3)

?.

2:3).

>^| as a

]oenJ

dream are

J though I

to he dissolved,

shall have

to die

with thee

(Matt. 26:35).
jicj^^al*. ^-.ll ]?oi

easier is
s

it to

nnftViN?

((ren. 4:13.
2. (1)

Pf hut this cannot he said (Jos. Sty. 5:20).

do good than

,_lo

^ZnNnw

to

.^(s\]^b

Compare Jon.

IILd nVnnVi^

to raise

up

keep oneself from evil (Spic. Syr. 6:10).

my

sin is too great

4:3).

children (Matt. 3:9).

to

forgive

ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO.

121.]

>^A.i{^

^>4.nv:^

i^SViN

j-L:u

l^^iJ

(2) ^-^qi|

my

to

nSVi\

make them

to

soul (Ps, 40:14).

was ready

V^t~^? that he

gi^^r.^

to deliver battle (Jos. Sty.

(2)
(3)

To denote

18:10).

curse the earth (Gen. 8:21).

(lit.

for the making of them) (Aplir. 319:5).

The infinitive construct always takes ^before it.

As
As

(1)

to kill

I59

It may be used

the subject of a verb.

the object of a verb.

the purpose or result or

manner

of an action.

Compare

137. 3, 4.
(4)

As

(5)

With

a gerundive.
lJ\

''must'\ "have
(6)

and

to''

2. (1)

Like any

?.

Sjc,

finite verb,

Like any noun,

]gv^ li^ God

1.

After the comparative

preceded by the relative

(2)

but sometimes without to denote "can^\

jcoi,

&c.

it

in

which case the

100, Rem. 2.
the infinitive can govern an object.

can take a pronominal

The Subject

121.

infinitive clause is

suffix in the genitive.

of the Verb.

created (Gen. 1:1).

Zooi |^9|o ^nd the earth was (Gen. 1:2).

]ZLi] Zj^] and the

2. (1)

1^^

ivho ivere ivith them

egn 4 1 n

)Lum9

oi^s nV^n

ci-sj-A,

c"jl^

also Mt. 27:49;

(2)

jiJ-.^
IZj.^

said (Gen. 3:2).

cyjt the people saiv (Ex. 32:1;

-31-^ oooi o5oiJ:;^sZ]

woman

oi-Ls

5:3).

.o(n.iAL5 j-2iooi9? lL- the troops of

Romans

had dispersed themselves (Jos. Sty. 47:20)

the whole assembly rose

the rest of the

Acts 26:13).

LaIs

John.

army saw

^2}

(Jos. Sty. 54:18, see

Q:L^each cried (Jonah

the whole city assembled

aiXs ^^MlsZZ J

(Lk. 23:1).

1:5).

(Acts 13:44).

if the whole church be assembled (1 Cor. 14:23).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

IgQ

^pb0)o

O091 ^^iSno ll-^-^ ]-^^ oihL^

[121.
1.^4.^,

]c0i |Z| for the multi-

tude of the people were following after him and crying (Acts 21:36).
(4)

fL fM aC^ ^jj^li^k Q^i-^ one

him

after another began to say to

(Matt. 26:22).

fL
(5)

^ aC^

^^.^v] they say

to

him one hy one (Mk. 14:19).

looi ^^01 ,_lD ]r- not oneofthesethingshappensiSjyic. Syr.

13

4:5).

should see the land (Deut. 1:35).

3. (1)

\^

Qi-1ZZ|? iio when the waters are troubled (John. 5:7).

]f4^
(2) jooi

a(ji-*

1^

|VVi4^ iAe heavens gave rain (Jos. 5:18).

ous i him teas

l?'p^ |o3iJ

\l'^-fic

life

(John.

and

|3o

1:4).

there shall not be Utter absinthe (?)

(Ezek. 28:24).
(71-^ , V

4.

nS

|Zf.<^'|c i^JL^otto

ana psalms and hymms were made

by him (Jos. Sty. 52:1).

lyiJ3^ ]^iii*^^ (31^
X
w

^uio
z

Greeli letters were written

on

it

(Jos.

Sty. 66:10).
5. (1)

^^!>^

fiacf

Amid

0|-^ wH^^coio ^j-i-J^ Patricius and Hypatius beseiged

(Jos. Sty. 52:14).

>^a-L^|-o cooi o-o-o I^jmCo _-? wrs.i^as But Paul and

Bfar-

nabas abode in Antioch (Acts 15:35).

(2)

1-^^] >c-j.ico ]^.J^,^^

other

Mary came (Mk.

V^j-co jzoiaco pLaao

and

the

ocno

l^o.*

jj]

famine and
,-:iCJ53

>G-jiao

Mary Magdalene and

the

28:1).

|Ji.c]

Icol

^i^jo and tvhen were

the pestilence

and we

jLzf

arise,

and

I and

the

war

the

earthquake

(Jos. Sty. 1:4).

he (Jos. Sty. 29:13. 17).

.ci^A^ wsra^o ^Ji thou and Joseph have

concealed the day

(LegendsofSt.Mary25:3.SeealsoJ.S. 92:3; Lk. 2:48 ;S.S. 31:1).

ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO.

121.]

Rem.

1.

>i^]

^^

JjlIs

aVo

>

Igj

I and Messiah

|j|

are of one nature

(Assem. 1:347. 28 [Uhl.]).

Vao

fb,,b)

Rem,

2.

>a^fioo

Mary

of St.

^^V-^

7.

we

oJiifci;*

all thy house (Gren. 7:1).

and Mary were going (Legends of

woman and Joseph went

the old

in

(Legends

27:10).

they are asking (Mai. 2:7); ^{iS,^y:ao

(Mai. 2:10);

lie?

and

26:10).

]hs^

wsiflQ-o

enter thou

^Aja^stlao he

o(ji

Mary

St.

^a:^

wJ|

^lS\

iLio^whydo

^i^f ^o and if ye say (Mai.

2:14).

Regularly, the verb conforms in gender and number with the subject.

1.

or other words

2. (1) Collectives,

individual, take a verb in the plural.

But a

(2)

collective

noun conveying the idea

Compare

verb in the 3rd person singular.

Hence

(3)

when denoting more than one

Compare 90. 4.
of unity requires a

90. 4.

arises the peculiar construction

when

in the

same sentence

two verbs agreeing with one subject are put one in the plural and the
other in the singular.
(4)

1^ p^

(5)

^-ifi

,fOne another^

(1) (generally

(2)

is

participle followed

by a

^ denoting the

agent some-

uninflected.

When

a verb has for

its

subject

two or more

distinct nouns,

generally in the plural number.

(2) It
6.

form but singular in signification

Sometimes they take a verb in the singular.

5. (1)
it is

in

take a verb in the plural.

The passive

4.

times

takes a verb in the plural.

f^ before a negative takes a verb in the plural.

Nouns plural

3.

may be put

in the singular number.

"When the subjects are of

to the second or third

Bern.

i.

With two

_Kem. 2.

if

third.

subjects, one of the first or second, the other of

the third person, the verb

singular as

different persons the first is preferred

and the second to the

is

sometimes put in the

first

or second person

there were but one subject.

When the

subjects are of diff'erent gender, the verb prefers

the masculine.

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

162

When

7.

the subject of a participle

when

usually not expressed, except

^^iV= ^^^

^^
to

wr:|-^o and that

him (Jon.

.ckiifc

01

may

it

h^fSi

it

he loell with us (Deut. 6:24).

was painful to Jonah and

it

was grievous

4:1).

^]J-

-^

hf)

it is

in the first or second person.

happened (Lk. 10:13).

*^

ou^ ^nLo .In i\

2.

a personal pronoun,

Impersonal Verbs.

122.

1.

it is

is

[ 122.

13c

and

it

should not le weary to them (Lk. 18:1).

I teas grieved

LJ]lc

with that generation (Heb. 3:10,

see also Gal. 1:9; 2 Tliess. 3:13; Ephr. 3:13).

3.

^^^v:v

**!:^

.Q-c^^

y^lk

jZj-ri
4. (1)

o-o-il they

|Jiio

me

to

jJ

announced

let

it is

to

Jacob (Gen. 48:2).

them write for me

letters

(Neb. 2:7).

not irksome (Phil. 3:1).

IZaia^ |vcr^ ^.A^sli^ ov^

^oi

V-jj

my

soul is sorrowful even

unto death (Matt. 26:38).

\^^

iJ

it

is not possible (Jos. Sty. 46:6).

^Av^^ *V

1-fcL.g

it

i-A-T

has not

escaped

thy knowledge (Jos.

Sty. 15:16).
(2)

^oiCjJk*)^ jJ^ic

lo3iJ?
'B.em.

j}

iSsiaia^

\i^a\ so

^^

in his

it

power (Spic. Syr. 5:13).

is necessary that it should he (Matt. 26:54).

s.4>fiq itj,s

hl\LA t-^

5.

it is

better for

me

^1-i^si for certainly

to die

it

(Jon. 4:3).

has been manifested (Jos.

Sty. 2:2).

^^

jmcJz?

z"*^

it

has been commanded

me by thee

(Jos. Sty. 3:21).

2^ '^jiioA? ^\ as we have heard (Spic. Syr. 16:22).

"Rem.

]-^ax? .oJJ

OA,? tramplers have trampled them (Nah. 2:3).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

123.]

|^a^5 ^-A.^

Jo

|uilo Za.iaJ

pi^Q.s

|3

the treader shall not tread out (Is. 16:10).

man

if a

die

(Num.

6:9).

a command has been issued (Jos. Sty. 49:8).

j-os-^l

The following forms

64.

163

of the verb are used impersonally.

Compare

911.

The third masculine singular.

The third feminine singular.
3. The third plural.
4. The participles.
(1) The feminine singular.
(2) The masculine singular.
1.

2.

may be used
impersonal

impersonal
Frequently
used
an
Instead the impersonal construction we meet
from the same
with a
the Hebrew
Note Generally
a
Rem.

Adjectives, also,

in this

the passive

5.

occasionally

subject

root.

literal translation of

this is

however, the Hebrew participle

is

ll^

w^mj

]z-f,tAjt,

(2)

is

oftener,

dropped in the Peshito and the

unexpressed or expressed by {.J) as in Deut. 22:8.

^
1. (1)

in

is

of

Bern.

subject

sense.

verb.

nSnj

123. The Object of the Verb.

he took a child (Luke. 9:47).

]^L2]

]yt

he

saw a

l^wiosu*

]9i-4,i

beautiful

]^t"*i

woman

(Sind. 4:9).

knowledge frgm the true wisdom

they have not received (Spic. Syr. 2:22).

who would blame a man

(3) wjJJJ i-iTji?

^3)]

nn4.

|3o

and

(4) ^-A^? tOJoi j-^r-s

suffered not a

T^ ii^^Lli^o

(Spic. Syr. 6:1).

man

and

(Lk. 8:51).

three of these Persians he pierced

(Jos. Sty. 68:4).

2. (1)

]1fZ ]f^?
|uc;i*^wa

that he might see the end (Matt. 26:58).

2^iij5

3:15, 4:11, et

/ have
al.).

received letters (Jos. Sty.

1:1,

see also

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

164
(2)

w^] ]\^ y
L^cn

iLci>o

]n^

m^ deficiency thou wast suj^plying

aZa.n>1m

(Jos. Sty.

they persuaded the multitudes (Matt. 27:20).

).jl1a!:^ g-ciasI

jzozj) 1^331 ly^i

when I

,js

also Jos. Sty. 3:14, 18:5,

(4)

hath seen (John. 1:18).

See also 3:12, and Matt. 27:42).

3:9.
(3)

man

Gody no

123.

^'^1
L:i)^

t^>N^ ^n A

J^o

r\

See

satv the signs (Jos. Sty. 3:17.

and Matt. 26:72, 27:30).

Jesus, ye are seeking (Matt. 28:5).

and me hast thou begged (Jos. Sty. 3:12.

See also

Mt. 26:48, 27:32).

Rem.

(5)

^Oj-caJ?

"^o-^l^hutthatthey should destroy Jesus (K&tt 27:20).

*#oi.aJZ

jJoi

oZj^l >pjL.^
i

nSn

>*icJ5jIiifc

^aJ| L^aut

Hem.

and he threw down

)r(in N^eju.jMA'O

JiQ^L^s
(6)

^?

jJ when he told this word (Aphr. 520:18).

o o

|Joi in thy zeal thou hast said this (Jos. Sty. 5:5).

otlk^9 (nic^his own hloodthedogs licJced (A-phr. 183:16).

VS 4.0

ot^ ^r^r* 8 ^^

(7)

the silver (Mt. 27:5).

and peace have I given (Mai.

2:5).

^^^^ wof stubbornness (Aphr. 177

end).

|JLi*

^^^^y

life

jnfiT^S >^tnn^ni^

f/iey took the silver

(Matt. 27:6).

li^iitS ^fficjAfflo

and fAey

mine (Jos. Sty. 68:13.

c7osp<i the

See

also Jos. Sty. 21:18, 5:17; Matt. 26:51, 57:69, 27:59).

Eem.]1S^ ai^
]|SaS

L^cm ]}1 I

otlik h]Jl

,-

beheld Satan (Lk. 10:10).

a7id as he

was dragging aivay

the

corpse

(Jos. Sty. 68:9, see also Jos. Sty. 4:11; Syr. Spic. 6:13).
(8)

oi-.^.iJ oLicii

i|\4\

he would take with

him

the dead

body (Jos.

Sty. 68:7).
ss2g,^

1.

When

may be
all

J!^o and me thou didst command (Deut. 4:14).

the object

is indefinite,

it

before or after the verb, that

meaniiig

,,he built

house^'

may

may be with
is

occur.

or without

!bk

and

the following constructions

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.

124.]

(1)

jL^

(2)

lis |L,i^.

155

jln.

(3) |a.^xl^ lis.

(4)

2.

lis

iL.^::^..

When

meaning

the ohject

is

definite

and direct the following cases

arise

house^\

,,he built the

(1) ]L.j^ lis.

(2)

lis

(3)

fb.M^

(4)

lis

Bern.

IL.JD.

lis.

l^-^sli..

The

object with iu

may be put

before the particles which

connect the sentence with that which precedes.

^ovxls*

(o) ]L*j^

(6) ^ouiJLs |ui^.

Rem.

The

but governs

by means

The

construction

flilik

cjLoj

2.

jooi

I^wls:;^

124.

^?

^-

See

(6)

Remark.

]L^:^.

^9

ci^ .j^l
01^

Kemark.

(7)

participle takes the pronominal suffix just as in the

(6).

(8) yoi-iis

1.

See

of 1^.

]AA,nS ^auJ.s.

(7)

Bern.

participle does not take the pronominal suffix directly

it

The Verb with an

.Qjji but they said to

,_Li but ive said to

-^ that

^b^L^]

was due

oai .oali. to

to

you

Mm

him

him

Indirect Object.
(Matt. 27:4).

(Spic. Syr. 1:5).

(Jos. Sty. 3:1).

is the

word

sent (Acts 13:26).

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

166

i\o And

Jesus what shall

3.

01^

4.

1;^"^ v^qiOyn\ ou^ cjic) his servants said

2.

ou^

L^ he went down for himself; *^ \i]

The

Indirect object

t^]

^'^ 4

liliD

is

[ 125.

to

to the

I do

(Matt. 27:22).

Lord (Jos. Sty. 4:10).

wa 'Nw I am going (Ad. 4:15).

preceded by ^. The following constructions

occur.
1

01^ '^^

he said to him,

2.

f^f oL^

to

3. olI^ jicj

4.

|{^i\

5.

The

but

it

him he

liVS

oul^

said.

to the

Lord

j^l he said

to

he said.

him

so-called ethical dative

the Lord.

i. e.

is

of frequent occurrence in Syriac;

can scarcely ever be translated into English. See 101 B,

1 (1),

Bern, 3.

>
Four

3.
4.

Three

2.

1. (1)

125. The Verb with

Two

or

More

Objects.

The verb may govern

cases occur.

Two
Two
Two

1.

direct objects.

indirect objects.

|zf

objects, one direct, the other indirect.

objects, one direct,

^mc^]J.

lii'jo jjffoLaJ

|j-??

\Mho]

they asked of

|Eo oiicikSZ

two

indirect.

him a sign (Aphr. 460:20).

asked him words (questions) (Aphr. 395:2).

^aa.aX I taught you laws and judgements (DQxii.A^-.h).

qiSnw

he has taught him the

way ofjudgment (Is. 40:14.

See also Lk. 11:5, 15:22; Ex. 27:2; Lk. 23:11; John. 14:26).
XlL oulitfo

and

JMioJo IWsi
wrath (Eom.
(2) aa-Lialla

filled it loith

.aJ|

vinegar (Matt. 27:48).

'^cj.aJ he

will

reward them indignation and

2:8).

wsis-^^

they clothed

^)9a-. ^Qjl JMa^l he caused them

him with a role (Matt. 27:28).

to pass

over Jordan (Aphr. 357:8).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO.

125.]

Rem.

I caused

V^lj^n^l^^lLii* j^Mz^c)

1^7

the children of Israel to inherit

(Aphr. 20:4).

the land

^ n^\

]Za-(5i].^

and ihey took from me

it,]o

their glittering role

(Apost. Apoc. 274:16).

|^?n.^^sv

(3)

yh]

^Qj| ^a.M he shoived them the mystery of baptism

(Aphr. 226:11).

\b^
|-c|

2.

|j.a3 the

^?4.iifl

show us

.Q-i*

with good things (Lk. 1:53).

fills

the father (John. 14:8).

^oaC^

l^v^a-aifiii*

hungry he

joovJ? that

might he

it

to

them for food (Jos.

Sty. 69:4).
^-ik

wcaw nnN ?
.

.cLaJ-iJ-^js.?

otji

edification he hath given it to

3.(1)

^^1 1 fffS U!^4 >o^'^l

\l^

J-*(ji5c|J

^.fJ^ because

your

us (2 Cor. 10:8).

he delivered the lad to Sindhan (Sindb.

and he gave wheat

^S(5u.o

that for

to

the

1 ult.).

Edesenes (Jos.

Sty. 67:14).

wxgaj

(2)

|jLm

i =^

v-(jv-o

oiJbii.

|-.2.jLitf

^ v^CTn\^N4.]o and he delivered him to Pilate (Matt. 27:2).

aiJ^

i-r^li*

and he
he

ga/ve

him

(Jos. Sty. 3:2).

life

made for him a

feast (Sindb. 2:23, see also

Acts 13. 14. 20. 21. 32 and Matt. 26:15).

(3)

Sr

\ l!1^

tn.tii,4'^\

the ivorld

(Aphr.

hf^ wTioZ

01.::^

jj|

]^?nVS\n^

set

apart Saul for the worJc (Acts 13:2).

>nSi>Sn }j|o and I tvill deliver himtoyou (KsiiL 2^:1

l^o-iJoVst!::^

t^rSnnV

receiving heretics to baptism

(4)

again sent his Messiah into

5:1).

1|.ns\ '^oj-A.^ o^cj^s

^oilk

cai he

1^1 i-al^ .o3vl^ it"^?

(Matt. 27:20).

'^^^^

.coovJ

j3

b).

they should not be

(Overbeck 220:19).
^^^

should deliver

to

them Bar abbas

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

leg
4.

l^^'"*^

^1^

^V^

Barnabas for
1

ashamed
-'^'-^^

5.

1^-

to take this

^\V^

1. (1)

(2)

(3)

not he

(Jon. 2:3); y.^axs o^u^kA'

firmament heaven (Gen.

|ovX

|j-o

1:8).

rewarding &c.,

filling,

causative (Apli el or Shapli'el)

Either accusative may have

Many

may

take

may

take two direct objects.

li^.

we meet with verbs having two

objects,

indirect objects.

verbs take both a direct and an indirect object; the indirect

!b^,

the direct object being either with or without

have the following cases.

01.1;*

]iw*-s |J- he built

(3) ou:;^

a house for him,

ei^ U- a house for him he

(2) ]L.tJi

Ai^\

(4) jfiui-a^ oils.

4.

my voice

Sometimes the Intensive Species governs two direct

We
(1)

we should

jJ

us for instruction (Overb. 102:15).

to

thou didst hear

called the

object always taking

it.

ivoman

>-ailci;^ j-IsSJ

objects.

2. Occasionally
3.

Verbs of asking, teaching,

Any

Rem.

me Saul and

rule over the fish of the sea (Qen. 2:2S); {.iL^^i]

)-^^ God

two direct

apart for

work (Acts 13:2).

Iz^i^SvS

]lb^i

5 01

tJie

w*b^ G-4,cj^ set

^oVl.Ii^

126.

)i^ a house he
|i.r>

built,

him,

built for

a house for him he

built.

Sometimes we have a verb having one direct and two indirect

preceded by 1^.

objects, all three

5.

their

By means

of a preposition before their object,

126. Passives &c.,

1.

some verbs have

meaning supplemented, or modified.

x^LiL^ ^^Z| thou

IjVs |I-? ol^^-^l

with the Object.

hast been repaid thy evil (2

they have been repaid a just

1^93^ |^s9 ,>Sv4 \M^ .oSVj^ ^r*^

with the Eoly Ghost (Acts 4:8).

^^^^

Sam.

16:8).

judgment (Aphr. 49:3).

Simon Peter was

filled

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

126.]

^01^
Rem.

"

M^i

wa-^

h.1]

A.

f/w7t arf clothed

with glory (Aphr. 494:12).

t^*ranV wearing {covered with) turbans (Jos. Sty. 25:1).

\L'.Las

2. (1)

hast been taught (Lk.l:4).

Ib^ liaJ he was full of cunning (Aphr. 61:11).

]oai

^|.i^ZZ|? which thou

X69

^sio^LujI they

,-isD

6:54).

and they knew him (Lk. 24:31).

>^OTai?oi-^|o

*-^^;xj*

him (Mk.

kneiv

^'t^^.A

|.ji

my

thought about one of

companions

(Sindb. 9:5).
I

it*

A.V?

pj

oi^lsQ^

j.52Cao

I ma^e mention of

the

name of

the

Messiah (Addai 20:19).

Rem,

taw

An\

they clothed themselves with sackcloth (Jon. 3:5).

pare Jon. 3:8

(2)

Com-

\L:a .an^iJI they covered themselves with sackcloht.

cover thyself ivith thy

>j.^.fcjaaZ *a..Jw:iZ|

garment (Acts

12:8).

l^oiQJ I\^nrZ] thou coverest thyself with light (Ps. 104:2).

3. (1)

]^.A.2^

,_io ^(n-^J.:;o

|J?

to

whom some

evils

have not happened

(Jos. Sty. 81:4).

P
s.!n-.ooi

'^

piso ^1.^1.^

|3

^^'e

not what has happened to

A;wo2dJ

him

(Acts 7:40).
oiZcoi? Glials all which

(2)

^^' 1^'

4. (1)

to

to

^^^^^ desire the desire

<^J^'

>ai;L4.9c|3 '\'||?

go

happened

l?oi

her (Addai 12

has come

this desire

to

ult.).

me (Lk.

has come

to

me

22:15).
that

I may

Jerusalem (Overbeck 164:23).

]o a\ ]^]:^

]'L^''f

cb

|.i>a:^ 1^.^,-. |o3i

.o5i.!saik >Q-i-c|

]bp2 bfi he

^ o!:s
=1

|V*

great cures he was ivorking{A.d.A-pos. 1:1 4).

^V he taught the peopleknowledge (Eccles. 1 2:9).

n he

made a covenant with them (Jos. Sty. 90:5).

vowed a vow (Sindb.

1:3).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

170
V.*^9 iilao ta-*-|J
(2)

]^i

].CLttL^

the waters sirarm icifh

let

[ 127.

swarms (Gen-

1:20).

w^l-A,] he experienced great agony (Sindb. 3:14).

he was

p|.x)aa j-oszl

commanded a command

(Jos. Sty. 49:8.

See

Rem.).

122. 5

Verbs which in the active govern two direct objects may govern

1.(1)

one in the passive, the other becoming the subject.

^gm, Passive participles of such verbs may also govern an object.

2.(1)

The

reflexives of

many verba mentis, in the derived forms, govern

an object additional to that involved in the verbal form.

B^ni.

under
(2)

Verbs
same

this

which in the P*'al involve a reflexive action come

rule.

Verbs which in the active govern two direct

objects,

may

in the

reflexive govern one additional to that involved in the verbal form.

3. (1)

(2)

Verbs signifying

*'fo

The impersonal verb

happen

to'^

take a direct object.

i^.? (3rd fem. sing.), see 122. 2,

some-

times takes a direct object.

4. (I)

Some verbs take a cognate

accusative from the same or a

cognate root.
(2)

Reflexives and Passives sometimes take a cognate accusative:

but only those of such verbs as in the active would take two direct
objects (see

1.

(2)),

or such reflexives as

127.

1. (1) jo 01

nSw

>

was going up (Gen.

yol-^ was cunning (Gen. 3:1).

]o3i

li^ox

coi

\on

he toas the priest (Gen. 14:18).

because

I was

with thee (John. 16:4).

Vi\Sr5 he teas in the ivnrld (John. 1:14).

01 4>n

jofli.

2:6).

Icgi

t^om .'^nVS?

(2)

Uses of

would come under 2

n\

jooi

l^iiS

^?

jibao?

.colW

^ool^] his clothing was (Matt. 3:4).

Zcoi

Zom now

there

]ooi fi^jb^ theg

was a

question (Jon. 3:25).

had not a place (Lk,

2:7).

(1).

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

127.]
\l\ iioj lisoi

I am

P hui

jooi

oioZ Zooi I^Mo and the earth was waste (Gen. 1:2).

w^^

\:^h\^

Cain was a

]ooi ,~)-Do

owe in him teas

jotn jJL*

life

Comp. Matt.

8:28.

When

]oai

or even a clause,

it

is

stands after a predicate participle, adjective, noun,

When

emphasizes the negative particle

also, it

stands before the predicate the

]ooi

jooi is

This

is

ai

oi is

ttA^ViN CO 01
cnJxs

|3.

pronounced

is

true also

when a word

jooi.

used in the sense of ^was made^\ "came

&c., the

p^oiff

"itW.

used to strengthen the past sense of ^| or of the

Sometimes,

When

3. (1) a.

1:10).

27:54).

occurs between the predicate and

(2)

made with him (John.

written without linea occultans.

^^Jiappened^^

{fa Qu, 4:2).

takes the enclitic form jooi and has the meaning

(2) It is often so

finite verb.
2. (1)

of the ground

).tis^>n'^ ^>\oi these things were done in Bethany (John.

wi'otn

1. (1)

tiller

(John. 1:4).

(2) joji aig^]^ |,\i\s ^Ae world ivas

and

not thus saying (Jos. Sty. 42:23).

w^ou. he had given (Matt. 26:48).

^ooi

2. (1)

^5

171

into beeing",

always pronounced.

they

^oio]}..

saw

Zooi

coij; |.^|js

the

Messiah (Addai. 2:10).

and

Zn\iNu4^(o

all

Syria was

delivered into their hands (Spic. Syr. 18:8).

jooi

b.

u*|

ir^\

|.^

^Mr\t\

jooi f.^1

^^^^^^

^^^ ^ certain

wa5c9oi

j-i-,.

coi

man

(Matt. 21:28).

for Herod had seized John

(Matt. 14:3).

a\hL^
ouli^k

wi'coi wi'Zjj tcho

^'ooi wOti^^I \2af^9

him by
Q

(2)

ci^

had come after (Matt. 27:55).

the Persian
7

King

jooi '^s-aJ?

).a!!::J;>o

_^9 who had

been given to

(Jos. Sty. 70:10).

ff-'O

joiji

forth (Aphr. 314:4).

wc?]

it

was

right that he should let

it

well

ELEMENTS OF STEIAC.

172

ZoCT .S(n^ZZ9

jooi

it

[ 127.

was necessary

that she should have been

given (Aphr. 234:2).

]o<n

jnSI oiVnl

O01?

^j

j,^)

jooi

|^^ Abgar wished

that he

himself might pass over (Addai 3:6).

jZnn^jSsnN

1lJl0

Zooi

|^2

]9(n

|^L

).:ia^? lest this

cause

should call forth hitter enmity (Ad. 3:9).

\^)^a^

)\iii\ OO01 .r iin^l

)]9

^Aa^ ^Ae^ cott^i not eat bread

(Mk. 3:20).
(3) a.

^^tili

oooi

^^> 4l")

^^i\ii n?

who were standing

in

crowds

(Ad. 2:12).
|o3i

1-^

)-3r-3-

_IaX

fg-n,.

the dearness

li.111^

men

ten thousand

CC01

^0019 which

consisted of about

(Jos. Sty. 74:15).

^a-*^ Vlk 0001

|?<jwm

^]

was increasing (Jos. Sty. 35:2).

^tSn

they were seeking, against Jesus,

witnesses (Matt. 26:59).

h. 0001

t-^? withersoever they tvere going (Jos.

in'=t1?

1-oa-A.co iQ4iia|. 0001

on the porches and

]2^9| ,_io

jooi

^i^V?o

Sty. 34:10).

they tvere in the habit of sleeping

streets (Jos. Sty. 36:19).

s.nSw ^s^^i^o and a mist used

to

go up from

the

earth (Gen. 2:6).

(4)

l-o2^? ^01 Zo9i

]VA

iiV)

^.^

|]

for the testament had not been com'

pleted (Aphr. 28:8).

ccci t^i 4 iin

A'i\ no

]-^.ai?9

)^u|

when

the scribes

and

elders

were assembled (Matt. 26:57).

01^
3. (1)

loai

h^L^lc It had been sent

The Perfect 031 is used

It may express

of the Perfect.

to him,

to render

(Jos. Sty. 17:16).

more emphatic the past sense


ELE3rIENTS OP SYEIAa

127.]

178

The past.
The pluperfect.
(2) The perfect of ]ooi is used after the imperfect to emphasize a
past subjunctive.
(3) The perfect of jocn is used after an active participle to express,
a.

h.

a.
h.

A state,
A state,

Rem.
(4)

or continuous action in the past.

or action as having occurred frequently in the past.

For the subjunctive of

The

perfect of |oci

is

{a)

and

the result of a past completed action.

when they

of the reflexive forms,

4. (1) jJcn

)\iNsr?

you in

-^

Zooi

b-

let it

iJ

see 4 (2).

This

is

true of the participles

are used as the passive.

.nn\ |.^^.m Zotn

world (Addai 44

this

|j).iso

.0 n 4

(6),

used after a passive participle to denote

|j!ioi SO

he

it

reckoned by

ult.).

not he wearisome to us (Gral. 6:9).

*.

^7

aaUg-aiViN T?^ ^h^otn remember your guides (Heb.

,*jZn
(2)

%n

ii

^^otn

be ivhole

from thy plague (KdXi,

ovs ^^t^ni^A^ OO015 that they might he

ox.^!.

tiSn ,_ic

it

^^iSn

h<

13:7).

'put

in

it

3:4).

(Jos. Sty. 23:14).

they were willing to keep carrying

oooi? oooi ^*-St

(Aphr. 264:6).

tilnnj ViiQio

|ooi5 |ooi 01,^4:^ it luas his

custom

to receive

strangers

(Aphr. 391:8).
5. a.

P-^Va

|Xfc-s

|.3oi

01.^ ^^'i^S .oosiJ? 0^.4-0] o

l?j^lik

flwi they

determined that they would be keeping this festival every year (Jos.
Sty. 26:17).

^oiZ-^^ ^j.^ ^ooiJ

cloisters

^^}J
the
b,

P (they) shall not he entering into their

(Overbeck 212:5).

^c(nJ

jj?

)J^?oju

Vl

i-r

j-os for he

commanded concerning

Jews that they should not keep circumcision (Aphr. 95:14).

UA-J.S ?caiJ let it he separating

l-sj-D

.ociii^

(Gen.

1:6).

>cI-o joaiJ |J|o andj if not,

between them (Jos. Sty. 77:12).

war

should he continuing

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

174

1^4 IcsiJ ll-^ >a^

^.ajI?

[ 127.

that a ma7i be erring with the

many

(Spic. Syr. 22:13).

em.

l^i-I^ 31^ ]-^wC^;|l

^^^^ .coi^

I^al

7. (1)

Zo3i mls^^ft ^ooi

(Addai
|o3i

(2)

oiZ^

,-3

and

it

should be

every one will be reading

"^"''^'^

osici ij-o ]ooi oiJaio? j^woi'lo

the ivritinys of his book in that

]o3i.Jo

same month (Aphr. 217:7).

kept by them until the 14'' of the

6.

r>^

day (Ad. 23:10).

when she saw him she received him

11:8).

oil^

he

left

him

(Jos. Sty. 76:11).

.cffL^ ,*iaiii:o ccoi rrJ-^o they

all

were reclining and enjoying

themselves (Jos. Sty. 26:18).

s^\Vo L^oai ws^l I was

y^]o

]o3i

V^^o and
^cai

^i-r^xiLco

sitting

and teaching (Matt. 26:55).

he was praying and saying (Matt. 26:39).

^^T'vw^?

tve

icere

expecting and hoping (Jos.

Sty. 41:15).
Bern.

^^-^''^^

.oooiJ &J]^.i.Vi.^ 13 that ihey should not be altogether

injurious nor altogether injured (Spic. Syr. 21.4).

^oat

8.

.ZcJjJ^ao

^JHinn

our chastisement

ivas

abundant (Jos.

Sty. 4:14).
oifluiZUtf J.o<n

iu-lxJjjJ jooi |io

and

his

coming was not in vain

(Aphr. 150:15).
Iz^-ik!^
f

k.

h^]

4>^

b-

ccoi they were evil to the end (Aphr. 293:5).

<*

j-laJax? ^3i.!ik jcaiJ |3o

9.

^oL^
IZj-c

4. (1)

The

jcoi '^^ja] tJiey

CTiiio (-1.1*

perfect of

and they should have no need (Rev. 22:5).

had a prisoner (Matt. 27:16).

Zc3i he had by her a daughter (Jos. Sty. 19:7).

josji

is

used before adjectives and participles to

express a wish, a command, or an admonition

(2)

When

112.

3. (2),

the frequentative expressed by means of

]ooi

Kem.

2.

with the

ELEMENTS OP SYEIAO.

128.]
participle (see 3. (3)

put in the subjunctive,

6.) is

175
jooi

precedes instead

of following the participle.

"When a frequentative action or a state is looked upon as future,

it is expressed by means of the imperfect of jooi and a

5.

or contingent,

following participle.
6. The futurity of a state, or continuous action, may be emphasized
by placing the participle of ]ooi before the participle of another verb.
7. (1) The pronominal suffix is placed after the principal verb.

(2)

the

Where

Bern.

For

may be

usually formed with

special emphasis, especially in contrasted statements, it

may be used with

adverb

l-i9o|

wi^ VaJ?

,-*

jooi.

^ expresses

accompanied by

9. jooi

1. (1)

jsoi is

repeated.

An

8.

two, or more, participles occur,

only.

first

our verb "fo have'\

128. Uses of

hJ\^,

lJ\ there were some that fell

on, the

icayside

(Matt. 13:4).
.Qjj^ iv.1.^ l-iLJJ?

]l\iS^ in the trouble of men are they not (Ps. 73:5).

^VVinS

.caI^ hJ{

).Lc2

^iAjjiukik there is not

^i^l?
(2)

Ja

|J-j-i1

^t\^

^? ^1

oi.iiCoia5LS

how many

man

loaves have ye? (Matt. 15:34).

(Jos. Sty. 77:19).

there are others

v^cio^l? wJio

who say

(Spic. Syr. 9:7).

was a Galilean by race (Jos.

Sty. 69:6).
^oioi^-.?

|3

oi.:^Qio

|nSi

o|

or fortune itself does not exist (Spic.

Syr. 9:9).
>c?|

2. (1)

s*3ic^.Ai^

.ooi.iaL

],.i'^

(2)

Rem.

Adam

ui^ who was

did not exist (Spic. Syr. 4:15).

not with them (Jos. Sty. 76:10).

i-k.^cooi ^ou2u1 for they were fishers (Acts. 22.3).

iVr>

VjuD

joffi

fS when

jooi ^oiou|? toho

^aiJic^ ]oci

had been blind (John. 9:24).

2>-]5 ^^>?\13o

killed (Jos. Sty. 76:15).

and them who were with them he


ELBMENTS OP SYBIAO.

176

^^'^

lijkJ

3. (1)

^'o^

r^*?

See also the examples under

>coi|^|

^ll

.-[

^ ov^

.aa^

(2)

have

.coi^^l

2^^?

jo 31

u-e

(1)

Abraham

and

(2)).

the Edessians have care (J OS. Sty.

because he had no sons (Matt. 22:25).

.ooi.^? that he had

all possible vices {Sind. 3:21).

lioaitf

\LL

L^]o and thou hast power (Jos. Sty. 76:19).

we have (Kirsch Chrest.

lJ\

l^aLi^3 ^oicL-l

ii-]i-*^.A/

if the

p.

80

ult.).

word he true (Deni. 13:14).

l^)g^f^j >c,.la^ woa-CLAJ

scio^]

^S :1b).

jiimSn ye have the poor (John. 12:8).

ui

>fi

(Matt.

(Matt. 3:9).

aiki b^]

^a^
4.

jif

women

there were there

27:55.

]Z5L:-.j^ |-i(ji9c|3

Rem.

^) w^ now

|28.

w.a.J|

if one should leave

something that really exists (Spic. Syr. 22:15).

5.

w^ \]a\ |Ji^

y:ac|.:>^^

^V^Vil>

but this cannot be said (Jos. Sty. 5:20).

loci iukli^s nothing could be

heard (Jos. Sty. 39:14).

j^V^&i;^ ui^ It cannot be said (Aphr. 496:3).

1.

hJ\

employed impersonally in the sense of ''Mere

is

exists''; LjJI:!

is", ^^there

in the sense of ''there is not'\ ''there exists not'\

used (Compare

130.

They

are

1. (3)):

(1) Uninflectedly.

(2)

With pronominal

2. hJ\ or

past or pluperfect of "to be",

Rem.

AYhen

]o3i is

inflected or uninflected.
3. (1)

The verb

65.

suffixes.

2la^ followed by

jcoi is

used to express, or emphasize, the

''to exist''.

used with 2U|, either one or both

See

all

the examples under 2.

"to have" is generally expressed

followed by the preposition

iik

and a pronominal

may be

(1), (2)

by means

suffix.

either

and Rem.

But

of

b,^]_

see also

127. 9.
(2) l^} followed

by wS or

-^ol*.

with a pronominal

suffix

may

also

express our verb "to have",

4. lJ^

is

5. L^]

followed by

occasionally followed

^ with

by an adverb. Compare

an infinitive

127:8.

may be translated by

"can".

ELEMENTS OP STEIAO.

8 129.1

177

129. fJh^ and Other Auxiliaries.

t-^^? I"^"^^? iJ-? ^^^ judgment of the world which

1.

is to

come

(Jos. Sty. 6:4).

-ioZ jjnqnN

01

Zola

^'s^^ZZ?

,..

Z^

jiscji so shall

ness he avenged on the unbeliever there

r-^

|z|^2ik

i"*^

was

-^^^'^s ^'^o

to

her righteous-

(Addai 24:12).
come (Matt. 11:14).

.oj-^oi? iJo mws^ they worship (John. 4:24).

2. (1) a.

in A

^?

|o!JiJ5

Av^v/^V w.4^

01^9 lii^?

h,

v-^.*-**

j-iJ

^^^1

for the elder must he (I Tim. 3:2).

J though I should have

jocjiJ

aVin\i\ lovX

(2) a.

jlo

P ought not

w.>,n4V^ GocZ

W.AJ]

iJ

to die

to cover his

(Matt. 26:35).

head

(1

caw raise up (Matt.

Cor. 11:7).

3:7).

wo one could pass (Matt. 8:28, see also

Mt. 26:9).
h.

I'^M? PI 1^^ P

c.

oj.^pc^ |Ja^
.ajf

(3)

V2ia l^t

\i

oL^

coi Jcoij^^l

^-^?

y^]^
(3)

^.AJlil

^-.?

Rem. 1. jcn^ji
2.

l?(^ t^^s

fluifc

j^ |j|
A

no

man

could quell (Spic. Syr. 44:16).

he would not receive them (Jos. Sty. 17:13).

thanks he

ti^l

to

God

(1

Cor. 15:57).

ottr oiw father is

(yi?a4^ for

^V 1^?

cannot do (Jos. Sty. 5:16).

am I my

Abraham (John.

brother's keeper?

8:39).

(Gen. 4:9).

]\m he saw people who

\.icL

were numberless (Sim. Sty. 271).

I^.^v^^

Qj|

l^v&likl? .... .en

disciples of Christ

1.

,-,Lik

2.

The

*t1

they showed that they were

(Overbeck 177:3).

futurity of an action or state is emphasized

futurus (jjLsXkxv).

In regard to mood

by the use of

KLSMEKTS OF SYRIAC.

178

The Imperative

(1)

"U

>jsum

The Potential

(2)

]^

all

(1)

strengthened by the nse of

>

m-aV

"is able'*,

*'is sufficient''.

^
;

>;/-.S

130. Verbal and Nominal Sentences.

I am

V thai

wa^

it

,1^ i^^l?

thy servant (Overbeck 3S3:2).

teas

good (Gen.

oi-<ji?

1^^ J ^Hr^

1:3).

the gold of that land is

]lstzl l-CiiT love is light

Bern,

is tiecessart/" ^

has /o".

found in simple nominal sentences.

1.

is

)soi ''one

|30.

The Yoluntativ is strengthened by means of |jd, ^towiW, ^toicish''.

The Optative (1), Indicative (2) and Subjunctive (3) moods

Rem.
are

streDgthened by the use of }^o "it

and |^~V

"is possible''

(3)

is

and ^

is due''

/n^l

good (Gen. 2:12).

(Aphr. 257:22).

W Atm

fo<7^e tft the cloister

if

it

be near

(Gverbeck 212:9).
(2)

^ M? e
ei3w^

(3)

7" m V ?

be that thou hast (Spic. Syr. 2:3).

^s his sin

cci

V^ M?

^*aifi

^^ if it

<t^M

lii

is

great (Aphr. 45:10).

Ni

f|-fcS-5

afl ttirf tt

a'wi

above

me

(Spic. Syr. 3:21).

ttou art a branch of the plague

(Aphr. S2:4).
12.^-?^ si-s .-1>

Bern.

^iis L-^

tft

which

is

knowledge (Spic. Syr. 8:11).

sJic tr^om Aare y<m

t. e.

tcAo

existing

among you?

(Hal. 1:10).
2.

mJ?.

*--^J-s

c,-aZ> i-i.^ P for the sons of man are not

(Spic. Syr. 5:2).

o^

?c9i

V*^i-c

>

ii'SA he sent to

jilk the saint

^OT^ii^

^ ^^

him (Addai 37:11).

answered (Apec. Acts. 25:4).

he fUd from them (Jos. Sty. 70:9).

commanded

ft

ELEMENTS OF STRIAO.

131.]

179

Simple sentences, and the parts of compound and complex sentences,

may be
1,

either nominal

A nominal

the predicate

or verbal 2.

1.

sentence

one in which there

is

nominal sentences, the subject and predicate

no verb, but in which

Bern.

The

subject, as well as copula, is sometimes omitted.

(2)

Connected by the pronoun used as a copula, see

(3)

Connected by L^],
See

sized.

Bern.

128.

coi

and

\z]

are used.

COI that there is the tree

oiI;ik wr;(?L.*

^M^*A

;&^ooi |.o,

empha-

Giacomo

157).

(Overbeck 348:20).

V^l^uLo they took counsel (Matt. 27:1).

i.la^^
jcoi

is

Simple Sentences.

01 j.:^? s-Aina4 it s the price

(1)

i^-|

king saw (L'omelia di

]}-M the

jcoi

|i^f ^?
a^mJ

101. 2.

1.

Occasionally both

fnSV)

1.

which case the idea of existence

in

131.

Bern.

In

may be

Simply placed in juxtaposition.

(1)

2.

is

a noun substantive or adjective or a pronoun.

is

^i

|3

^-^

jJ

|Jo

of hlood (Matt. 27:6).

he answered him not a ivord (Matt. 27:14).

he could not (Add. 3:8).

j-i^

|3

for

]ZJ| the

^5

h,i,3.:a

did not wish (Jos. Sty. 34:17).

woman
the

jJ

did not perceive (Sindb. 16:8).

miracle

is

not sufficient for us (Jos.

Sty. 23:6).
woi9iLjaJ slT^, Va^cpi
jJsj

joffi

Ir^ i-^ y

|3

let

f^*"

us not hasten then

my sons (Jul.

28:23).

^ ^^"^^ ^^^^ ^^^ become a father (Spic.

Syr. 11:3).
(2)

M^i^
doefh

V^joio

oiJLij ^iso |o8i

\1

it

is

not

from

his nature a

man

wrong (Spic. Syr. 12:21).

jJl^.*z|

|.:4C5

^Jao

(John. 1:13).

0^5

^^t\.*j

those

who

ivere not born of the blood

ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO.

180

any one

h^i:i>D

(4)

^\

|j1?

h^]

I^jsis

13

has not pleased him

it

to be seen

hy

(Spic. Syr. 6:19).

I^^

VjJ

Valk

w*J)

a^i|^)^>al^ p.?]

(3)

[R 131,

13

IwUl

(Matt. 26:39).

not carnivorous (Spic. Syr. 7:21).

|3

Ij^

not as

|3

OCT

^1^

body

13o afi the

is neither restrained

nor assisted (Spic. Syr. 11:2).

V-lLo

(Rom.
Bern.

).Lm |3o ]Za:^

|33

f^

|3o

moon nor one of

Po

Mary

St.

and I do

(not)

|s^

not a

4 \i

j^

13o

For

neither sun nor

Joseph nor another (Legends

neither

of

Twr height nor depth (Rom. 8:38. 24).

I am

Us)

not ehvious

against thee

excuse myself (Jos. Sty. 3:15).

little

i=much) (Matt. 28:12).

without care (Matt. 28:14).

13?

'rlZ

|3

|j| >axL |j|

|Znl\n>ia^
(6)

the stars (Spic. Syr. 3:17).

l^ico? |3o

v^

13

|3o

25:7).

"^ji^-AJaeo

^aLl

jjgua

^aiea-

lii^ai Po

(5)

that neither death nor life nor angels

8:38).

]^o^ ^
\j'fM.]

|3)

it is

|3

^i'^ i'SA

|3

)3

incorruptibility

(Rom.

2:7).

not good (Gen. 2:18).

>c,Jiar:o

and in some things they are not powerful

(Spic. Syr. 9:23).

Simple sentences are declarative, negative, optative, and

rogative.

For optative

sentences, see 114. 3.

inter-

For interrogative

sentences, see 132.

1.

The declarative sentence may be either nominal or verbal,

The negative ]J precedes the verb to which it relates.

2. (1)

Rem.

A particle may intervene between

(2) Generally,
it

modifies,

or by

jooi.

it is

when

the negative

reinforced

is

p
|3

and the verb.

separated from the verb which

by the copula

001

(which contracts into

aiik)

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

132.]

"When the negative

(3)

other than a verb,

When

(4)

^^nor''\ it

Bern.

it

relates to a phrase, or to a part of speech

immediately precedes

the negative

is

it.

repeated and has the sense of ^neither',

comes at the beginning of the sentence.

The negative must be repeated

before each noun; but

be omitted from before each verb after the

it

may

first.

used before substantives and adjectives in a privative sense.

13? is

(5)

Igl

("wn", "iw", "a", ''without &c.)

may be

(6)

used, also,

1.

>4-.ai

is

an adjective.

Interrogative Sentence.

jZijpI

alio tchat is this that thou hast done? (Gen. 3:13).

jjoi

jj^ial^ ivh^ art thou displeased?

wA.|-sZ|

^Ib^

oul^ ^cLjI

J| )^^ ll[ where

I^'iwa

The

the predicate

QJlo ivho shoived thee? (Gen. 3:11).

vZ,..::iik?

>^

132.

when

.ab^iJ

ivhy trouble ye the icoman? (Koii. 26:10).

thou? (Matt. 26:17).

ivilt

'\-.acn

|.ilo

(Gen. 4:6).

p.a-.1

how then should

the scriptures be fulfilled?

(Matt. 26:54).

^ ^
1:^^

what

is that to

^^o

^\iS

^1

sf^t]

%*oi]|.^)o

|jL]

from

us? (Matt. 27:4).

ivhat people art thou? (Jon. 1:8).

J) jnVi.l ^.^ i-t^^ <3J^ tvhat

is

thy business, whence

art thou, what is thy country and of tvhat people? (Jon. 1:8).
2. hi]

^Ll

L^hJ\

]jh^

|J

thou hearest not? (Matt. 27:13).

]fS.'^

^ ^H*

^fl2-ka4Z|

Ijoi

hast thou brought dust to us? (Sind. 10:13).

^^^^^

^^^

^-^ from

\JJlxL.J9 ij| i-os ait

**^^^

^^^^

books (Spic. Syr. 13:8).

this art thou

thou going to

persuaded? (Spic. Syr. 12

command

ult.).

that he shall be killed

(Sindb. 6:9).
|1

]J^

jL^jaloLliO? noL.l\

r^^r* ^ ^^

V^'^ '^^^

works miracles? (L'omelia di Giacomo 729).

know

that baptism

ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.

132
\l]oaL'^ |.n\\^

b^)

c(ji

r^

ix:ik^l

132.

Lj) ar^ <AoM fAe king of the Jews ? (Matt. 27:11).

1

behold

01

from

the tree hast thou then eaten?

(Gen. 3:11).
3.

(1)

.o^l

,^iS\^4>

^vv^T^V
I

IZj

niw

|jpnVl\ aC:uareyenotoheyingthelato?{(ydk\A:1\).

<tViM .Qj(n.lik .oi^JJ

^^901^ U do

yon, not

remember

the

(Matt. 16:9).

five loaves?

(2)

)3

li-iZu

\ms^ Zooi

es ?ioi the life

|3

more than

the

meat?

(Matt. 6:25).

|n\Sn .^L-l
(3)

li^i^s

|If^
4.

(1)

]SI:^ W answerest thou not a word? (Mk. 14:60).

^1

001 iJ|

>c,^ 01^

wsjo a&o ar< ^A(m not king? (Sindb. 3:9).

)J

L-c(n

^i.*|

w^

flrf #/joM

wof fAa# Egyptian? (Acts. 21:38).

^iai^ /ms a naw brought

him something?

(John. 4:33).
''^^^ aula!
(2)

^i:t^ iJ]

^ ]\i\

ilal:^ is it

he then

I Lord?

l^r^ >^ i-^?

\eC:L'^

wSial^? ^Gii^l

5.

7re7/

looi

oiAlk

kill

himself? (John. 8:22).

(Matt. 26:22).
^^^^^

**^"

rob God? (Matt. 3:8).

i\^\? was not Esau

the brother of Jacob?

(Mai. 1:2).

^^r.

li

\L^]

^^'SnS \^] gZ
icew.

is it

|coi

not evil? (Mai. 1:8).

]3

(I)

have we not all one father? (Mai. 2:10).

(SfiN? o| ^UJa.3?Z? {L*^ .o^ls

or not? (L'omelia de
6.

j-Liii.?

^|

/iave

Giacomo 211. See

^ow poiver

to

purify

me

also Mt. 22:17).

tluklio 001 jf ^* if thou be the Messiah? (Matt. 26:63).

)]

o]

?!-

>cik ^^ISnm?

jsnto

Vl

ii.ia-i-D|

.?

i/ fAoK Aasf

A:epf the

agreement ivhich we made with one anoflier or not? (Sindb. 13:18).

(2)

|.n\Nn\ ^cci jiwiaJo

}J-^a.*

pas? how great expenses and

lays kings have? (Jos. Sty. 15:16).

out-

ELEMENTS OF STKIAC.

133.]

l.M^A^
item.

(Add. 21:4).

>^52-4-i*i2

(-.j.a.J

^^a

them reveal

/e^

Za^

jooiZ alio

Mary

belong (Legends of St.

7.

Christ should he horn? (Matt. 2:4).

?67iere

^^ ^cX^o

^c3U-.^9 QJio

is

^^?

r"^'*f^

j'f.iJ ^e^

to

us what their mind

us see

whom

to

she shall

14:4).

^1

cui

183

art

thou

then

only a stranger?

(Luke 24:18).

^ w^L.aJ

jZalliLai
1.

Ae

s/ia/Z

f/ie?i

find faith (Lk. 18:8).

Interrogative sentences are often denoted by interrogative pro-

nouns or adverbs.
2=

Generally, the interrogative

denoted by the inflection or con-

is

nection without any particle.

3.

The negative

fi

may be used

in interrogative sentences,

showing whether the answer expected

but always the answer "^es"
4.

The negative

|.:^li is

hoped

is

is

without

dubious, positive, or negative;

for or at least desired.

used to express doubt in the questioner as

to the answer.
(1)

When the

answer "^es", though half expected,

is

deemed scarcely

possible.
(2)

When

is

Rem.

nof

the answer ^^surdy,

The double negative |3

hoped for, or expected.
5.

In a double

|.^c^

question,

is

is

hoped

|]

for.

when the answer

used,

U^1^5

is

^^

surely, yes'

often used elliptically for

the alternative.
6.

The

Rem.

indirect question

any connecting

particle.

The

.^

7.

is

introduced by J or

The indirect question

particle

is

is

9.

sometimes introduced directly, without

often used for the purpose of strengthening the

interrogative.

133.
1. |,A ^ o n l^o

Compound

Sentences: Conjunctive.

P3va wlij^ ^7\] he returned

to

the

chief priests

and

elders (Matt. 27:3).

|3i-^?

oL^oy

Zo,-4--Jo

oiZajoiu^o

giZ^v^inn ^4^ijo

kindness and grace and longsuffering of

God

because

(Jos. Sty. 6:7).

of the

ELEMENTS OF Si RIAC.

184

Rem.

1.

|^J-^?
^01

Rem.

2.

33^

i-Isosoi 1Ll? V^o] terrible earthquakes, overturnings

cities (Jos.

of

[ft

and he went and returned (Matt. 27:3).

'^li

jJZaio?

Sty. 4:21).

jlasjo

j^ijox?

jJ^^o]

afflictions of locusts,

and of

famines, and of pestilence (Jos. Sty. 40:16).

lla^? ]L}

|.iil.o??o

rods

and of

of the hazel

the

poplar

(Gen. 30:37).
t}.ii

\iN o

understanding
o^oi
to

vN o

harm

>AL,^hZ9

n*"^wLoJ^

unahle

is

to

\1jlL.

iLoaw U but the eye of my

examine and

Viiclfc ,M^il>nAV

jJ

to see (Jos.

Sty. 1:10).

they were not able to enter and

(Jos. Sty. 63:1).

^^aJ?c t^|J?

hfM, he sent

to

bring

aiid to ask

(Jos. Sty. 78:8).

P

^^

2.

se

at

ou.^ pluck

sfX^ aufA,o
n

out

and

cast it

from

thee (Matt. 5:29).

iin4]?Vay.oe]o '-n^o ai.^|o o'^they plundered and destroyed

and
j^ i

it

took captive

nn ,>

=^

and burned

.c0L^

oi|.^^o

The clergy persuaded

the

all

which they found (Jos. 63:12).

wfiJo-o.* fi.i^j3

f^j..^ ^4^1.21-^

vi*aiaJSM*^|

Patriarch and he made him their bishop

(Jos. Sty. 78:7).

^3-io >c,-o he foresaw

Rem.

Uk9|-c

w^Lj

(Aphr. 12:3).

''^llJ? that

he might go

and stay in

the land (Jos,

Sty. 57:15).
019 A-c

Compound

sentences, or phrases,

or adversative.
1.

^ll >Gjo and he arose and went

1.

Rtm.

2.

conjunctive, alternative,

In conjunctive sentences, or phrases:

One word may govern two,

Rem.

may be

him (Mk. 2:14).

after

or more, connected

The o may be omitted.

The of the genitive and i^ before

by

o.

the Infinitive cannot

?
be omitted from before a second, or third word in the same government
as the

first.

ELEMENTS OP SYRIAC

134.]

in

185

may govern

2.

Several verbs connected by o

3.

Of two verbs connected by o and

in the

common

same

object.

tense, one

may be

dependence upon the other, often as an adverb or complement.

Rem,

In such cases the o may be omitted.

134. Alternative and Adversative Sentences.

jlm

1,

o| jjfloLaJ the

V^5

1^^

law or the prophets (Matt. 5:17).

|n\viS ,viv\

o]

or

to

say

to the

king: ^^Take

war." (J. S. 16:15).

Bern.

1.

j-nlTv?

|LL

^x>" of

lii'is

Vl? \^^

o] |3f

but

either

the

weeping over the dead or the lamentable cries of those in pain

(Jos. Sty. 39:15).

Rem. 2. ^J|

-^

^\ntff]
2

o]

or thinkest thou? (Matt. 26:53).

aX.'iiflilao

|.iaa!I:i;*?

Jo l^^f.^ Jo

|jLifl-wO

I commit

o] or did

either

to

a sin (2 Cor. 11:7).

the north or to the south

(Spic. Syr. 19:15).

Js \Lz^]

]l^ut^
I^J]?

3.

i3|

>f*]

iJl

either flute or cithara (1 Corr. 14:7).

1^^

IJ]?

v^l

|i

not as

icill

but as thou

(Matt. 26:39).
iL^I?

13)

^^fnS

1^1?
ootsx

jj

not to destroy but to fulfil (Matt. 5:17).

wTii^)

^"p^a^?

they should not be able

to

(Jf

cJ;uAial>c]^

^ miaI

P? that

do icrong but that alicays they should

be doing ivhat is good (Spic. Syr. 1:9).

wsolisf |j|o .Qj-aJ .Qjci they shall build but

will destroy

tJ

"used in an

(Mai. 1:4).

1.

Alternative sentences are usually connected by

Rem.

1.

Rem.

2.

oj.

may stand at the head of each clause.

In the Peshito New Testament, translates
o)

o)

interrogative sentence which refers to a preceding categorical sentence".

AA

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

186

135.

2.

Alternative sentences are sometimes introduced with J or Jo.

3.

Adversative

sentences are generally introduced with V)

but

occasionally by AVaw.

Complex Sentences.

135.

These may be divided into substantive, adjective and adverbial sentences.

Substantive sentences are those in which the sentence takes

the place of a noun, as subject or object of a verb, or in apposition

to a noun.

jl'^n^

1.

t^r^

^o^oioJ?

>^

]\2 ^.L^ P for that thy slaves should die

of hunger does not become thee (Jos. Sty. 76:6).

il2^^ ^nlac^sN
manded

oil^ ^a^LiiO^ to

whom

it

has been com-

go down in

the depth of the waters (Jos. Sty. 4:1).

r^P?

to

>^}m

i^.^Nril;>,

i-*-y^

w.ifc.as

it

is better

for thee that one of thy

members perish (Matt. 5:29).

for whosoever has not the ftar of

God

in

him

is subject to all fears

(Spic. Syr. 2:26).

'^ji? |J^

2.

this is that thou

p.^]

l^-JuDj

|soi

mayest know (Aphr. 213:15).

1^^^ the

reason icas

its

being

(it

was) the time

of fruitage (Jos. Sty. 48:18).

Iw-tJ^ ^.aJi? si|^i.^|

v.r:IuaJ

it is

one thing for a

man

to

write

sadly (Jos. Sty. 5:7).

3. (1)

^91-^

jssi

wsX

i^Li CC01

^f^ those who should read the Scriptures,

he taugh* in them (Add. 40:13).

wiUii^Zl?

"^s-A-*

Ii^*

ichen he

saw

that Jesus

had been condemned

(Matt. 27:3).
-^

-r.

(2) 3J"^^

kP
oJ^

Syr. 1:19).

V^H

^^^ ^'^^ *^^^ know what his

desire is (Spic.

BLEMBNTS OF SYRIAO.

g ^351

jiao *^^^4^

l^^ V

^al3?

187

sJww thee why

to

it

does not please

us (Spic. Syr. 2:5).

"^^Z yAu.alic >*oi|^|? Usj also thou knowest not what

my measure

is (Jos. Sty. 3:7).

(3)

fai^

ci^? j-k^ r^l for he

iJl

saith: ''I

am

the son of God''

(Matt. 27:43).
.o(tL^

jl?

|.isc]

he said

(4) wiiLi? oil!^ he pressed

vvX ^^ >c^iA^
''^'^

of St.

Mary

.cijZZ

4.

also he

to that

\\^

2.0^

jcoii

to

tmpted (Gal.

us see

let

David

^ h^h2^
w]^.L:|

to

whom

--i-oil

she shall belong

(Legends

-cL.ooi and he mindful

ye

lest

6:1).

l-^o?r^ ^-4^01

^^1

,-aaaj these chastisements are

us (Jos. Sty. 5:16).

Zai^i-c? ^.iicVlc^ j...^

that like

(Overbeck 167:17).

take

which we have heard (Heb. 2:1).

j,v\??

wsj

,o^J|

sufficient to rehuJce

^o?

him

14:4).

"^ iSoaJ?

5.

them ^^Nay" (Jos. Sty. 4:11).

to

901

PI &Mf this

it is

necessary

to

say

etc.

]5<n this

ILnSs

that

to

written thee (Aphr. 359:1).

^ ^^U^^

^-I^-j

thou art desiring

I have

2L3|

1^^

learn this, hy what causes

it

|?ci

v.cni

AJ]o and

was provoked (Jos.

Sty. 7:22).
.ocjiiw^*">o]

^i^ Q-oZ? .covi*,.^ |(?lX ]\to and God saw their works

that they turned

1.

noun
3.

their

ways (Jon. 3:10).

Subject substantive sentences are such as are the subject of a verbal,

or nominal sentence.
2.

from

A dependent question may constitute such a sentence.

predicate sentence

in

nominal sentences.

An

object sentence

is

is

one which corresponds to the predicate

one which

is

the object of a verb or pre-

position.
(1) It

may be

a direct object of the verb.

ELEMBNT8 OF SYBIAa

188

may be a dependent question.

may be a quotation.
(4) It may be an indirect object of a verb,

136.

(2) It

(3) It

4.

or the object of apreposition.

Object clauses are sometimes found after adjectives and after the

participles of intransitive verbs.

5.

1.

may be

Substantive clauses

(1)

|^^a-D5o

have
]]

(2)

136. Adjectival or Relative Sentences.

V^o99

terrified

tSnS

in apposition with a preceding word.

^1

tsu^

^?|-tt reports also

from far and near

us (Jos. Sty. 4:20).

r^^l

^.^-A^Sj?

sight

(Gen. 2:9).

|.o?

isoj^ c^Sjc)?

^'^^-s

everi/ tree

^IfcJo.^

which was pleasant

and calamities

that befell in

to the

many

places (Jos. Sty. 4:21).

^^.-a^? >c5|3 the

man

that he

had formed (Gen.

2:8).

oLli^ "'^oslz? |^a-i.a in the day wherein thou eatest ofit (Gen. 2:17).
2.

ym>vS^3

oai^ ^01? |^a.,.io

the city

is

AJcka

suffer

some

of Ftolmoiics, that

(J. S. 44:8).

^aiL^.^^ ^Lo ^oui^LLo

harm from them

3.

n'i-^?
V

\19

w.^1

(Jos. Sty. 81:4).

v^vNo and him who had

-P

^,^ ovo

a man who dtd not

]ooi >a.*J09

sent

him

(Jos. Sty. 91:11).

|oo9 the place in which the Lord was placed

(Matt. 2S:6).

lioioJ? a\\l\\rSn
1.^:^?

Bem.

.^

^^

(SnN ^
t

nNv

fulfilling the

law (Jos. Sty. 2:2).

r^ ^ ^^^y "^f^orshipped not the imagewhich hehadmade.

?

^r,

na^^a Vi*

over thy philosophers

who are coun-

setting thee (Sindb. 17:18).

^r^l?

-(JiV:*.

because of that which he said (Jos. Sty. 42:5).

ft

i36

ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.

4.

^aiz^icj the price of

]r-"0^^

him

189

ivho is precious (Matt. 27:9).

li^i^j ;^-^ thy right eye (Matt. 5:29).

ji (ji.in^? i-*-^^ ^

5.

-^^7

.o^'^l

1^.1:;*.^^?

ocji

festival in ivhich heathen tales ivere

^
I
Rem.

1.

lllod (Jos. Sty. 68:3).

whose hands are full (Addai 43:13).

fZaaJU?

01^ ^j^?}.!^

6.

Goth whose name was

|?pi P-c") the time of that

suvg (Jos. Sty. 24: IG).

9,^io ^ccnZo^? P'H*^ jVivis the other peoples

|j|

to

whom

send thee (Acts 26:17).

-oZj^l? of whom ye spake

_..f].^ilSso5 ).jJLkLoZ

Spg

n on

to

me (Gen.

the eighth

43:27).

day tvhen they were

circumcised (Spic. Syr. 19:17).

Rem.

2.

]cgi

jJLsi^? |.2^|]o whithersoever he turned he was

]oc\

]2'\

victorious.

came (Aphr. 339:9).

whithersoever they

r;-*-S^^

t^^

]'fSUt

L2] w-r.l^yVoo AJ| Vu-4.?

]i

when thou

takest

]Za-c|-ar:

oi.LqL?o

and

,-s _:ao Jif zs

notivanting there,

kindlest.

and

those

who were with him in

the

ark

(Gen. 7:23).
i-ka^5

mIS

to

^0

P^^!/ for that which

is

good (Spic. Syr.

5: 1 2).

him who descends (Overbeck 385:6).

jlw^a-a^Z

8.

^^^

i^^-^?

^Jio

01^3.3

ILaJo

]?ai

\zh^^^l ]yul^ who might

see this miracle that could restrain his

mouth from praise (Jos.

Sty. 66:18.)

paja^j-^

(OCT

lllod

and

e?as

Rem.

l^i-i^?

iJo

>

,-i.aLo
ivho

mnV ?

,^

oi.:ijajk,?

^-^-^<

(ro^/i

2^7/ose

name

had been made tribune (Jos. Sty. 68:3).

|3o

.c>a^) ^jij) |cai 2^^^ and there was no

one who warned nor who rebuked, nor who admonished (Jos.
Sty. 25:10).

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

190

^f

9.

"^-^^4^1

whom

it

<^ j

uJ

{^Q^

immerses (Overbeck 384:17).

not the foundation of the faith

10.

FR

upon which

.ooJ? I-^Q^^ ^ai^tiJ^^9 i-k^

and

that three things {that of nature^

to built

ooi

(Jo

(Spic. Syr. 2:23).

for

it is

that of fortune^

necessary

and

that of

purity] that they should be maintained.

11. a. \*h:^^^hZZ]

|^Via\

1.i>0|.i^?

^<j\ ^^cclmJI'^s^

h4]o and thou Capernaum

which art exalted unto heaven (Matt. 11:23).

^aI^oi ^f^s^^o ^^fLAr ^Jtf ZumJ? ^J) joiA. o| or thou art
hast come

down from heaven and hast done

^j| ^>iv.jL^; .oal^ you who

.A^ ^AJ|

b,

r^^? p)

vf^l "v^r*
wish

to be to the

)j0a:ia3

Lj^Z

(Addai 3

ult).

believe (Spic. Syr. 2:19).

I also whom you

wsj

these things

God who

see

(Addai Apost. 21:18).

"^^'^ .aisLkSZwJ9 r;^t? ^iN|o and ye ivho

Messiah obedient know (xlddai the Ap. 30:7).

.oooiJ? ^^-^r?

>N

%oL2] ye who wish to he under

thelawify&X. 4:21).

Adjective sentences are introduced by the relative particle

may

Adjective sentences

1.

(1)

Nominal.

(2)

Verbal.

2. It

may

3. It

maytimit the

Hew.

and

any noun.

limit

1.

may be

limit the subject.

object.

It may limit a noun or pronoun,

which

is

the object of a

preposition.
4.

may
5.

The

When

following
6.

relative

when

it

follows a

noun with a pronominal

suffix

is

in the genitive relation with the

noun

refer to either.

it,

When

the relative

the noun must take the pronominal suffix.

the relative clause

is to

be governed by a preposition, the

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

137.]
relative appears at the

191

head of the clause and the preposition with

its

appropriate pronominal suffix follows, either immediately or with inter-

vening words.

Rem.

1.

The relative sometimes stands alone where we would expect

the preposition and pronominal suffix to follow

case

where

it

may be

especially is this the

construed as an adverbial accusative of place

or time.

Rem.

2.

The preposition

is

sometimes placed before the antecedent

to which the relative belongs.

7.

The

relative

may

stand without an antecedent, provided that

involves a demonstrative conception.

It

it

may then be regarded

as a

by the copula,

often

substantive clause, see 135.

8

When

several relative phrases are joined

found but once, even when the relative

Rem.
9.

10.

is

used in different constructions.

It may, however, be repeated.

The

of the

is

relative is sometimes omitted, especially in servile imitation

Hebrew.
"When the subordinate phrase has been separated from the Dolath

to which

it

belongs, the relative

is

sometimes repeated pleonastically.

11. "When the antecedent is a pronoun in the first or second person,

two constructions are possible in the relative phrase.
(1)

The

verb, or pronoun, of the relative phrase

in the person of

is

the antecedent.
(2)

The verb

the antecedent

of the relative phrase

is

of the

first

is

in the third person, although

or second.

137. Adverbial Clauses and Sentences.

1.

liuk-J^^.^^? f^o and where sin abounded (Rem. 5:20).

j

t\l

the
2. (1)

^oioiL*]?

young

l^ji^a^ i-^l

child

U^i

itf

was (Matt.

^^^] when

]ZoZ] iu^ooi

1^

}j1 >cfi? hisi

"^L^

V"> he stood over the place where

2:9).

the locusts

came (Jos. Sty.

^ ivhen I saw the signs (Jos.

after that

lam

1:3).

Sty. 3:17).

risen (Matt. 26:32).

ELEMENTS OP SYBIAO.

192

M^o.V.Q >f^r^

^^ *nl?

.OA^ouc)

r^ before Philip

|3

ivhen

wrath shall burn

like

^i^a]

,-s

(2) ^cno,-j-o CO 01

called thee (Jud. 1:48).

your fathers tempted me (Heb.

^]-^o5 |92J-^ >^| |-c|J- ^-^1

my

[ 137,

3:9).

ji^a-. the days are coming

tcJien

a furnace (Mai. 4:1).

while they were calumniating him (Matt.

27:12).
|j) "^JJ^

f^ as

I was

^I-ji-l^

^^*^*tnS-^

)fS3^

oij-iil^

entering (Spic. Syr. 1:3).

,.3 ichile

giZ|I^^?

they are proving them (Jos. Sty. 5:13).

I^r^

sAe

t*w<i/

Aai

fcorwe Aer /2rs<

born

son (Matt. 1:25).

P^l ^^l)
O

^ until I go and pray (Matt.

b^

^9*

1^? l^nnSv ^r'Oi

Ij^lsxai*

'

God has

been preached (Lk. 16:16).

y^'^v\

>a!^Lk.9=)]

hS!^^

since

26:36).

^^

s^^^^^

ivent

up

^^^^^

^^^e

kingdom of

Jerusalem

to

to

wor-

ship (Acts 24:11).

(3) ]ooi

|^

i-ffl]iwitf

fetters

and chains he

^h4\ ^^^^?
3.

|jD^

13

c?

)j

tvas

^iwiscj ^^^-3

j-iia^sjai:?

v*^|

bound (Mk.

5:4).

Va

as often as with

as often as ye drink (1 Cor. 11:25).

j^ unwillingly (L'omelia di Giacomo 150).

iitf

Z^Lojj

\ ^> 4 ^ o

^1
|:ao

as is necessary (Jos. Sty. 4:6).

v^l

^coL-M? ^1

as Isaif? (Inedita Syr. 18:1).

as they are (Jos. Sty. 4:12).

might put him

^5Ui.J = ^.i^aaJ5 v^j

Aom; they

^?Z? Us| ^c^?

aua^Zh ^^so?

|.ic,.ik

to death

wwfi7 f^rt^

from

thy lev thou dost not know (Jos. Sty. 3:7).

^o^jj ^-i^l? P-a-l as ye say (Spic. Syr. 1:6).

^cLjI r-i^r^?

jiL] as ye know (Matt. 27:65).

(Matt. 27:1).
the loarmih of


ELEMENTS OF SYKI AC.

137.]
4. (1)

^i^U?

...

.^ PI V^a^ I adjure that thou tell us (Matt. 26:63).

]'zol looiZ? oiZjicI

said in order that

1^- U^So

(2)

.Zoelk

tJiere

J come

wOj.sZ

jiii^o and I hneic that

]?oi?

that the sea

|fj^ Zes^

\1]

193

may
may

this

thou hast

he contrition (Jos. Sty. 5:7).

rest (Jon. 1:11).

(Mai. 4:6).
thou mayest not

Iu*|.a.*i^? flL( in or^er that

|J

depart from us without profit (Spic. Syr. 2:7).

h.1]

vjaa^ao

jocnZ u.|i-.cnJ?

^ ^|

or that thou mayest know clearly

(Jos. Sty. 8:6).

,-ljf

Rem,

wco^^l

w*li*

me

thou hast sent

^^..klii^Jb*

[that]

should write

them (Jos. Sty. 5:3).

^oij;;oi4-

/or fAe ivhole (purpose) of

secuted in this world

(is)

it,

men

(to ivit) that

on account of

(this)

that they

are per-

may

be

restrained from their sins (Jos. Sty. 6:2).

f^[ S.]l ji until

]oi.X? oJ--s^

tJie

will of

my

to

pray (Matt. 26:36).

s-aJI?

j-iiiiJ

written to thee,

do

I go

.ininii

>^

h,^h^^

|?oi this

that

beloved, (1 have written) in order that

God (Aphr.

I have

men may

75:6).

Adverbial sentences are such as modify the verb as to place, time,

manner, condition and so

forth.

The most common forms

of adverbial

sentences are as follows.

1.

Local.

2.

Temporal. These are:

(1)

Those answering

(2)

Those answering to the question

^^how long'\

(3)

Those answering to the question

''how

3.

Modal or Comparative

bination with >^| or

4.

to the question 'Hvhere^\

gJL

some com-

or ^s.

Final or consecutive.

These are

often!\

clauses are introduced with

(Purpose or

(1) generally preceded by

result).

(=ut),

but sometimes by o,

BB

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

194
(2)

j^

Sometimes

Bern.

J37

after combinations of particles.

Sometimes we meet with

elliptical sentences

from which

word has been omitted.

The Infinitive with Lomadh sometimes takes the place

or some other

Rem.

2.

the Imperfect with Dolath 120.

5. (1) |ZJ|J ^^1^019 lecause he believed the

jls^
(2)

Jic? L:^ii>.A.|5

I betrayed

because

woman

(Sindb. 4:2).

the innocent blood (K&it. 27:4).

1 i S 99 giZ nN t m ^*^ L.om j-i^ ,.^0 and in that

weakness of

my mind

fZ^"^^ Vi

considered the

(Jos. Sty. 3:20).

V.*^z? V^lI^ because I

|j[

of

(3).

trust

upon thy prayers

(Jos. Sty. 4:2).

V^
^^ ^\

because

COT

1^?

.^Vi* jy

pl

\^

woia-or-^

shall

swim (Jos. Sty.

j-fc.^

]ooi ,.Lio for he teas

u*1m

^aitf
(1

'-'^4*^

i-fcl

81

\!^

f^^

it is

the prise of blooa (Matt. 27:6).

fSt since according to

my

strength 1

4:4).

accustomed (Spic. Syr. 1:3),

I have

suffered

U^]o

t--^?

much

(Matt. 27:19).

cind since through

man

icas death

Cor. 15:21).

^14]

^jL^i-oicj

^\4V9

Vik because ye are

^oi-s PI

but because they have

^.jI

> 1

iSi^n?

]?<3i-c jcoi

|3

not because they are fixed

power (Spic. Syr. 4:21).

^^9^^

offering (Mai. 1:7).

L^ilo^

|o(7i

}]9

|9oi

^^

because

men

are

not equally governed (Spic. Syr. 12 ult.).

6.

j:^fiwtt]

)]

waJio ,^iNqi >^]? ,-so and although nothing like this

has been done by

o^nZ)

iJ

me

to thee (Jos.

.ggi;i^, ^Sic

>c,.iao

,.a

Sty. 3:3).

although they have been profited

nothing by their sons (Jos. Sty. 3:10).

"^

4n^3

,4 1

(Matt. 26:33).

\s ^1

though all

men

should be offended at thee

ELEMENTS OF BYRIAO.

138.]

Uj^?

7. >c|-D

cvsUiai:*

]yMO and he saw

195

the angel of the

Lord standing

(Num. 22:31).
<^ai.^ as he was walking

5.

Causal adverbial clauses are introduced:

By
By

(1)
(2)
that,

of

(G-en. 3:8).

the relative

in that,

?.

V.^

]?i-^ iw this that,

because that, ^s since, j-^/br,

and

]?ai ,_io

from

this that,

^Iruj as

Vl* on account

this.

G.

Concessive adverbial claus^es are introduced by fS and

7.

The adverbial accusative belongs

^|.

here.

138. Conditional Sentences.

1. (1)

^^

ii:^

LJi^

if I have sinned, wherein have they sinned?

]J|

".

(Jos. Sty. 40:2).

|ic^

w^jL/tiV

why

\hJ]

j-i.LiI

me (John.

smitest thou

Zoa\

[^l^^lJ]

w.A-^ ws|

^f

also persecute

\oJ\ Is]^

ws|

as? 5

^li*

(3)

(Rom.

believe

^?

>-^j^

fc.s59

|3

woi

L'^aViJ.Z

J if he

_iu p.^1

ffi^c

lo)

ivas it

I^La^ J

head also of

if this stone
the corner"*

.1

if they have persecuted

me

they will

Vdi^ai

if then

.]

we have died with Christ

6:8).

ULd

is fallen asleep,

0.399

they not persecute us?

(4) ]?aus

spoken

you (John. 15:20).

_:ia-ciJ |-4.-A.^ sci^ .iukitf

we

have

See also Overbeck 62:6).

(Aphr. 11:13.

.nn\

5itf i/*t/;eW

18:23).

^ad &ecn placed as foundation, hoiv

(2) .CLa^jJ

Jo

sLi;^

he will be saved (John. 11:12).

if they persecuted him, hoiv shall

(Overbeck 228:14. See also Overbeck 67:8).

jjilfl^

^'^

]Ji\t^ o]

]Lob

or angel has spoken with him what

is there

alla.*7ila^ ooi

h*.*]

(iaJ?

gi'| >

nN

T^^l

if then a spirit

in that? (Acts. 23:9).

asi^al

ovX*.i.

wj*a^|

ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.

196

if his will has been

^ i^

1*^\mA^

nv

had

they

etc.,

'

to

]jzi jLnik

army

^H

.l

Comp.

to be

^^^

s-soZ

.f if

again

it

happen

say

has been seen (Over-

it

also 48:27).

^5

if they would be

members of

they should enter (Jos. Sty. 19:5).

]coiJ ath^b^l

*r.^

shall

^'^Sm )Lum wlio ov^ ^oooiJ

his

it is

fire,

endure great fatigue (Jos. Sty. 83:13).

^oj^iJ ^ if they

beck 54:27.
(2)

quench the violence of

(Overbeck 54:7).

believed
2. (1) ccoi

able, to

[138.

I must

if

drink

it let

thy will be done

(Matt. 26:42).

(3)

01^ ^QJLicaJ

^ooiZa2ik

should

ambush for him (Jos. Sty. 58:4).

<^:;^&:k

we

lie

in

t^i>\\\iSn

^a-aj ^^^^

^|

if he shall

.^ ^^ ^j

go forth

to

^ if then our Lord

them they

will grant,

will speak with thee (Jos. Sty. 43:1 6).

^^z^l

>^?r iiSn

lis]

).aLo

w^JJ

}]

no

man

will

harm

thee

even if thou comest out alone (Jos. Sty. 89:21).

(4)

nq <^*\s

us

it is

^ci

.nl ^Si^J

.oJoi

^?

Jo

if then they be too strong for

better (Jos. Sty. 65:12).

ns\

.ccn-i-5-g

]z|J

Jo and

if he

come blessed are those

servants (Lk. 12:3S).

3. (1)

]Z~-\-r ^nni^^S 01^ ^ i"^

1^*?

U\

^-naic |j[ joiA.?

IolX? if by the spirit of God I cast out demons,

is

the

^oj^

^|

kingdom of God

nigh unto you (Matt. 12:28).

\^Zb:i)

13?

^ci

Zf^ZZ] Ur^ZLJ^ ^'r-^^

M^^ ^-^?

if because the soul has entered into the body,

I am

^4^

enclosed,

\i

that

which was not enclosed, has been enclosed (Overbeck 63:7).

(2)

ouc

f^ZL2

|3

>c^

l^icoLo V^oCT

would not be found by

it

if there should be

(Jos. Sty. 76:12).

any oath he

ELEMENTS OF SYRIA 0.

g 138.]
aa=(jiLJ

],U^^|

^31-.

if

197

Areohindus allowed, they should

turn (Jos. Sty. 58:9).

^lo^oij

>>n

to separate evil, ive

(3)

.^

Ua

].J|

|J

]^

^AjpS -o(3iJ--^

would

^?

if this will were able

(Overbeck 50:8).

believe

n,{v ^i-

who he

if then thou knowest

is

shall not hinder thee (Jos. Sty. 76:19).

if I bt/ Beelzebub cast out demons,

Lord, how
ctn

4. (1)

jaSv

So? 001

r-^?

'^-o'

*/*

DavicZ then call

him

he his son (Matt. 22:45).

is

al:! V^y.:io

01

o^ Ir^

Ur^

(4) ccn oij-c jJ-a-l

by ichom do your sons? (M.ait. 12:27).

n\'n

would have put

^5

jcci
it

if he deceives he isno king (Jos. Sty. 61:19).

Jioj jaiA. coi

if

it

were right God himself

in his heart (Jos. Sty. 74:4).

>Q.D {Jm.^^^ Us| iuJ^i. lAJubiC

h.^^

Jo

aMfZ if there be

no resurrection

Christ also is not risen (1 Cor. 15:13).

o^'P

(2) V^f-fi
.

itn^V? oiJ)

if they were able, they shoiJd fneet

(him) in battle (Jos. Sty. 14:4).

wr:ai ]l

give us

etc.

a^ r^^?

not willing

let

n"}

Israel

<^

^r'-^vi

^' r^^^-]

them draw near

^Iso \jkm Z0.M.I V-jja-.?

let

]J|

ll*Al^

^-i
to

coi

him come down now from

hf^iJic

will send

if thou de sir est us to

^*~*^^^? c(7iJ}

make peace

(Jos. Sty. 58:17).

^?|^ \^^r^

Hi

(3)

^^*

it to

>f/bJ\

]i^^2 h^'^f

coi

^f ^^'^^^ ^ '^2ose

t6-7iO

are

ws (Addai 21:2).

qin\Sn J if he be

the king of

the cross (Matt. 27:42).

if thou askest

it

as a loan

thee (Jos. Sty. 18:15).

)j

L2]

^)

L2]

|V^^

Va-soi

lie why

then baptizest

thou, if thou art not the Messiah (John. 1:25).

(4)

i-^-^

]oo-^

|3

UnTi\V?

OCT

^^m

U'-^o- ilLo


ELEMENTS OP STEIAC.

I^g
tchat profit is tJiere

from them

if

it

fk

13^^

he that admonition be not mingled?

(Jos. Sty. 5:14).

t/

wan and

case hetiveen a

f/je

his wife he so,

it is

not expedient to

worry (Matt. 19:10).

5.

^^

.9^0^ ^9 wf

yJioai

^<Sl^D^L^\

.Zo^

if they did not teach us this, they

^COi

>

^Lo

|9cn

\i

would be quite

^9 C^

useless to

us

(Jos. Sty. 5:19).

0-ppr.pp

wcoi

^001

histories tvould they

.oL^on

^a:^|..*

^^osi

l-ik.,^|lica-.

my

^^^ ^^ V

V^ u^ere Knowing

father also (John. 14:7).

.ofi^ooi ^^iVi>>

have rejoiced (John.

Zsoi

S0:6).

^*^P w^I ^c^wcoi ^^^r-*

^^

]f^

.-

^*i*

c-2w3Z|a^ if they were written great

form (Jos. Sty.

ye would he knowing

fe,

|Li;9S9 1^ >\4>Z

oX

me ye would

if ye had loved

4:28).

Zcm

|3

jjci

aX

if this

had not happend

to-day,

it

had happened (Addai 15:7).

looi zfcc

\Ji^^o:^ifhehadnotwished,hehadnotdied(,KdidiQ.\\^:\(S).

(J

).^9s^ ]oCT

13

had not been

\^z^

.QJol

ali|..?

the desolation

aX,

)]

if they

had not

Jcnoivn,

there

(Addai 27:21).

.esiX ccoi ^^inn4>

cofli

as,

aX

if they

had wished,

commotions had not permitted them (Addai (28:2).

the

.coL^

]cm

x-?]

them

feeling, it

coi

1^^-*^'

.covo

jcoi L.^]

oX

if there were in

would be right for them (Addai 24:1).

Adverbial sentences of condition are of two kinds, those which

express a possible and those which express an impossible condition.

Of sentences

expressing' a possible condition, there are sixteen con-

structions according to the form of the verb, or copula, that

1

is

employed.

.When there is a Perfect in the protasis, there may bein the apodosis:

(1)

(2)

An

Perfect.

Imperfect.

ELEMENTS OF SYfilAO.

^ 138.]

A
A

(3)
(4)

Participle.

nominal sentence.

When

2.

199

there

is

an Imperfect in the protasis, there

may be

in the

may be

m the

apodosis:
(1)

(2)

An

Perfect.

Imperfect.

A Participle.
A nominal sentence.

(3)
(4)

When

3.

there

is

a Participle in the protasis, there

apodosis:
(1)

A Perfect.

(2)

An

Imperfect.

A Participle.
(4) A nominal sentence.
(3)

When

4.

there

in the apodosis
(1)

(2)

An

is

a nominal sentence in the protasis, there

may be

Perfect.

Imperfect,

(3) A Participle.
(4) A nominal sentence.
5.

The impossible condition

protasis

with

]o5i,

is

is

expressed by

found the Perfect, with or without

aX
|coi,

or

]J

aX. In

the

or the Participle

or a nominal sentence; in the apodosis, the Perfect, or the

Participle with

logi.

INDEX.
Active stems,

a-clas8 vowels, 29. 1, 5.

nouns with, 68.

a-a, nouns with, 69.
a-tt, nouns with, 70. 1.
a changed to e in nouns, 67. 1.
a changed to e in verbs, 41. 2.
S-e, nouns with, 68. 3.
S-i, nouns with, 69. 4.
Sl-% nouns with, 69. 5.
a-i, nouns with, 70. 2.
a-i, nouns with, 71. 2.
a-u, nouns with, 71. 1.
a becomes o, 29. 5. (1).
a,

when found,

a obscured to

transitive verbs, 41.

Active participles,

Active

Active
Active
Active
Active

1.

Absolute infinitive used alone, 119. 2.

Abstract nouns, 75. 4.
Abstract ideas sometimes denoted by the

Accusative cognate, 126. 4.

Accusative of specification, 117. 8.
Accusative of condition, 116. 3. (2) b.
Accusative of the pronoun, 36. 1, 51.
Active stems, 41. 1, 2, 3.

50. 1, 70. 2.
3.

fi fi

participle of

fi

verbs, 54.

Wan

3.

verbs, 59.

4.

Olaph verbs, 56. 4.

participle of Lomadh Olaph verbs,

participle of

fi

Active participle, syntax of, 116.

Addition, 20.
Addition of Olaph, Nem, Mim, Rish, Gomal,
and He, 20. 2. of Tau, 20. 3.
Addition for stem, 41. 3-5.
Additions for inflection of perfect, 43. 1.
Additions for inflection of imperfect, 45. 2.
Additions for noun formations, 74, 75.
Adjective, verbal, 72. 2. (4).
Adjective, agreement of, 99.
Adjective, definiteuess of,

Adjective, position of,

1.

93. II. 3.

94. 5, 99. 1.

Adjective clauses, 97. B. Rem. 1.

Adjective predicate, 93. II. 3. (2), 99. 2.
Adjectives with two short vowels, 68. 2.
Adjectives ending in 6n, 75.
Adjectives ending in 6y,
Adjective, syntax of, 99.

1. (2).

75. 3.

Adjective, comparison of, 100.

(See under relative

Adjective sentences, 136.

sentences.)
88. II.

Rem.

2, 89.

A. 1^.

Adverb with the substantive verb, 127. 8.

Adverb with 'Ith, 128. 4.
Adverbial accusative. (See under Accusative.)

15.

1,2.

50.

1.

participltof

Adverb,

2. (2).

14.

Accents, system of,

formed,

in*

2.

60.5.

e, 29. 2.

Accusative, position of, 123. 1, 2.

Accusative, different ways of denoting

Rem.

participles of guttural verbs, 52.

Rem.

a becomes u through o, 29. 7. (3).

a volatilized, .30, 31, 42. 1, 69.
Absolute state, masculine singular, 76. 1.
Absolute state, feminine singular, 76. 2. (1).
Absolute state, masculine plural, 76. 3.
Absolute state, feminine plural, 76. 4.
Absolute state dual, 76. 5.
Absolute state often definite, 93. 1.
Absolute state generally indefinite, 93. 2.
Absolute infinitive, 49.
Absolute infinitive used to intensify the mean-

plural, 92.

how

5.

Active participle of simple stem,

a contracted with w into 6, 29. 5. (3).

a contracted with 'a into <5, 29. 5. (4).
a contracted with y into e, 29. 3.
a contracted with y into i, 29, 4. (4).

Accent,

passive or reflexive,

Active signification of passive forms of

29. 1.

ing of the verb, 119.

how made

41.4.

2-2,

it,

123.

Adverbial sentences, 137, 138.

Adversative sentences, 134. 3.
(See sufformative and
Affix.

Agency expressed.
121. 4.)

Agreement,
Alphabet,

121.

1.-4.

(See

suffix.)

Nomina

agentis,

an^

INDEX.
Alternative sentences, 134.

Rem.

1, 2. 132. 5.

Annexion, 96.
Annexion, to express the superlative degree,
100. 2. (1).

Annexion, periphrasis

for, 98.

Anomalous nouns, 86,

Anomalous verbs, 64.

87.

Apli'el stem, 41. 3, 42, 44.

Apocopation. (See Rejection.)

Apocopation of the Tau of the feminine,
76. 2. (1).

Apodosis, 137, 133.

Apposition, 94.

Apposition of a noun with a pronominal suf-

Consonantal character of
25.

Construct
Construct
Construct
Construct
Construct
Construct
85

Aspirates,

denoted,

Assimilation, 18, 53.

Bth,

133. 1,

1, 2. 2, 4. 3.

Cardinals, 83.

10.

2.

Rem.

infinitive, 49.

infinitive

with

41. 3, 42, 44.

Changeable vowel sounds, 7. 3.

Changes of vowels in the inflection of the
verb, 42, 45.

1, 3, 52. 3, 58. 2, 59, 60.

Changes of vowels in the

inflection of the

28. 3. (1), 67. 1, 2. (5), 68. 5, 76. 2. (1),

to," etc., 120.

1. (4).

Rem.

Contraction of Wau and Yudh to form a long

vowel, 29. 3. (1), 4. (4), 5. (3) (4), 7 (1) (2).

Contract nouns, 67. (5) (7), 68. 5.

Contraction of personal and demonstrative
pronoun, 57. 3.

2.

54, 56-61.

124. 5.

Declension of nouns, 78. sq.

Defective verbs, 64.
Definiteness of nouns, how expressed, 93.
Demonstrative pronoun, 37.
Demonstrative contracted with personal pronoun, 37. 3.
Demonstrative pronoun, syntax of, 102.
Demonstrative pronoun as an article, 102. 2.
Denominatives, 63. 2.

Characteristic of the stems, 42.

Dentals,

Classification of nouns, 66. B.

Dependent question,

Closed syllables,

Desire,

17. 2.

Cognate accusative,

Collective with suffixes, 77.

how

135. 1, 3. (2).

expressed, 114.

Diacritical points,

7.

Collective nouns, agreement of, 90. 4, 121.

Command, how

5. 1.

3. (1).

Determination of nouns, 93.

Determination of adjectives,

126. 4.

Collective, 90.

2.

expressed, 114. 1, 115.

(See Permutation.)

Commutation.
Comparative degree, how expressed,
Compound words drop letters, 23. 4.

Compound nouns, gender of,

Compound sentences, 133.

100. 1.

Diphthongs,

Diphthong in

have sixteen constructions,

138. 1-4.

138.5.

Conjunctive sentences, 133.

Conjunctions with adverbial clauses,
Consonants, 1.-5, 9-12.
Consonants, euphony of, 18-27.
Consonantal character of Olaph lost,

137, 138.

25. 1.

Rem.

1.

how

denoted,

3.

92. 3.

2. 2, 4. 3. (3), 4. 4, 5. 1,

10, 18. 3, 19. 5,

21. 1, 22. 4.

Dolath as the inseparable relative,

Doubling of consonants, 10. 2. (4).

Doubly weak verbs, 62.

Dropping of Olaph et al.
Dual,

89. 5.

in, 60. 2.

Direct object, 123, 125. 1, 3, 4.

Direct objective sentence, 135.

Dolath,

Conditional sentences expressinof an impossible condition have six constructions,

69. 6, 75. 2.

8.

Distribution,

91. 4.

II.

9-3.

6. 6.

how formed,

Diminutives,

Conditional sentences expressing possibility

Conjunctions,

suffixes, 51. F. 74. 2,

2.

Dative ethical,

A.

1, 110.

79. 8. 1, 82.

state of prepositions, 89. B.

Contract verbs,

1.

(2), 5. 1, 10.

Causative verb-stem,

noun,

Rem. 3.
Rem. 2.

state of participles, 96. 4

120. 1. (6).

how

3.

Asyndeton,

state of nouns, 76. 1-5.

state of numerals, 88. I

Rem.

"have

Aspiration of the Tau in the first person singular of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 2,

Rem.

lost,

Construct infinitive after the comparative,

135. 5.

2. 2.

Aspiration,

and Yudh

Construct infinitive, syntax of, 120.

Construct infinitive always takes the preposition Z before it, 120. 1.
Construct infinitive as a gerundive, 120. 1. (4).
Construct infiniiive to denote "can," "must,"

fix, 94. 6.

Apposition of substantive claoses,

Wau

1, 2.

(See Rejection.)

76. 5, 77. 3.

e,

how written, 6. 1.
how pionounced,

e,

quantity of,

e,

origin of,

e,

34.

7. 1.

7. 2.

Note,

4, 5. (l)-(8).

6. 3. (2).

INDEX.
value of in inflection,

e,

Future, sometimes denoted by the imperfect,

7. 3.

by u, 8. 1. (2).
anomalous in certain forms,

before doubled radical,

^'followed

g,

e,

28. 3. (3).

116.

but not written,

as helping vowel, 33.
f.

fi fi
fi
fi

fi

Rem.

31. 3.

Future

1.

79.

B.

Rem.

22. 5, 23. 4, 26. 3.

Rems.

2, 80.

Gender of noun,

1. 2.

Olaph verbs, 55.

Olaph nouns, 79. B. Rem. 2.
Olaph verbs which are also Lomadh Olaph,

Rem.

82.

B.

1,

Rem.

1, 80.

Rems.

2. 3,

2.

verbs which are also

Lomadh

Olaphi

62.3.
fi

fi

Yudh verbs, 59.

Yudh nouns, 79.

Elision.

Rem.

B.

1. 80.

2.

76, 78.

Genitive expressed by annexion.

43, 45.

Endings for forming noun-stems,

66.

A,

expressed by the relative, 97. A.

(Used when there are two or more genitives, or with indeclinable nouns, or when

words

intervene.)

means of the pronomiand the relative, 97. B.

Genitive expressed by means of prepositions,
Genitive expressed by
nal sulfix

1,

4, 75.

98.

Genitive subjective and objective,

5.

Gomal,

Ethical dative, 124.

used

5.

to

An-

Genitive

Endings for gender, number, and state of

noun, 76.
Endings to denote person, gender, and number of the verb,

(See

nexion.)

state, sjTitax of, 93.

'Ethidli

perfect,

ent genders is masculine, 121. 6. Rem. 2.

Genitive relation expressed in four ways, 96.

Rem.

state, 76. 1-4.

Eshtaph'al, 41.

1.

Gender of nouns used figuratively often that

of the thing which they represent, 91. 6.
Geader of verb, 43, 111. 1.
Gender of verb having two subjects of differ-

Enclitics, 23. 4, 35, 2.

B.

the

Gender of plural follows that of the singular,

(See Rejection.)

Emphatic
Emphatic

by

91.5.

fi

Wau

denoted

Gender, anomalies of, 86. 7, 8, 10, 12,

Gender, syntax of, 91.
Gender, neuter, how denoted, 91. 5,
Gender of compound nouns, 91. 4.

62.4.

Wau verbs, 59.

Wau nouns, 79.

perfect

112. 3. (2).

verbs, 54.

nouns,

1. (2), 2. (2).

Future, emphasized by 'Ethidh, 129.

fi, 3, 4. 1, 3. (6), 5. 1, 11. 4,

Future may be denoted by the perfect, 112. 3.

Future often denoted by the active participle,

Rem.

where found, 29. 2.

how formed, 29. 3.

e heard,
e

113. 3.
28. 3.

Gutturals,

emphasize

the

future,

96. 4,

2. 2, 5. 1, 10, 20. 2.
4. 5, 5. 1, 26, 52, 57, 68. 5. (2). 40. 3,

41.2.

129. 1.

Ethpa'al, 41.

Half-open syllables,

4, 42, 44.

Ethpe'el, 41. 4, 42, 44.

Half-vowel,

Ettaph'al, 41. 4, 42, 44.

He,

Etymology, 34-89.

Euphony
Euphony
Rem.

1, 3, 4. 4, 4. 5, 5. 1,

11. 1, 18. 1

Rem.

19, 1,

20. 2, 21. 3, 22. 5, 25. 4.

of consonants, 18-27.
of vowels, 29.

Exhortation or excitement,

17. 4.

7. 1. (3), 9.

114. 3. (4), 112. 3.

2.

Heightened vowel-sounds, 7.
Heightening of vowels, 2J. 4.
Helping vowels, 33, 34. 3, 4,
Heth, 3, 4. 5, 5. 1, 19. 4.

2. (4),
(3), 29. 5. (2).

//t^o, as enclitic, 127. 1,

Feminine ending, 76. 2.

Feminine ending dropped, 76. 2. (1).
Feminine ending retained in the construct
and emphatic states, and before suflixes,
76. 2. (2).

Feminine
Feminine
Feminine
Feminine

nouns, 78. II.

nouns, declension of, 82-85.
nouns, anomalies of, 86. 6-10, 13.
nouns, syntax of, 91. 2.
Fractional numbers, how formed, 88.

Rem.

1-27, 2.

in the perfect to

past tense, 127.

emphasize the

3. (1).

H>=wo used in the perfect after an imperfect to

emphasize a past subjunctive, 127. 3. (2).
H'wo used in the perfect after an active participle to express a past state, 127.

Hnoo used

3.

3. (3).

in the perfect before adjectives or

participles to express a wish,

II.

Frequentative action denoted by the participle, 116. 2.

II^wo before the predicate,

H^wo used

command, or

admonition, 127. 4. (1). 112. 3. (2) Rem. 2,

H^wo used in the perfect before a participle to
express the frequentative subjunctive,
127. 4. (2).

204

INDEX.

n*iDO used in the perfect after an active participle to express frequentative action in the
past, 127. 3. (3) b.

E'wo used

in the imperfect with a following

participle to express a future frequentative

action or state, 127.

H^wo used

Imperfect denotes incomplete or dependent

action. 111. 3, 113.

Imperfect used for past events after certain

temporal particles, 113. 1.
Imperfect, use of in present time doubtful,

5.

113. 2.

in the active participle before

an

Imperfect sometimes used for the future

active participle to emphasize the future

of a state, 127.

in-

dicative, 113. 3.

Imperfect denotes future, especially in condi-

6.

tional clauses, 138.

i,

how written, 6. 1. Note, 4, 5,

how pronounced, 6. 3. (3).

i,

quantity of,

i,

origin of,

i,

Imperfect denotes most of the variations for

29. 4.

mood,

7. 2.

euphony of, 29. 4.

1 found in the Nestorian,
t,

\,

class segholates, 67.

how

1,

7.

2 Note.

(5).

derived from

as

as second vowel in nouns, 69.

first

e,

vowel

written,

6. 5. (1).

in nouns, 09, 72. 2. (2) (6), 74. 8.

(6) (7), 3. (7) (8).

with

.suffixes, 51.

Pe Nun

of

fi fi

verbs, 53.

verbs, 54.

126.

3. (2).

Impersonal use of ''1th, 128. 1.

Impersonal use of the passive, 122. 5.
Impersonal use of participles, 122. 4.
Indeclinable nouns, 86. 6.
Indeclinable nouns use the absolute state for
the emphatic, 93. 1. (4).

2.

E.

of guttural verbs, 52.

of

Imperfect as subjunctive, 114. 4.

Imperfect in conditional sentences, 138.
Impersonal verb, 122.
Impersonal use of adjectives, 122. 4. Rem.
Impersonal verbs with a direct object,

4, 71. 2, 72. 2.

(4), 74. 2. (2), 3 (2) (5).

Imperative, sufformatives of, 48. Note
Imperative, stem of, 48.

Imperative
Imperative
Imperative
Imperative
Imperative

114.

Imperfect as imperative, 114. 1.

Imperfect as potential, 114. 2.
Imperfect as optative, 114. 3.

7. 1. (2), 29. 4.

4.
1.

Indeclinable nouns use the construction with

1.

Pe Olaph verbs, 55. 1. Note

Imperative of Pe Yudh verbs, 58. Rem. 2.
of

(2).

Imperative of Wau verbs, 59. 2.

Imperative of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 4.
Imperative of Lomadh Olaph verbs with suf-

Rem.

the relative, 97. A.

2.

3.

Indefinite pronouns, adjectives,

and nouns,

107, 108. 2, 109.

Indirect object, 124, 125.

2, 3, 4.

Indirect object a substantive sentence, 135.

fixes, 61. 3.

3. (4).

Imperative, syntax of, 115.

Indirect question, 132.

Imperative expressed sometimes by means of

h'wo and a participle, 115. 5, 127. 4. (1).
Imperative denoted by participle, 115. 6, 116. 5.
Imperative expressed by imperfect, 114. 1,

Infinitive construct. (See Construct Infinitive.)

Imperative emphasized by means of auxiliary

verbs, 120.

Inflection of nouns, 6G. A. eq.

Inflection of verbs, 43. sq.

Insertion of Olaph,

Hg, and Tau,

1. (5). 129. 2. (1).

Imperfect, formation of,

fixes, 61. 2.

Imperfect, person, gender, and

34.

Nun, Mim, Rish, Gomal,

20. 2, 3.

Insertion of vowels, 33.

43.

Imperfects in A and E, 46.

Imperfect of derived forme, 47,
Imperfect \vith suffixes, 51. C. D.
Imperfect of guttural verbs, 52. 4.
Imperfect of Pe Nun verbs, 53. 2.
Imperfect of fJ verbs, 54. 2.
Imperfect of Pg Olaph verbs, 55. 2, 3.
Imperfect of fi Olaph verbs, 56. 3.
Imperfect of Pe Yudh verbs, 58. 2.
Imperfect of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 2, 3,
Imperfect of Lomadh Olaph verbs with suf-

number

of de-

3, 4.

Intensive stem, 41. 2, 63. 2.

Intensive of fi fi verbs, 54. 4.
InteiTOgative particle, 89. A. 4, 132. 1, 7.
Interrogative pronouns, 39, 132. 1, 103.
Interrogative adjective, 39, 103.

2.

Interrogative contracted with personal pro-

noun,

39.

Rem.

4.

Interrogative sentence, 132.

Irregular nouns, 86, 87.

Irregular verbs, 64.

^Ith, inflection of, 65.

syntax of, 128.

used impersonally, 128. 1.
''Ith followed by f^'wo emphasizes the past of
" to be,'' 128. 2.
'Ith,

noted by pref ormalives and sufformatives,

111. 1.

(See Absolute Infinitive.)

Infinitive absolute.

Inseparable particles,

115. 2.

6.

''Ith

205

INDEX.
''Ith

followed

by

" to

expresses

have,"

128. 3. (1).

h or Invoth expresses "to

have," 128. 3. (2).
Uth followed by an adverb, 128. 4.
''Ith followed by the infinitive construct expresses "ca?i."

Uth followed by

Kaph, 2. 2, 4 1, 4. 3. (2), 5. 1, 10.

Kul, U!es of, 108.
Kushoy, 10. 1, 44. Rem. 1, 47. Rem.
Labials,

1.

3.

Letters at beginning of syllable, 16.

Letters at end of syllable, 16.
Letters, peculiar form:? of,

2.

Linguals,

7. 3. (2). 29. 3, 4, 5, 7.

agentis, 70. 2, 71.

1, 72. 2. (1), 75. 1.

inflection, 66.

35.

Nominative absolute, 95.

Noun, inflection of, 66. A.
Nouns, classification of, 66 B.
Nouns with one short vowel, 67,

5.

11, 19.

132. 3.

79, 80,

Rems.

Nouns formed with two short vowels,

Rem. 79. B. 3, 4, 80. Rem. 3.

68, 79,

5. 1.

Linguo-dentals,

Lomadh,

6. 2.

Naturally long vowels.

A.
Nominative of the pronoun,

Letters, doubling of, 10. 2.

Linea occultans,

Names of letters, 1.
Names of vowel signs,

Nominal

4. 1-4.

1. (5),

123. 2. (1).

Nomina

3.

Letters, distinction of, 4. 3, 4.

Letters, classificalion of,

perfect, 112. 3,

Remarks.
Mood emphasized by auxiliary verbs, 120.

Negative commands, 115. 3.

Negative interrogative sentences,
Negative sentences, 131, 2.
Negative double, 132. 5.
Neuter, 91. 5.
New vowels, 33.

5. 1.

Lengthening:, 28.

Mood sometimes denoted by the

1,2.
5. 1.

41, 2, 3. (1), 5. 1, 18. 4, 19. 6, 23. 2. (3).

3,
Lomadh as inseparable preposition, 34.
Nouns with one
Lomadh with pronominal suffixes, 36. 3.
80, Rem. 4.
Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60.
Nouns with one
Lomadh Olaph verbs with suffixes, 61.
81.
Lomadh Olaph verbs which are also t^ Olaph,

and one long vowel,

69,

long and one short vowel,

70,

short

Nouns with two long vowels, 71, 80, Rem. 5.

62. 4.
Nouns with second radical doubled, 72, 80,
Lomadh Olaph segholates, 79 B. 2M.
Rem. 5, 81.
Lomadh Olaph nouns of two syllables ending
Nouns with third radical doubled, 73. X, 81.
in e' or oy, 81.
Nouns with two radicals doubled, 73. 2.
Lomadh Olaph feminine segholates, 82. Rems.
Nouns with prefonnative, 74.
3, 4, 5.
Nouns with tufformative, 75.
Lomadh Olaph feminine participles, 83. Rems.
Nouns, anomalies of, 86, 87.
Long and short vowel nouns, 70.
Nouns, gender of, 76, 86.
Long vowels, 7. 1. (2).
Nouns, number of, 7C, 92, 121. B.
Long e, 29. 3.
Nouns, declension of, 78-85.
Long i, 29. 4.
Nouns indeclinable, 86. 6.
Long 0, 29. 5.
Nouns, state of, 76, 86. 17, 93.
Long V, 29. 7.
Nouns, dual of, 76. 5, 77. 3.
Long vowels in nouns, 67. 2. (5), 69, 70, 71, 72. 2,
Nouns as adverbs, 89. 1, 2.
74. 2. (4) (5) (7) (9), 74. 3. (1) (2) (3) (6), 75.

Man, who

Marhitono, 12. 2.
Masculine gender, 76. 1, 3, 78.
Masculine gender preferred, 126.

MecVmn, 109.
Mehagyono, 12. 1.
Middle A verbs, 41.
Middle E verbs, 41.

Rem.

classified, 66 B.

plural in

form but singular in

signifi-

cation take verb in singular, 121. B.

Number
6.

Rem.

2.

of noun, 76.

Number, anomalies

in, 86.

1-5, 9, 11, 14, 92.

6,7.

Number
Number

1. (1).
1. (2), 43. 5,

Note

2, 59. 6.

1.

Middle U verbs, 41. 1. (3).

Monosyllabic nouns, 67, 68, 69, 79, 80.
Mood, generally denoted by the imperfect, 114.
Mood sometimes denoted by the participle,
116. 5.

Noun-stems

Nouns

39.

in verb, 43, HI.

of verb

1.

and adjective agreeing with

collective, 90. 4.

Number of nouns denoted

in four ways, 92.

Number, grammatical, sometimes

from logical, 92.
Numerals, the, 88.

Numeral cardinal
Rem. 3.

1.

different

2.

in

construction,

88.

206
Numeral cardinal in emphatic, 88. I. Eem. 4.
Numeral cardinal with suffixes, 88. 1. Rem. 6.
Numeral cardinal in dual, 9G. 5,
Numeral ordinal. (See Ordinal.)
Nun, 4. 1, 5. 1, 11. 1, IS, 10. G, 20. 2, 23. 1. (3),
23. 2. (3). 3. (2), 53, 62.

Pa" el stem,

41. 2, 42. 2.

Rem.

Pa'el, of guttural verbs, 52. 3.

Pa'el of

Pe Nun

1.

verbs, 53.

Pa'eloffifi verbs,
Pa'el of

1, 67. 2. (3) (6).

how formed,

Pa* el, inflection of, 44.

Pe Yudh

54. 4.

verbs, 55.

3.

t Olaph verbs, 56. 4.

of Lomadh Olaph guttural verbi?, 57.
of Pe Yudh verbs, 58. 4.
of t Wau verbs, 59. 5.
participle of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60.

Pa'el of

Object of the verb, 123.

Object indirect, 124.
Objects, two or more, 125.
Object with passive or reflexive,

Pa'el
Pa'el
Pa'el
Pa'el

126.

Object, various positions and ways of uniting

it

when indefinite and direct, 123.

when definite and direct, how

Object,

Palatals, 5.

1.

Participles with enclitic subject, 35.

written,

Participles,

123.2.

how formed,

72. 2. (4), 74. 2.

how

Participles,

Obscured vowels,

Participles of guttural verbs, 52. 3.

51.

7. 2. (2).

plaph, orthography

of, 2, 4. 1, 4. 2, 4. 3, 4. 4,

4. 5, 5. 1, 5. 2, G. 5. 11. 2, 10. 1, 20. 1, 21. 2,

2,

1,

3,

23.

5,

1,

2,

3,

24.

1,

25.

1,

26.2.

Olaph as sign of causative stem, 41. 3.

Olaph, for the second radical in participle of

t verbs,
falls

away

some forms of Pe Olaph

Rem. 2. 55. 2. Rem. 55. 3.

in

1.

Rems. 1, 2, 3.
Olaph as third radical in verbs, 57.
Olaph written for Yudh in the participle of

Wau verbs, 50.

Olaph as vowel

fi

Lomadh Olaph verbs,

fi

verbs, 54.

Pe Olaph

1.

3.

verbs, 55.

1.

Rem.

3,

55.3.
Participles of fi

Olaph verbs,

Participles of

fi

Wau verbs,

Participles of

Lomadh Olaph
1)3.

56. 4.

59. 4.

verbs, 60.

Participle in construction, 96,

Participle, person of

5.

II. 3. (2).
4.

Rem.

2.

denoted by the personal

111, 2.

Participle as objective complement, 116.

mood,

3, 4.

116. 5.

Participle as accusative of condition, 116.

3.

b.

Omission.

(See Rejection.)

syllable, 17.

Optative, 112.

3,

2, 114. 3, 115, 6, 116. 5,

127. 4. (1), 129. 2. (3).

Participle, passive,

used with hnvo to denote

2.

117. 4.

used like the gerundive,

117. 6.

Participle, passive, with accusative of specifi-

cation, 117.

2.

formation of

fractional

numbers

Ordinal used for distribution, 110. B. 1.

Ordinal used for multiplication, 110. B.
Origin of vowels, 7. 2.
Origin of vowel signs, 6. 1.
Original vowels in verb-stems, 42.
Original vowels of noun-stems, 67-74.

7.

Particles, inseparable, 34.

Particles, 89.

3.

between nouns in construction,

Rem., 97. B. Rem. 2.

Ordinal, sjTitax of, 110. B.

Orthography, 1-33.
Otiose letters, 24.

Rems.

Participle, passive, 117.

Participle, passive,

Ordinal, formation of adverbs from, 88. II.

Rem.

2.

Participle, passive, used in an active sense,

Ordinal, 88. II.

88.

4.

Participle with direct object, 123.

the pluperfect, 117.

1.

Rem.

Participle as adjective, 118.

Participle in conditional sentences, 138.

68. 5. (2).

Olaph in nouns with one short and one long

vowel retains the original vowel, 69.

from,

Participles of

Participles of

Rem.

53.

Participle as noun, 118.

short vowels,

Eem.

Pe Nun verbs,

Participle denoting

60.

Ordinal,

Participles of

pronoun.

Olaph as first radical of segholates, 67. 2. (1).

Olaph as third radical of nouns with two

Open

50. 3,

Participle, active, use of, 116.

4.

letter in

36. 1,

6,

F.

Participle a^ predicate,

54. 3. a.

verbs, 55.

inflected, 50. 3, 81, 83, 84.

Participles with sxiflixes, 77.

Occultation, 11, 18.

Olaph

2.

50. 1, 2, 69. 4, 70. 2,

Object after Impersonal verbs, 126. 3.

Object as cognate accusative, 126. 4.
Objective pronoun, 36. 1, 51.

22.

5.

1.

Particles

2.

Passive stems, 41.

96. 2.

4, 41. 5.

Passive participle, {lee Participle, Passive.)

Passive with object, 126.
Passive, followed by I denoting the agent,
121. 4.

Passive with cognate accusative, 126.

Passive used impersonally, 122. 5.

4. (2).

INDEX.
Pe,

207

Personal pronoun used as a possessive,

2. 2, 5. 1, 10.

Pe Nun verbs, 53.

Pe Nun verbs which

are also

Personal pronoun as suffix of nouns, adjec-

and

tives

62.1.

Pe Nun verbs which are

also fi

Wau

or

6%

dropped or assimilated, 67. 3.

(3), 71. 1, 2.

Pe Olaph verbs, 55,

Pe Olaph nouns, 79. A. Rem. 1.
Pg Olaph verbs in causative stems,

participles ending iu

(See Sentences.)

1. (3),

1.

117. 2, 127.

(1) b.

Plural, sign of, 13.

like

Pe

(See Number.)

Plural.

Plural of paucity, 92.

65. 3, 58. 3.

3.

Plural of majesty, 92.

Plural of

compound

Possessive, 36.

Potential

62. 1.

4.

ideas, 92.

5.

1, 38. 2, 101. 2, 104, 3.

mood,

114.

120.

2,

1.

Rem.

(5),

82

Rem.

Precative perfect, 112.

1.

Rem.

3.

Predicate, participle as, 93. II.

2.
3. (2).

pe'al perfect, 43.

Predicate adjective, deflniteness of, 93.

P'al of guttural verbs, 52.

pe'al of

fi

verbs, 54. 1-3,

Wau

tive, 97. B.

58. 1, 2.

verbs, 59. 1-4.

and

Yudh,

of

Wau

Lomadh Olaph

2, 3, 47.

Preformatives in formation of nouns,

Rem.

74.

Prepositions with pronominal suffixes,

future time. 111,

Prepositions inseparable, 34.

and numbers of de-

Prepositions between nouns in construction,

96. 2.

Rem.

Prepositions before a relative clause,

Rem.

Present, 112.
3.

Perfect with hwo to denote purpose or result,

Permutation, 22, 44 Rem. 2, 47. Rem. 3.

Person in verb, 43, Itl. 1.
Person in participles denoted by the personal
pronouns, 111, 2, 121. 7,
Person, first preferred to second or third, and
the second to the third, 121. 6.
Personal pronoun, 35.
Personal pronoun, sjTitax of, 101.
Personal pronoun used independently, 35. 1.
Personal pronoun, enclitic, 35. 2.
Personal pronoun contracted with participle
suffix, 36.

how

4.

denoted, 115.

Pronominal fragments,

Rem.

1.

Perfect in conditional sentences, 138,

2.

B.

2, 113. 2, 116. 1. (1), 116. 2. (1).

Primitive adverbs, 89. A.

Prohibition,

2.

or adjective, 35.

97.

3.

Prepositions denoting the genitive relation, 98.

3, ll'i.

Perfect in promise or prophecy, 112. 3. (1).

Perfect to express wish or exhortation, 112.

Personal pronoun used as

77. 4,

36.3.

verbs, 60.

noted by suflormatives, 43, 111. 1.

Perfect denotes completed action, 111. 3.
Perfect may be used for past, present, or

Rem.

41.

Prepositions, 89. B.

26, 27.

Perfect, persons, genders,

112. 3.

94. 4.

(See Preformative.)

4,5.

and

Perfect with suflaxes, 51. A, B.

Rem.

Prefix.

Prefoi-mative of imperfect, 45.

Perfect, inflection of, 43, 44.

Perfect of

1.

Preformative of stem,

Yudh verbs, 59. 5. Rem. 2.

Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 1-4.

Peculiarities of gutturals

Rem.

Predicative accusative,

pe'al of fi
pe'al of

II.

Predicate in adjective clauses after the rela-

Pe Olaph verbs, 55. 1, 2.

of Pe Wau and Pe Yudh verbs,

pe'al of t,

2.

3. (2).

verbs, 53.

P'al of

Pe'al

5,

129. 2. (2).
2,

Predicate adjective, agreement of, 99.

Pe Nun

106.

128.

P'al stem, 41. 1, 42.

Pe'al of

77.

6.

Phrases.

Place, sentences of, 137.

Pluperfect, 112.

Pe Olaph verbs sometimes like Pe Yudh verbs,

58. 4. Rem. 2.
Pe Olaph verbs which are also Lomadh Olaph,

Pe Yudh verbs, 58.

Pe Yudh nouns, 79. A. Rem.
Pe Wau verbs, 58.

Yudh,

5,6.

P'ihoho,

62.2.

P6 Nun noun forms which have the Nun

Wau verbs,

36. 1,

77.

Lomadh Olaph,

35. 2,

3, 5.

36, 45. 2, 43, 5.

1.

Pronoun, personal,

35, 36.

(See Personal Pro-

nouns.)

Pronoun, possessive.

(See Possessive Pronoun.)

Pronoun, demonstrative. (See Demonstrative

Pronoun.)
Pronoun, relative, 34, -38. 1.
Pronoun, interrogative, 39, 103. (See Interrogative Pronoun.)
Pronoun, indefinite, 39. Rem. 1, 107, 108. 2,
109.

Pronoun, refiexive, 105.

Pronominal suffix, 36, 77.
Pronunciation of letters, 2,

3.

INDEX.

208
Prophetic perfect,

Stems, verb, general view of, 42.

Stems, original forms of, 42.
Stems, first forms of, 42, 43. 4, 43. Rem. 2.
Stems, names of, 42.
Stems, force of, 42.
Stems, characteristics of, 42.
Strong verbs, 40. 2.
Subject of the verb, 121.
Subject when a collective, 121. 2.
Subject when plural in form and singular in

112. 3. (1).

Prosthetic Olaph, 20.

1.

Protasis, 137, 138.

Pure vowels,

7, 2. (1).

Quadriliterals, 63.

Quiescence, 25.

Rebbuy,

13, 77. 7.

Reflexive stems, 41.

Reflexive with

4, 5.

o])ject, 126. 2.

Reflexive with cognate accusative, 126.

Rejection, 23, 53, 55,

Rem.

Rem.

8.

signification, 121. 3.
4. (2).

when

the predicate

is

a participle,

121. 7.
2. (2), 60. 3, 4, 67. 2. 64. 1, 2.

Relative pronoun, 34, 38.

1.

Relative pronoun used to denote the genitive

relation, 97.

Subject from cognate root, 122. 5. Rem.

Subject, substantive sentence used for, 135.

two or more,

Subjects,
4. 3. (3), 4. 4,5. 1, 11. 5, 13. 2, 19. 6,

20,2,

21. 3, 23.2. (3), 26. 1.

Subjunctive, 112.

10. 1, 44.

Rem.

1, 47.

Rem.

1, 68. 1.

Segholates, 67.

Sentences, verbal and nominal, 130.

Sentences, simple, 131.

Sentences, declarative, 131.

Sentences, negative, 131. 2.

1.

121. 5, 6.

Rem. 1, 114.
2. (3). Rem.

3.

127. 4. (2), 129.

Roots, 40.

Rukhokh,

1.

Subject and predicate in nominal sentences,

130.1.

Relative sentences, 136.

Resh,

Subject

3, 58. 1. (2).

4, 127. 3. (2),

Substantive clause in apposition, 135. 5.

Substantive sentences, 135.
Stibstantive sentences used as subject, 135. 1.
Substantive sentences used as object, 135. 3.
Substantive sentences used as predicate, 135. 2.
Substantive sentence used as dependent question, 135. 3.

(2).

Sentences, interrogative, 1.32.

Sentences, compound conjunctive, 133.

Substantive sentence used as a quotation, 135.

Sentences, alternative and adversative, 134.

Substantive sentence used as an indirect ob-

Sentences, complex, 135-138.

3. (3).

ject, 135. 3. (4).

Sentences, substantive, 135.

Substantive object clauses after adjectives or

Sentences, adjective or relative, 136.

participles, 135. 4.

Sentences, adverbial, 137.

Suffix, 36, 77, 51, 61.

Sentences, conditional, 138.

Sufformative of perfect, 43.

Sufformative of imperative,

Sufformative of imperfect,

45. 2, 3, 47.

Shaph'el, 41.

Shin,

5.

3, 4. 3. (5), 5. 1, 20. 1.

Sh^wa, 7. 1. (3), 9, 31.

Sharpened syllables, 17.

Rem.

1.

Sibilants,

Syllable,

(See Vowel.)'

how

2.

formed,

16.

(See Alphabet.)

Sign of definite object,

State of noun, 76.
State, anomalies of, 86.

89. C.

17.

(See Absolute, Emphatic and Con-

Table showing classification of letters, 5.

Table showing personal pronouns, 35.
Table showing pronominal suffixes, 36.
Table giving general view of the verb-stems, 42.
Table giving the formation of the perfect
p*al, 43.

struct.)

Stative perfect, 41.

Rems.

Syllables, kinds of, 17.

Signs, orthographic, 10 sq.

State.

2.

43.5.

Superlative, 100.

7. 1. (1).

Sign, consonant.

Rem.

Sufformatives of perfect, peculiar forms of,

3.

5. 1, 21. 1.

Sign, vowel.

4.

4,5.

Shifting of vowels, 32.

Short vowels,

48.

1. (2), 43. 5.

Stems, verb, 41.

Stem, simple verb, 41. 1.
Stem, intensive, 41. 2.
Stem, causative, 41. 3.
Stem, reflexive or passive, 41.
Stem, Shaph'el, 41. 5.
Stem, Taph'el, 41. 5. Rem. 1.

Rem.

2.

Table giving the

first

forms of the perfects of

the derived stems, 44.

Table giving the p^'al imperfect,

45.

Table giving a summary of the pronominal

fragments used in the perfect, 43. 5.
4.

Rem.

1.

Table giving the pronominal fragments used

in forming the imperfect, 45. 2, 47. Rem. 5.

INDEX.
Table showing the p

al

imperfects in

A and

E,46.
Table giving the first forms of the imperfects
of the derived stems, 47.
Table giving the preformative of stem and
the vowels of the stem, 47. Rem. 4.
Table showing. the formation of the imperative, 48.

Table showing the infinitive, 49.

Table showing the participles, 50.
Tables giving the verb with suffixes, 51.
Table giving the first forms of fi t^ verbs, 54.
Table giving the first forms of Pe Yudh verbs,

Verb, weak,

40. 3.

Verb stems, 41.

Verb stems, general view
Verb,
Verb,
Verb,
Verb,

Verb,
Verb,
Verb,
Verb,

58.
first

forms of

fi

Wan verbs,

59.

Table giving the

first

forms of Lomadh Olaph

anomalous,

64.

defective, 64.

syntax

of, 111 sq.

subject of, 121.

impersonal,

12-2.

direct object of, 123.

indirect object of, 124.

Verb with two or more

Table giving the

Lomadh Olaph

verbs with

suffixes, 61.

Table giving 'Ith with suffixes, 65.

Table showing the classification of nouns,

43.

e,

Rem.

Verb8int/,41. 1.
Verbal adjective,

72. 2. (4).

(See Optative.)
2.

2.

of, 7. 3, 29-33, 42,

Vowels, defectively or fully written,

Vowels, quantity of, 7. 1, 28.
Vowels, quality of, 7. 2, 3.
7.

19. 5, 20. 3, 21. 1,

Vowel-helping, 9. 2 Rem.
Vowels, euphony of, 29.
Vowels, loss of, 30.

Rem.

Tense, 111. 3.
Teth, 5. 1, 18. 3, 21. 1, 22. 4.
Time, how expressed, 111. 3.
Transposition, 21, 44. Rem. 2,

2,

Vowels, shifting
Vowels, new, 33,

Wau,

4.

(4),

V, quantity of, 7.
u, origin of,

6. 5.

of, 6. 4.
32.

of, 32.

77. 2, 82.

4. 4, 4. 5,

Rems.

1-3.

5. 2, 6. 5.

(6) (7) (8)

(9), 8, 11. 3, 16. 2, 10. 7, 23. 1, 2, 23. 1 (2), 2,

47.

Rem.

3.

(2),

(1), 24. 2, 25. 2, 27. 2, 40. 2. (4).

60, 67. 2. (2) (5), 79.

how written, 6. 1, 6. 4,
how pronounced, 6. 3.

45.

1,16. 1,31.

Vowel, position

3.

Rems.

1,3.

86.

22. 4, 23. 2. (4), 23. 3. (3). 41. 4, 47.

Rem.

2.

(3).

Vowel letters, 4. 5, 5.
Vowel signs, 6.
Vowel sounds, 6. 3.
Vowels, names of, 6,

Vowel-half,

79-85.

Tables of anomalous nouns,

Tables of numerals, 88. 1.
Taph'el stem, 41. 5. Hem. 1.
Tau, 2. 2, 4. 4, 5. 1, 10, 18. 3,
60. 2.

Verbs in

Vowels, changes

B.

Table showing the changes of the noun for

gender, number and state, 76.
Table of nouns with suffixes, 77.
Table showing the declension of the noun,

u,

objects, 125.

Verb, passive or reflexive, with object, 126.

Voluntative.

verbs, 60.

u,

of, 42.

quadrilitcral, 63.

Verb, substantive, 127.

Table giving the

66.

209

Wau,

6. 5. (6).

Weak

(3).

verb, 40.

Weakness of

1.

Wish, how

7, 2.

58, 59.

B.

before unvowelled consonants, 34.

3.

Wau and Yudh,

expressed.

27.

(See Optative.)

u, value of, 7. 3.

an open syllable always dropped,

euphony of, 29. 6, 7.
Unchangeable vowels, 7. 3.
Union of subject and predicate, 130. 1.
u, in

u,

28. 3.

Yoth, 89. C.

Yudh,

4. 3. (5), 4. 5, 5. 1,

8, 11. 3, 16. 2.

Rem.

5. 2, 6. 5. (4), (5), (8),

2, 19. 7, 20. 1.

Rem.

2,

22. 1.-3, 22. 5, 23. 1. (2), 2. (2), 3. (1), 24. 3,

25. 3, 26. 2. (2), 27. 1, 3, 30. 2. (5), 58, 59. 6.

Verb, strong, 40. 2.

Verb, sorts of, 40. 1.

Rems.

1, 2, 60, 67. 2. (2) (4) (5), 75. 5, 6, 7,

77. 5, 6, 79.

A. Rem.

2, 79.

B.

THIS BOOK

IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE

STAMPED BELOW

AN INITIAL FINE OF

25

CENTS

WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN

THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.

>:C

.iltS

^^

20

WlftR

5
AUU
JAN

14
9

1044

19 47

loitey*^*'

24S>>t8Hy

RfcC'D Li^
i(\N2fa'6A-4^'^

^-^
tF*
RECElVeo
MG 2

'66

-4 PM

LOAN DEPT.

LD

21-100tlI-7, '39(402;;)

311353:^

UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY